TW202518139A - Framing system - Google Patents
Framing system Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TW202518139A TW202518139A TW114101241A TW114101241A TW202518139A TW 202518139 A TW202518139 A TW 202518139A TW 114101241 A TW114101241 A TW 114101241A TW 114101241 A TW114101241 A TW 114101241A TW 202518139 A TW202518139 A TW 202518139A
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- display
- display structure
- controller
- window
- tintable
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Landscapes
- Devices For Indicating Variable Information By Combining Individual Elements (AREA)
- Electrochromic Elements, Electrophoresis, Or Variable Reflection Or Absorption Elements (AREA)
- Controls And Circuits For Display Device (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本發明係關於串聯視覺窗和媒體顯示器。 優先申請案 本申請案主張由2019年12月20日提交的標題為「串聯視覺窗及透明顯示器」之美國臨時專利申請案序列第62/952,207號至2020年2月12日提交的標題為「串聯視覺窗及媒體顯示器」之美國臨時專利申請案序列第62/975,706號,由2020年9月30日提交的標題為「串聯視覺窗及媒體顯示器」之美國臨時專利申請案序列第63/085,254號的優先權,且係2020年11月17日提交之標題為「用於可著色窗的顯示器」之美國專利申請案序列第16/950,774號的部分延續,其係2019年10月23日提交之標題為「用於可著色窗的顯示器」之美國專利申請案序列第16/608,157號的延續,其係2018年4月25日提交之標題為「用於可著色窗的顯示器」之國際專利申請案序列第PCT/US18/29476號,其主張對(i)2017年12月19日提交的標題為「具有透明顯示技術領域之電致變色窗」的美國臨時專利申請案序列第62/607,618號,(ii)2017年6月22日提交之標題為「具有透明顯示技術的電致變色窗」之美國臨時專利申請案序列第62/523,606號,(iii)2017年5月17日提交的標題為「具有透明顯示技術之電致變色窗」的美國臨時專利申請案序列第62/507,704號,(iv)2017年5月15日提交的標題為「具有透明顯示技術之電致變色窗」的美國臨時專利申請案序列第62/506,514號,及(v)2017年4月26日提交之標題為「具有透明顯示技術的電致變色窗」之美國臨時專利申請案序列第62/490,457號的優先權,其每一者均係全部以引用之方式併入本文中。 The present invention relates to tandem visual windows and media displays. Priority Applications This application claims U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 62/952,207, filed on December 20, 2019, entitled "Tandem Visual Window and Transparent Display" to U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 62/975,706, filed on February 12, 2020, entitled "Tandem Visual Window and Media Display", and U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 63/085,254, filed on September 30, 2020, entitled "Tandem Visual Window and Media Display" Priority is claimed to and is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/950,774, filed on November 17, 2020, entitled “DISPLAY FOR TINTABLE WINDOW,” which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/608,157, filed on October 23, 2019, entitled “DISPLAY FOR TINTABLE WINDOW,” which is a continuation-in-part of International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US18/2, filed on April 25, 2018, entitled “DISPLAY FOR TINTABLE WINDOW” No. 9476, which asserts claims against (i) U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 62/607,618, filed on December 19, 2017, entitled “ELECTROCHROMIC WINDOW WITH TRANSPARENT DISPLAY TECHNOLOGY,” (ii) U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 62/523,606, filed on June 22, 2017, entitled “ELECTROCHROMIC WINDOW WITH TRANSPARENT DISPLAY TECHNOLOGY,” (iii) U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 62/523,606, filed on June 22, 2017, entitled “ELECTROCHROMIC WINDOW WITH TRANSPARENT DISPLAY TECHNOLOGY,” and (iv) U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 62/523,606, filed on May 17, 2017, entitled “ELECTROCHROMIC WINDOW WITH TRANSPARENT DISPLAY TECHNOLOGY.” 62/507,704, filed on May 15, 2017, entitled “ELECTROCHROMIC WINDOW WITH TRANSPARENT DISPLAY TECHNOLOGY”, and (v) U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 62/490,457, filed on April 26, 2017, entitled “ELECTROCHROMIC WINDOW WITH TRANSPARENT DISPLAY TECHNOLOGY”, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
諸多設施(例如建築物)都例如在其立面安裝窗戶。窗戶提供觀看設施外部環境的方式。於某些設施中,窗戶可佔據設施立面之大部分。使用者可請求利用窗戶表面積來觀看諸多媒體(例如,出於娛樂目的、處理資料、及/或進行視頻會議)。有時候,使用者可想要最佳化內部空間之使用,以使媒體可視化(例如,藉由使用窗戶表面)。媒體可為電子媒體及/或光學媒體。使用者可請求觀看媒體,而對經過窗戶的可見性之影響最小。可經由至少部分透明的顯示器來顯示媒體。有時候,觀看媒體可需要著色(例如,較暗)之背景幕。有時候,使用者可想要遮掩其內部環境。有時候,媒體顯示器(例如OLED顯示器)的使用壽命可隨著時間之推移而受損,例如,藉由紫外線(UV)照射、熱、及大氣成分。此損害可減少媒體顯示器的長時間使用。有時候,使用者可想要用覆蓋物、強化實境、及/或照明來增強外部視野。本發明提供針對此問題及其他問題之解決方案。Many facilities (e.g., buildings) have windows installed, for example, on their facades. Windows provide a means of viewing the environment outside the facility. In some facilities, windows may occupy a large portion of the facade of the facility. Users may request to utilize the window surface area to view multimedia (e.g., for entertainment purposes, processing data, and/or conducting video conferences). Sometimes, users may want to optimize the use of interior space to visualize media (e.g., by using window surfaces). The media can be electronic media and/or optical media. Users may request to view media with minimal impact on visibility through the window. The media can be displayed via a display that is at least partially transparent. Sometimes, viewing the media may require a colored (e.g., darker) backdrop. Sometimes, users may want to obscure their interior environment. Sometimes, the useful life of a media display (e.g., an OLED display) can be damaged over time, for example, by ultraviolet (UV) radiation, heat, and atmospheric elements. This damage can reduce the long-term use of the media display. Sometimes, a user may want to enhance the external view with a cover, augmented reality, and/or lighting. The present invention provides a solution to this problem and others.
於一態樣中,本文所揭示者係與窗戶(例如,可著色窗之類的觀看窗)耦接之顯示器構造。觀看窗可包括整合的玻璃單元。顯示器構造可包括一個以上之玻璃片。顯示器可包含顯示矩陣。顯示矩陣可包含例如至少部分透明的發光二極體(LED)。顯示器可包含液晶顯示器(LCD)。In one aspect, disclosed herein is a display structure coupled to a window (e.g., a viewing window such as a tintable window). The viewing window may include an integrated glass unit. The display structure may include more than one glass sheet. The display may include a display matrix. The display matrix may include, for example, at least partially transparent light emitting diodes (LEDs). The display may include a liquid crystal display (LCD).
在另一態樣中,使用玻璃顯示器構造,以利用設施中之窗戶表面的至少一部分來顯示諸多媒體。顯示器可利用於(例如,至少部分地)觀看窗戶外部之環境(例如,室外環境),例如,當顯示器未操作時。顯示器可使用於通過(例如,光學)覆蓋物、強化實境、及/或照明來增強外部視野(例如,顯示器可用作光源)。窗戶表面部分的此使用可最佳化設施內部(例如其中之房間)的有效空間使用,例如,當媒體螢幕將佔用安裝了一個以上之窗戶的空間之至少一部分時。In another aspect, a glass display configuration is used to utilize at least a portion of a window surface in a facility to display multimedia. The display can be utilized to (e.g., at least partially) view an environment outside the window (e.g., an outdoor environment), e.g., when the display is not operating. The display can be used to enhance the external view through (e.g., optical) coverings, augmented reality, and/or lighting (e.g., the display can be used as a light source). This use of a portion of the window surface can optimize the efficient use of space inside the facility (e.g., a room therein), e.g., when a media screen will occupy at least a portion of the space in which one or more windows are installed.
在另一態樣中,觀看(例如,可著色)窗係使用(例如,作為背景幕)來輔助顯示器構造的遮光及/或對比度。遮光可為於顯示器構造之外側(例如,在遠離觀看者的方向中)。顯示器構造後面之支撐結構部分可被遮光或能遮光的(例如,使用可著色或著色窗)。觀看窗可為主動式(例如,可著色)或被動式。例如,觀看窗可包含不能(例如,可控制地及/或電子地)變更之著色。觀看窗可包含著色(例如,遮光),其(i)不能被電子地變更,及/或(ii)可被光學地變更(例如,由於藉由例如日光及/或路燈的外部照明來照射觀看窗)。遮光可包含磷光體塗層、黑色顏料之施用、及/或玻璃染色。著色(例如,遮光)可為靜態或動態的(例如,使用可著色玻璃)。遮光可或不可為電子控制的。遮光可為被動式。著色(例如遮光)可為透明或不透明的。著色能包含可見之顏色(例如,彩虹的任何顏色,例如藍色、或黃色。例如,此顏色可為棕色、灰色、或黑色)。著色可為至少部分透明的。透明之著色可促進平均人眼所感覺的強度及/或波長之相當大部分(例如,大於約30%、40%、50%、60%、80%、90%或95%)的轉變,或著色可為完全透明的(例如,相對平均人眼感覺)。遮光可為設置於顯示器構造之背面上(例如,作為附加及/或層疊層)。顯示器構造的背面係與觀看者側相反之側面(例如,顯示器構造101的面向窗戶102之表面(顯示局部視圖))。遮光可為設置在耦接至顯示器構造的結構上並設置於顯示器構造後方(例如,在耦接並設置於顯示器構造後方之牆壁、板材或窗戶上,例如圖1中之遮光,102)。In another aspect, a viewing (e.g., tintable) window is used (e.g., as a backdrop) to assist with shading and/or contrast of a display structure. The shading may be on the outside of the display structure (e.g., in a direction away from the viewer). Portions of the support structure behind the display structure may be shading or shading-capable (e.g., using a tintable or tinted window). The viewing window may be active (e.g., tintable) or passive. For example, the viewing window may include a tinting that cannot be changed (e.g., controllably and/or electronically). The viewing window may include a tinting (e.g., shading) that (i) cannot be changed electronically, and/or (ii) can be changed optically (e.g., due to illumination of the viewing window by external lighting such as daylight and/or streetlights). The shading may include phosphor coatings, application of black pigments, and/or glass tinting. The tinting (e.g., shading) may be static or dynamic (e.g., using tintable glass). The shading may or may not be electronically controlled. The shading may be passive. The tinting (e.g., shading) may be transparent or opaque. The tinting may include a visible color (e.g., any color of the rainbow, such as blue, or yellow. For example, the color may be brown, gray, or black). The tinting may be at least partially transparent. Transparent tinting may promote a significant portion (e.g., greater than about 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 80%, 90%, or 95%) of the shift in intensity and/or wavelength perceived by the average human eye, or the tinting may be completely transparent (e.g., relative to the average human eye perception). The shading may be disposed on the back side of the display structure (e.g., as an addition and/or layer). The back side of the display structure is the side opposite to the viewer side (e.g., the surface of the display structure 101 facing the window 102 (showing a partial view)). The shading may be disposed on a structure coupled to the display structure and disposed behind the display structure (e.g., on a wall, plate or window coupled and disposed behind the display structure, such as the shading, 102 in FIG. 1).
在另一態樣中,顯示器構造可包含材料(例如,作為背景幕),以輔助顯示作為顯示器構造的一部分之媒體之遮光及/或對比度。遮光可為在透明顯示器的外側。材料可併入作為顯示器構造之一部分的聚合物、樹脂、及/或玻璃中。In another aspect, the display structure may include materials (e.g., as a backdrop) to assist in the shading and/or contrast of the media displayed as part of the display structure. The shading may be on the outside of the transparent display. The material may be incorporated into the polymer, resin, and/or glass that is part of the display structure.
於另一態樣中,材料(例如,在觀看窗中及/或於媒體構造中)延長透明顯示器之壽命。In another aspect, the material (e.g., in the viewing window and/or in the media construction) extends the life of the transparent display.
在另一態樣中,可分開地或與可著色窗的控制一起(例如,藉由分開之控制器或藉由相同的控制器)來控制顯示器。In another aspect, the display can be controlled separately or in conjunction with the control of the tintable windows (e.g., by a separate controller or by the same controller).
於另一態樣中,用於觀看之系統包含:觀看(例如可著色)窗,具有至少一褪色狀態及著色狀態;及顯示器構造,建構成顯示及/或操縱電子媒體,此顯示器構造係設置鄰接觀看(例如可著色)窗並與此觀看(例如可著色)窗對齊,使得使用者能夠經過(i)顯示器構造及(ii)觀看(例如可著色)窗(例如,至少當可著色窗處於褪色狀態中時)觀看,此顯示器構造係至少部分透明的。In another aspect, a system for viewing includes: a viewing (e.g., tintable) window having at least one faded state and a tinted state; and a display structure configured to display and/or manipulate electronic media, the display structure being disposed adjacent to and aligned with the viewing (e.g., tintable) window such that a user can view through (i) the display structure and (ii) the viewing (e.g., tintable) window (e.g., at least when the tintable window is in a faded state), the display structure being at least partially transparent.
在一些實施例中,觀看係於觀看(例如,可著色)窗外部之外側環境。在一些實施例中,觀看係藉由顯示器構造所投射的媒體。於一些實施例中,顯示器構造係交流地耦接至傳輸電子媒體之網路。在一些實施例中,網路係交流地耦接至建築物管理系統。於一些實施例中,顯示器構造係交流地耦接至一個以上的藉由顯示器構造控制電子媒體的顯示之控制器。於一些實施例中,顯示器構造交流地耦接至第一控制器,且其中觀看(例如,可著色)窗係交流地耦接至第二控制器。在一些實施例中,第一控制器及第二控制器係相同的控制器。於一些實施例中,第一控制器及第二控制器係交流地耦接之不同控制器。在一些實施例中,第一控制器及第二控制器係交流地耦接至第三控制器。於一些實施例中,顯示器構造係交流地耦接至設置在容納觀看(例如可著色)窗的窗框中之第一控制器(例如時序控制器)。於一些實施例中,顯示器構造係電耦接至與觀看(例如,可著色)窗相鄰設置在建築物固定裝置中的電源。於一些實施例中,建築物固定裝置係容納觀看(例如,可著色)窗之牆壁、天花板、地板或窗框。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造係電耦接至設置於離此顯示器構造的最短距離處之電源,此最短距離係至少約十五(15)英尺。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造係交流地耦接至控制此顯示器構造之控制器(例如,時序控制器),此控制器係設置於離顯示器構造之最短距離處,此最短距離係至少約五(5)英尺。在一些實施例中,可著色窗包含電致變色玻璃構造。於一些實施例中,顯示器構造包含第一玻璃片、第二玻璃片、及設置在第一玻璃片與第二玻璃片之間的顯示矩陣(例如,燈陣列)。於一些實施例中,顯示矩陣包含發光二極體(LED)陣列。在一些實施例中,顯示矩陣包含透明之有機發光二極體(TOLED)陣列。於一些實施例中,顯示矩陣在其基本長度標尺上具有至少約2000像素。於一些實施例中,顯示矩陣的基本長度標尺係顯示矩陣之高度或寬度。在一些實施例中,顯示矩陣係高解析度或超高解析度顯示矩陣。於一些實施例中,顯示器構造係藉由緊固件耦接至觀看(例如,可著色)窗。在一些實施例中,緊固件包含鉸鏈、托架、或蓋件。於一些實施例中,鉸鏈係(i)連接至托架,此托架連接至顯示器構造,及(ii)連接至蓋件,此蓋件連接至固定裝置,鉸鏈便於此顯示器構造相對於固定裝置繞著鉸鏈接頭的迴轉。在一些實施例中,鉸鏈係(i)可逆地連接至托架,此托架係不可逆地連接至顯示器構造,及(ii)可逆地連接至蓋件,此蓋件係可逆地連接至固定裝置,此鉸鏈便於顯示器構造相對於固定裝置繞著鉸鏈接頭的迴轉。於一些實施例中,蓋件包含能可逆地打開及關閉之迴轉部分。在一些實施例中,電路系統及/或佈線被蓋件所覆蓋,以致於觀看者看不到,此電路系統及/或佈線可藉由打開此迴轉部分而至少部分地暴露。於一些實施例中,當可著色窗處於其最暗的著色狀態中且顯示器構造投射媒體時,使用者未能看穿(i)顯示器構造及(ii)可著色窗。在一些實施例中,可著色窗之著色位準考慮到太陽的位置、天氣條件、光經過可著色窗之透射率、及/或一個以上的感測器之讀數。於一些實施例中,一個以上的感測器之至少一者設置在可著色窗所設置的建築物之外部。於一些實施例中,天氣條件包含任何雲層覆蓋率。在一些實施例中,光透過可著色窗的透射率係相對於照射在觀看(例如,可著色)窗上之外部光線。於一些實施例中,光透過觀看(例如,可著色)窗的透射率取決於觀看(例如,可著色)窗之材料性質。In some embodiments, viewing is of an external environment outside of a viewing (e.g., tintable) window. In some embodiments, viewing is of media projected by a display structure. In some embodiments, the display structure is AC coupled to a network that transmits electronic media. In some embodiments, the network is AC coupled to a building management system. In some embodiments, the display structure is AC coupled to one or more controllers that control the display of electronic media by the display structure. In some embodiments, the display structure is AC coupled to a first controller, and wherein the viewing (e.g., tintable) window is AC coupled to a second controller. In some embodiments, the first controller and the second controller are the same controller. In some embodiments, the first controller and the second controller are different controllers that are AC coupled. In some embodiments, the first controller and the second controller are AC coupled to a third controller. In some embodiments, the display structure is AC coupled to a first controller (e.g., a timing controller) disposed in a window frame that houses a viewing (e.g., tintable) window. In some embodiments, the display structure is electrically coupled to a power source disposed in a building fixture adjacent to the viewing (e.g., tintable) window. In some embodiments, the building fixture is a wall, ceiling, floor, or window frame that houses the viewing (e.g., tintable) window. In some embodiments, the display structure is electrically coupled to a power source disposed at a minimum distance from the display structure, the minimum distance being at least about fifteen (15) feet. In some embodiments, the display structure is AC coupled to a controller (e.g., a timing controller) that controls the display structure, the controller being disposed at a minimum distance from the display structure, the minimum distance being at least about five (5) feet. In some embodiments, the tintable window comprises an electrochromic glass structure. In some embodiments, the display structure comprises a first sheet of glass, a second sheet of glass, and a display matrix (e.g., a lamp array) disposed between the first sheet of glass and the second sheet of glass. In some embodiments, the display matrix comprises an array of light emitting diodes (LEDs). In some embodiments, the display matrix comprises an array of transparent organic light emitting diodes (TOLEDs). In some embodiments, the display matrix has at least about 2000 pixels on its basic length scale. In some embodiments, the basic length scale of the display matrix is the height or width of the display matrix. In some embodiments, the display matrix is a high resolution or ultra high resolution display matrix. In some embodiments, the display structure is coupled to a viewing (e.g., tintable) window by a fastener. In some embodiments, the fastener comprises a hinge, a bracket, or a cover. In some embodiments, the hinge is (i) connected to a bracket, which is connected to the display structure, and (ii) connected to a cover, which is connected to a fixture, and the hinge facilitates rotation of the display structure relative to the fixture about the hinge joint. In some embodiments, the hinge is (i) reversibly connected to a bracket that is irreversibly connected to the display structure, and (ii) reversibly connected to a cover that is reversibly connected to a fixture, the hinge facilitating rotation of the display structure relative to the fixture about the hinge joint. In some embodiments, the cover includes a swivel portion that can be reversibly opened and closed. In some embodiments, circuitry and/or wiring is covered by the cover so as to be invisible to a viewer, and the circuitry and/or wiring can be at least partially exposed by opening the swivel portion. In some embodiments, when the tintable window is in its darkest tinted state and the display structure projects the media, the user is unable to see through (i) the display structure and (ii) the tintable window. In some embodiments, the tinting level of the tintable window takes into account the position of the sun, weather conditions, the transmittance of light through the tintable window, and/or the reading of one or more sensors. In some embodiments, at least one of the one or more sensors is located outside the building in which the tintable window is located. In some embodiments, the weather conditions include any cloud cover. In some embodiments, the transmittance of light through the tintable window is relative to the external light shining on the viewing (e.g., tintable) window. In some embodiments, the transmittance of light through a viewing (eg, tintable) window depends on the material properties of the viewing (eg, tintable) window.
在另一態樣中,用於媒體觀看的系統包含:觀看(例如,可著色)窗;顯示器構造,設置鄰接觀看(例如,可著色)窗及/或與觀看(例如,可著色)窗對齊,使得觀看者能夠經過顯示器構造及觀看(例如,可著色)窗觀看外部環境,顯示器構造包含:(i)一對基板,及(ii)顯示矩陣,層疊在此對基板之間,顯示矩陣於其基本長度標尺上具有至少約2000像素;及緊固件,建構成支撐此顯示器構造,此緊固件係固定至所述觀看(例如,可著色)窗的框架元件。In another aspect, a system for media viewing includes: a viewing (e.g., colorable) window; a display structure, disposed adjacent to the viewing (e.g., colorable) window and/or aligned with the viewing (e.g., colorable) window, such that a viewer can view the external environment through the display structure and the viewing (e.g., colorable) window, the display structure including: (i) a pair of substrates, and (ii) a display matrix, stacked between the pair of substrates, the display matrix having at least about 2000 pixels on its basic length scale; and a fastener, constructed to support the display structure, the fastener being fixed to a frame element of the viewing (e.g., colorable) window.
在一些實施例中,觀看係此觀看(例如,可著色)窗外部之外側環境。於一些實施例中,觀看係藉由顯示器構造所投射的媒體。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造係至少百分之三十(30%)透明的。於一些實施例中,觀看(例如,可著色)窗係電致變色窗。在一些實施例中,緊固件包含至少一鉸鏈,且其中顯示器構造係藉由至少一鉸鏈固定至觀看(例如,可著色)窗。於一些實施例中,鉸鏈建構成便於維護顯示器構造。在一些實施例中,交流地耦接至顯示器構造的驅動器板被至少一鉸鏈葉片所隱藏,以致於觀看者看不到。在一些實施例中,系統包括控制板及電源。於一些實施例中,顯示器構造與電源之間的最短距離係至少十五英尺(15')。在一些實施例中,控制板與電源之間的最短距離係至少五英尺(5')。於一些實施例中,顯示器構造係藉由同軸電纜耦接至一個以上的控制器及/或網路。在一些實施例中,同軸電纜包含微型同軸電纜。於一些實施例中,顯示矩陣之基本長度標尺係顯示矩陣的高度或寬度。在一些實施例中,顯示矩陣係高解析度或超高解析度顯示矩陣。In some embodiments, the viewing is of an external environment outside the viewing (e.g., tintable) window. In some embodiments, the viewing is of a media projected by a display structure. In some embodiments, the display structure is at least thirty percent (30%) transparent. In some embodiments, the viewing (e.g., tintable) window is an electrochromic window. In some embodiments, the fastener comprises at least one hinge, and wherein the display structure is secured to the viewing (e.g., tintable) window by at least one hinge. In some embodiments, the hinge is configured to facilitate maintenance of the display structure. In some embodiments, a driver board AC-coupled to the display structure is concealed by at least one hinge blade from view by a viewer. In some embodiments, the system includes a control board and a power supply. In some embodiments, the shortest distance between the display structure and the power supply is at least fifteen feet (15'). In some embodiments, the shortest distance between the control board and the power supply is at least five feet (5'). In some embodiments, the display structure is coupled to one or more controllers and/or networks by coaxial cables. In some embodiments, the coaxial cables include micro coaxial cables. In some embodiments, the basic length scale of the display matrix is the height or width of the display matrix. In some embodiments, the display matrix is a high resolution or ultra high resolution display matrix.
於另一態樣中,用於媒體觀看之系統包含:可著色窗,具有至少一褪色狀態及著色狀態;顯示器構造,建構成顯示及/或操縱電子媒體,此顯示器構造係設置鄰接可著色窗並與此可著色窗對齊,使得至少當可著色窗處於褪色狀態中時,使用者能夠經過(i)顯示器構造及(ii)可著色窗觀看,此顯示器構造係至少部分透明的;及可選地,顯示器電路系統,直接佈線至顯示器構造。In another aspect, a system for media viewing includes: a tintable window having at least one faded state and a tinted state; a display structure configured to display and/or manipulate electronic media, the display structure being disposed adjacent to and aligned with the tintable window so that at least when the tintable window is in the faded state, a user can view through (i) the display structure and (ii) the tintable window, the display structure being at least partially transparent; and optionally, a display circuit system wired directly to the display structure.
在一些實施例中,顯示器構造交流地耦接至傳輸電子媒體之網路。於一些實施例中,網路交流地耦接至建築物管理系統。在一些實施例中,顯示器電路系統建構成於其操作期間及/或在其安裝之後可至少部分地進出,例如,無需由其支撐結構拆卸(I)緊固件,(II)由緊固件拆卸顯示器構造,及/或(III)電氣箱及/或電源。電氣箱(例如,E-Box)可包含顯示器構造的時序控制器。於一些實施例中,系統更包含鉸鏈,其建構成便於對顯示器電路系統操作及/或在安裝顯示器構造之後進行可逆的進出或限制。於一些實施例中,顯示器構造交流地耦接至一個以上之控制器,此控制器藉由顯示器構造來控制電子媒體的顯示。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造交流地耦接至第一控制器,且其中可著色窗交流地耦接至第二控制器。於一些實施例中,第一控制器及第二控制器係相同之控制器。在一些實施例中,第一控制器及第二控制器係交流地耦接的不同控制器。於一些實施例中,第一控制器及第二控制器交流地耦接至第三控制器。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造係交流地耦接至設置於容納可著色窗之窗框中的第一控制器。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造係電耦接至設置在與可著色窗相鄰之建築物固定裝置中的電源。於一些實施例中,建築物固定裝置係容納可著色窗之牆壁、天花板、地板或窗框。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造係電耦接至設置於離顯示器構造的最短距離處之電源,此最短距離係至少約十五(15)英尺。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造交流地耦接至控制此顯示器構造的控制器,此控制器係設置成離顯示器構造之最短距離處,此最短距離係至少約五(5)英尺。於一些實施例中,可著色窗包含電致變色玻璃機構。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造包含第一玻璃片、第二玻璃片、及設置於第一玻璃片與第二玻璃片之間的顯示矩陣(例如,燈陣列)。在一些實施例中,顯示矩陣包含發光二極體(LED)陣列。於一些實施例中,顯示矩陣包含透明有機發光二極體(TOLED)陣列。在一些實施例中,顯示矩陣於其基本長度標尺上具有至少約2000像素。在一些實施例中,顯示矩陣之基本長度標尺係顯示矩陣的高度或寬度。於一些實施例中,顯示矩陣係高解析度或超高解析度顯示矩陣。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造係藉由(例如,至多一個)緊固件耦接至可著色窗。於一些實施例中,緊固件包含鉸鏈、托架、或板條,在一些實施例中,鉸鏈(i)連接至托架,此托架連接至顯示器構造,及(ii)連接至板條,此板條連接至固定裝置,此鉸鏈便於顯示器構造相對於固定裝置繞著鉸鏈接頭之迴轉。在一些實施例中,鉸鏈(i)可逆地連接至托架,此托架不可逆地連接至顯示器構造,及(ii)可逆地連接至板條,此板條可逆地連接至固定裝置,鉸鏈便於顯示器構造相對於固定裝置繞著鉸鏈接頭的迴轉。在一些實施例中,板條包含能可逆地打開及關閉之迴轉部分。於一些實施例中,電路系統(例如,顯示器電路系統及/或觸控螢幕電路系統)及/或佈線被板條所覆蓋,以致於觀看者看不到,此電路系統及/或佈線可藉由打開迴轉部分而至少部分地暴露。在一些實施例中,當可著色窗處於其最暗的著色狀態中且顯示器構造投射媒體時,使用者未能看穿(i)顯示器構造及(ii)可著色窗。於一些實施例中,可著色窗建構成用於對齊藉由顯示器構造所顯示的媒體來進行著色調整。在一些實施例中,可著色窗建構成用於手動及/或自動著色調整。在一些實施例中,可著色窗建構成用於在顯示器構造投射媒體時進行著色調整。於一些實施例中,媒體具有至少於著色調整期間為靜態的被動內容。在一些實施例中,媒體具有至少於著色調整期間改變之主動內容。在一些實施例中,其中可著色窗建構成用於藉由考慮太陽的位置、一天中之時間、日期、設置顯示器構造的外殼之地理位置、天氣條件、光透過可著色窗的透射率、及/或一個以上之感測器的讀數來進行著色調整。在一些實施例中,一個以上之感測器的至少一者設置於可著色窗所設置之建築物的外部。在一些實施例中,天氣條件包含任何雲層覆蓋率。於一些實施例中,光透過可著色窗之透射率係相對於照射在可著色窗上的外部光線。於一些實施例中,光透過可著色窗之透射率取決於可著色窗的材料性質。在一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕係設置為鄰近至少一顯示器構造,此至少一觸控螢幕設置為使得至少一觸控螢幕與至少一顯示器構造之觀看表面的至少一部分重疊。於一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成操作地耦接到至少一觸控螢幕,且其中至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於使用者與至少一觸控螢幕之觸覺互動來調整此至少一顯示器構造上所顯示的媒體。在一些實施例中,至少一顯示器構造係建構成顯示螢幕影像之一部分的複數顯示器構造,且其中至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於使用者與至少一觸控螢幕之觸覺互動來調整複數構造上所顯示的媒體。在一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕係複數觸控螢幕,並建構成使得使用者可使用此複數觸控螢幕,就好像其係跨越此複數觸控螢幕之單一觸控螢幕一樣。於一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕係包括第一觸控螢幕的複數觸控螢幕,第一觸控螢幕之第一側面緊鄰第二觸控螢幕的第二側面。在一些實施例中,緊鄰係指沒有另一個中間觸控螢幕。於一些實施例中,第一側面經過黏合劑接觸第二側面。在一些實施例中,第一側面沒有第一面板,且其中第二側面沒有第二面板。於一些實施例中,第一側面係藉由第一面板所接界,且其中第二側面係藉由第二面板所接界。在一些實施例中,第一面板包含感測器及發射器,且其中第二面板包含感測器及發射器。於一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕建構成操作地嚙合至少二感測器及發射器面板,此至少二感測器及發射器面板設置成(a)彼此平行或實質上彼此平行,且(b)彼此隔開一定距離,至少一觸控螢幕之至少一部分係在此距離中設置。於一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕建構成操作地嚙合至少二感測器及發射器面板,此至少二感測器及發射器面板設置成(a)彼此平行或實質上彼此平行,且(b)彼此隔開一定距離,至少一觸控螢幕的一觸控螢幕係超過此距離設置。In some embodiments, the display structure is AC coupled to a network that transmits electronic media. In some embodiments, the network is AC coupled to a building management system. In some embodiments, the display circuit system is constructed to be at least partially accessible during its operation and/or after its installation, for example, without the need to remove (I) fasteners from its supporting structure, (II) remove the display structure from the fasteners, and/or (III) an electrical box and/or a power supply. The electrical box (e.g., E-Box) may include a timing controller for the display structure. In some embodiments, the system further includes a hinge that is constructed to facilitate reversible access or restriction to the display circuit system during operation and/or after the display structure is installed. In some embodiments, the display structure is AC coupled to one or more controllers that control the display of electronic media through the display structure. In some embodiments, the display structure is AC coupled to a first controller, and wherein the tintable window is AC coupled to a second controller. In some embodiments, the first controller and the second controller are the same controller. In some embodiments, the first controller and the second controller are different controllers that are AC coupled. In some embodiments, the first controller and the second controller are AC coupled to a third controller. In some embodiments, the display structure is AC coupled to a first controller disposed in a window frame that accommodates the tintable window. In some embodiments, the display structure is electrically coupled to a power source disposed in a building fixture adjacent to the tintable window. In some embodiments, the building fixture is a wall, ceiling, floor, or window frame that accommodates the tintable window. In some embodiments, the display structure is electrically coupled to a power source disposed at a minimum distance from the display structure, the minimum distance being at least about fifteen (15) feet. In some embodiments, the display structure is AC coupled to a controller that controls the display structure, the controller being disposed at a minimum distance from the display structure, the minimum distance being at least about five (5) feet. In some embodiments, the tintable window comprises an electrochromic glass structure. In some embodiments, the display structure comprises a first sheet of glass, a second sheet of glass, and a display matrix (e.g., a lamp array) disposed between the first sheet of glass and the second sheet of glass. In some embodiments, the display matrix comprises a light emitting diode (LED) array. In some embodiments, the display matrix comprises a transparent organic light emitting diode (TOLED) array. In some embodiments, the display matrix has at least about 2000 pixels on its basic length scale. In some embodiments, the basic length scale of the display matrix is the height or width of the display matrix. In some embodiments, the display matrix is a high resolution or ultra high resolution display matrix. In some embodiments, the display structure is coupled to the tintable window by (e.g., at most one) fastener. In some embodiments, the fastener comprises a hinge, a bracket, or a slat, and in some embodiments, the hinge (i) is connected to a bracket, which is connected to the display structure, and (ii) is connected to a slat, which is connected to a fixture, and the hinge facilitates rotation of the display structure relative to the fixture about the hinge joint. In some embodiments, the hinge (i) is reversibly connected to the bracket, which is irreversibly connected to the display structure, and (ii) is reversibly connected to the slat, which is reversibly connected to the fixture, and the hinge facilitates rotation of the display structure relative to the fixture about the hinge joint. In some embodiments, the slats include a pivoting portion that can be reversibly opened and closed. In some embodiments, circuitry (e.g., display circuitry and/or touch screen circuitry) and/or wiring is covered by the slats so as to be invisible to a viewer, and such circuitry and/or wiring can be at least partially exposed by opening the pivoting portion. In some embodiments, when the tintable window is in its darkest tinted state and the display structure projects media, the user is unable to see through (i) the display structure and (ii) the tintable window. In some embodiments, the tintable window is configured to align with the media displayed by the display structure for tinting adjustments. In some embodiments, the tintable window is configured for manual and/or automatic tinting adjustments. In some embodiments, the tintable window is configured to perform tinting adjustments while the display is configured to project media. In some embodiments, the media has passive content that is static at least during the tinting adjustment. In some embodiments, the media has active content that changes at least during the tinting adjustment. In some embodiments, the tintable window is configured to perform tinting adjustments by considering the position of the sun, the time of day, the date, the geographic location of the enclosure in which the display is configured, weather conditions, the transmittance of light through the tintable window, and/or the readings of one or more sensors. In some embodiments, at least one of the one or more sensors is located on the exterior of the building in which the tintable window is located. In some embodiments, the weather conditions include any cloud cover. In some embodiments, the transmittance of light through the tintable window is relative to external light impinging on the tintable window. In some embodiments, the transmittance of light through the tintable window depends on the material properties of the tintable window. In some embodiments, at least one touch screen is disposed adjacent to at least one display structure, the at least one touch screen being disposed such that the at least one touch screen overlaps at least a portion of a viewing surface of the at least one display structure. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to be operatively coupled to the at least one touch screen, and wherein the at least one controller is configured to adjust the media displayed on the at least one display structure based at least in part on a tactile interaction of a user with the at least one touch screen. In some embodiments, the at least one display structure is configured as a plurality of display structures that display a portion of a screen image, and wherein the at least one controller is configured to adjust the media displayed on the plurality of structures based at least in part on a user's tactile interaction with the at least one touch screen. In some embodiments, the at least one touch screen is a plurality of touch screens and is configured so that the user can use the plurality of touch screens as if it were a single touch screen spanning the plurality of touch screens. In some embodiments, the at least one touch screen is a plurality of touch screens including a first touch screen, a first side of the first touch screen being adjacent to a second side of a second touch screen. In some embodiments, being adjacent means that there is no other intermediate touch screen. In some embodiments, the first side contacts the second side through an adhesive. In some embodiments, the first side is free of the first panel, and wherein the second side is free of the second panel. In some embodiments, the first side is bounded by the first panel, and wherein the second side is bounded by the second panel. In some embodiments, the first panel includes a sensor and an emitter, and wherein the second panel includes a sensor and an emitter. In some embodiments, at least one touch screen is configured to operatively engage at least two sensor and transmitter panels, the at least two sensor and transmitter panels being disposed (a) parallel to each other or substantially parallel to each other, and (b) spaced apart from each other by a distance, and at least a portion of the at least one touch screen is disposed within the distance. In some embodiments, at least one touch screen is configured to operatively engage at least two sensor and transmitter panels, the at least two sensor and transmitter panels being disposed (a) parallel to each other or substantially parallel to each other, and (b) spaced apart from each other by a distance, and one touch screen of the at least one touch screen is disposed beyond the distance.
在另一態樣中,用於媒體觀看之系統包含:可著色窗,具有至少一褪色狀態及著色狀態;顯示器構造,建構成顯示及/或操縱電子媒體,此顯示器構造係設置鄰接可著色窗並與此可著色窗對齊,使得至少當可著色窗處於褪色狀態中時,使用者能夠經過(i)顯示器構造及(ii)可著色窗觀看,顯示器構造係至少部分透明的;及可選地(例如,至多一個)緊固件,建構成耦接至此顯示器構造。In another aspect, a system for media viewing includes: a tintable window having at least one faded state and a tinted state; a display structure configured to display and/or manipulate electronic media, the display structure being disposed adjacent to and aligned with the tintable window such that, at least when the tintable window is in the faded state, a user is able to view through (i) the display structure and (ii) the tintable window, the display structure being at least partially transparent; and optionally (e.g., at most one) fastener configured to couple to the display structure.
在一些實施例中,緊固件(I)建構成便於進出顯示器電路系統的至少一部分,(II)建構成跨越顯示器構造之側面長度的至少百分之三十(30%),(III)建構成便於熱交換,及/或(IV)包含複數鉸鏈。在一些實施例中,緊固件包含鉸鏈,此鉸鏈建構成便於對顯示器電路系統進行可逆的進出及限制。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造包含:(i)一對基板,及(ii)顯示矩陣,層疊於此對基板之間。在一些實施例中,顯示矩陣於其基本長度標尺上具有至少約2000像素。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造係至少百分之三十(30%)透明的。於一些實施例中,可著色窗係電致變色窗。在一些實施例中,緊固件包含至少一鉸鏈,且其中顯示器構造係藉由至少一鉸鏈固定至可著色窗。於一些實施例中,鉸鏈建構成便於維護顯示器構造。在一些實施例中,交流地耦接至顯示器構造的驅動器板被至少一鉸鏈葉片所隱藏,以致於觀看者看不到。在一些實施例中,系統包括控制板及電源。於一些實施例中,顯示器構造與電源之間的最短距離係至少十五英尺(15')。在一些實施例中,控制板與電源之間的最短距離係至少五英尺(5')。於一些實施例中,顯示器構造係藉由同軸電纜耦接至一個以上的控制器及/或網路。在一些實施例中,同軸電纜包含微型同軸電纜。於一些實施例中,顯示矩陣之基本長度標尺係顯示矩陣的高度或寬度。在一些實施例中,顯示矩陣係高解析度或超高解析度顯示矩陣。於一些實施例中,可著色窗建構成用於對齊藉由顯示器構造所顯示的媒體來進行著色調整。在一些實施例中,可著色窗建構成用於手動及/或自動著色調整。在一些實施例中,可著色窗建構成用於在顯示器構造投射媒體時進行著色調整。於一些實施例中,媒體具有至少在著色調整期間為靜態的被動內容。於一些實施例中,媒體具有至少在著色調整期間改變的主動內容。於一些實施例中,可著色窗建構成用於藉由考慮太陽的位置、一天中之時間、日期、設置顯示器構造的外殼之地理位置、天氣條件、光透過可著色窗的透射率、及/或一個以上之感測器的讀數來進行著色調整。在一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕係設置為鄰近至少一顯示器構造,此至少一觸控螢幕設置為使得至少一觸控螢幕與至少一顯示器構造的觀看表面之至少一部分重疊。於一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成操作地耦接至至少一觸控螢幕,且其中至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於使用者與至少一觸控螢幕的觸覺互動來調整至少一顯示器構造上所顯示之媒體。在一些實施例中,至少一顯示器構造係複數顯示器構造,其中此複數顯示器構造的每一者建構成顯示螢幕影像之一部分,且其中至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於使用者與至少一觸控螢幕的觸覺互動來調整此複數構造上所顯示之媒體。在一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕係複數觸控螢幕,並建構成使得使用者可使用此複數觸控螢幕,就好像其係跨越此複數觸控螢幕的單一觸控螢幕一樣。於一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕係包括第一觸控螢幕的複數觸控螢幕,此第一觸控螢幕之第一側面緊鄰第二觸控螢幕的第二側面。在一些實施例中,緊鄰係指沒有另一個中間觸控螢幕。於一些實施例中,第一側面經過黏合劑接觸第二側面。在一些實施例中,第一側面沒有第一面板,及/或其中第二側面沒有第二面板。於一些實施例中,第一側面係藉由第一面板所接界,及/或其中第二側面係藉由第二面板所接界。在一些實施例中,第一面板包含感測器及發射器,及/或其中第二面板包含感測器及發射器。於一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕建構成操作地嚙合至少二感測器及發射器面板,此至少二感測器及發射器面板設置成(a)彼此平行或實質上彼此平行,及/或(b)彼此隔開一定距離,至少一觸控螢幕的至少一部分係在此距離中設置。在一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕建構成操作地嚙合至少二感測器及發射器面板,此至少二感測器及發射器面板設置成(a)彼此平行或實質上彼此平行,及/或(b)彼此隔開一定距離,至少一觸控螢幕的一觸控螢幕係超過此距離設置。於一些實施例中,至少二感測器及發射器面板設置成使得第一面板中的發射器所發射之輻射可藉由第二面板的感測器所感測,此第二面板平行於或實質上平行於第一面板設置,其中第一面板及第二面板包括在至少二感測器及發射器面板中。In some embodiments, the fastener (I) is configured to facilitate access to at least a portion of the display circuit system, (II) is configured to span at least thirty percent (30%) of the lateral length of the display structure, (III) is configured to facilitate heat exchange, and/or (IV) includes a plurality of hinges. In some embodiments, the fastener includes a hinge that is configured to facilitate reversible access and restraint of the display circuit system. In some embodiments, the display structure includes: (i) a pair of substrates, and (ii) a display matrix stacked between the pair of substrates. In some embodiments, the display matrix has at least about 2000 pixels on its basic length scale. In some embodiments, the display structure is at least thirty percent (30%) transparent. In some embodiments, the tintable window is an electrochromic window. In some embodiments, the fastener includes at least one hinge, and wherein the display structure is secured to the tintable window by the at least one hinge. In some embodiments, the hinge is configured to facilitate maintenance of the display structure. In some embodiments, a driver board AC-coupled to the display structure is hidden by at least one hinge blade so as to be invisible to a viewer. In some embodiments, the system includes a control board and a power supply. In some embodiments, the shortest distance between the display structure and the power supply is at least fifteen feet (15'). In some embodiments, the shortest distance between the control board and the power supply is at least five feet (5'). In some embodiments, the display structure is coupled to one or more controllers and/or networks via coaxial cables. In some embodiments, the coaxial cables include micro-coaxial cables. In some embodiments, the basic length scale of the display matrix is the height or width of the display matrix. In some embodiments, the display matrix is a high-resolution or ultra-high-resolution display matrix. In some embodiments, the tintable window is constructed to align the media displayed by the display structure to perform tinting adjustments. In some embodiments, the tintable window is constructed for manual and/or automatic tinting adjustments. In some embodiments, the tintable window is constructed for tinting adjustments when the display structure projects the media. In some embodiments, the media has passive content that is static at least during the tinting adjustment. In some embodiments, the media has active content that changes at least during the tinting adjustment. In some embodiments, the tintable window is configured to perform tinting adjustments by considering the position of the sun, the time of day, the date, the geographic location of the housing in which the display structure is located, weather conditions, the transmittance of light through the tintable window, and/or the readings of one or more sensors. In some embodiments, at least one touch screen is configured to be adjacent to the at least one display structure, and the at least one touch screen is configured so that the at least one touch screen overlaps at least a portion of the viewing surface of the at least one display structure. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to be operatively coupled to at least one touch screen, and wherein the at least one controller is configured to adjust the media displayed on the at least one display structure based at least in part on a tactile interaction of a user with the at least one touch screen. In some embodiments, the at least one display structure is a plurality of display structures, wherein each of the plurality of display structures is configured to display a portion of a screen image, and wherein the at least one controller is configured to adjust the media displayed on the plurality of structures based at least in part on a tactile interaction of a user with the at least one touch screen. In some embodiments, at least one touch screen is a plurality of touch screens and is configured so that a user can use the plurality of touch screens as if it were a single touch screen spanning the plurality of touch screens. In some embodiments, at least one touch screen is a plurality of touch screens including a first touch screen, wherein a first side of the first touch screen is adjacent to a second side of a second touch screen. In some embodiments, adjacent means that there is no other intermediate touch screen. In some embodiments, the first side contacts the second side through an adhesive. In some embodiments, the first side is free of a first panel and/or the second side is free of a second panel. In some embodiments, the first side is bounded by a first panel, and/or wherein the second side is bounded by a second panel. In some embodiments, the first panel includes a sensor and an emitter, and/or wherein the second panel includes a sensor and an emitter. In some embodiments, at least one touch screen is configured to operatively engage at least two sensor and emitter panels, the at least two sensor and emitter panels being disposed (a) parallel to each other or substantially parallel to each other, and/or (b) spaced a distance from each other, with at least a portion of the at least one touch screen being disposed within the distance. In some embodiments, at least one touch screen is configured to operatively incorporate at least two sensor and emitter panels, the at least two sensor and emitter panels being arranged (a) parallel or substantially parallel to each other, and/or (b) spaced apart from each other by a distance, one of the at least one touch screen being arranged beyond the distance. In some embodiments, the at least two sensor and emitter panels are arranged such that radiation emitted by an emitter in a first panel can be sensed by a sensor in a second panel, the second panel being arranged parallel or substantially parallel to the first panel, wherein the first panel and the second panel are included in the at least two sensor and emitter panels.
在另一態樣中,用於控制媒體觀看之設備,此設備包含至少一控制器,此至少一控制器包含控制電路系統,其中至少一控制器建構成:(a)操作地耦接至建構成顯示及/或操縱電子媒體的顯示器構造,此顯示器構造設置成鄰接可著色窗並與可著色窗對齊,使得至少當可著色窗處於褪色狀態中時,使用者可經過(i)顯示器構造及(ii)可著色窗觀看,此顯示器構造係至少部分透明的,可著色窗具有至少一褪色狀態及一著色狀態,顯示器構造係可選地(A)耦接至顯示器電路系統,此顯示器電路系統佈線至顯示器構造,及/或(B)耦接至(例如,至多一個)緊固件,此緊固件建構成耦接至顯示器構造;及(b)控制、或直接控制顯示器構造。In another aspect, an apparatus for controlling media viewing includes at least one controller including a control circuit system, wherein the at least one controller is configured to: (a) be operatively coupled to a display structure configured to display and/or manipulate electronic media, the display structure being disposed adjacent to and aligned with a tintable window so that at least when the tintable window is in a faded state, a user can pass through the display structure to control the viewing of the media; The display structure may be configured to (i) be displayed on a display screen and (ii) be viewed through a tintable window, the display structure being at least partially transparent, the tintable window having at least one faded state and one tinted state, the display structure being optionally (A) coupled to a display circuit system, the display circuit system being wired to the display structure, and/or (B) coupled to (e.g., at most one) fastener, the fastener being configured to be coupled to the display structure; and (b) controlling, or directly controlling, the display structure.
在一些實施例中,顯示器電路系統建構成用於在其操作期間及/或於其安裝之後可至少部分地進出,例如,無需由其支撐結構拆卸(A)緊固件,(B)由緊固件拆卸顯示器構造,及/或(C)電氣箱及/或電源。電氣箱(例如,E-Box)可包含顯示器構造的時序控制器。在一些實施例中,緊固件建構成(I)便於進出顯示器電路系統之至少一部分,(II)跨越顯示器構造的側面長度之至少百分之三十(30%),(III)便於熱交換,及/或(IV)包含複數鉸鏈。在一些實施例中,顯示器電路系統包含控制電路系統的至少一部分,顯示器構造耦接至鉸鏈,此鉸鏈建構成便於對顯示器電路系統進行可逆之進出及限制。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器係階層式控制系統的一部分。於一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成診斷或直接診斷顯示器構造。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成補償或直接補償顯示器構造之操作。於一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成為(i)診斷、或直接診斷顯示器構造以產生診斷,及(ii)藉由使用診斷來補償或直接補償顯示器構造的操作。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成調整、或直接調整顯示器構造,以補償與顯示器構造之預期操作的偏差。於一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成監控、或直接監控過濾器之條件,此過濾器建構成過濾大氣。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成為監控、或直接監控此過濾器的壽命。於一些實施例中,此條件包含過濾器之有效性。在一些實施例中,條件包含過濾器的擁塞狀態、經過此過濾器之大氣的流速、累積之操作時間、及/或耐久性。於一些實施例中,過濾器包含高效微粒空氣(HEPA)過濾器。在一些實施例中,過濾器建構成過濾至多毫米、微米、或奈米級的粒子。於一些實施例中,過濾器建構成過濾病原體及/或微粒物質。在一些實施例中,過濾器建構成過濾有生命及/或無生命物質。於一些實施例中,過濾器包括在通風系統中。於一些實施例中,過濾器係設置於通向外殼的通風口中、或在該外殼中之通風口中,顯示器構造係設置於外殼中。在一些實施例中,過濾器係設置在外殼的外部,顯示器構造係設置於外殼中。在一些實施例中,過濾器設置於固定裝置中。在一些實施例中,固定裝置係牆壁或窗框。於一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成監控、或直接監控顯示器構造的溫度。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成至少部分地藉由監控、或直接監控顯示器構造之溫度來診斷、或直接診斷顯示器構造。於一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成使用顯示器構造的溫度來補償或直接補償顯示器構造之操作。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成監控或直接監控顯示器構造的一個以上之像素的狀態。於一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成至少部分地藉由監控、或直接監控顯示器構造的一個以上之像素的狀態來診斷、或直接診斷顯示器構造。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於顯示器構造的一個以上之像素的狀態來調整或直接調整顯示器構造之操作。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成監控、或直接監控至少一風扇的操作,此至少一風扇建構成對齊顯示器構造一起操作。於一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成至少部分地藉由監控、或直接監控至少一風扇的操作來診斷、或直接診斷顯示器構造,此至少一風扇建構成對齊顯示器構造一起操作。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於至少一風扇的操作來調整、或直接調整顯示器構造之操作。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於顯示器構造的至少一像素之使用來調整、或直接調整顯示器構造。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於顯示器構造的溫度來調整、或直接調整顯示器構造。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成操作地耦接至包含壓力感測器、氣體流量感測器、溫度感測器、或電磁感測器的至少一感測器,且其中至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於至少一感測器之操作來調整、或直接調整顯示器構造的操作。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於供給至顯示器構造的電流、電壓、及/或電力來調整、或直接調整顯示器構造之操作,以達成意欲之目的。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於供給至顯示器構造的至少一像素之電流、電壓、及/或電力來調整、或直接調整顯示器構造的操作,以達成意欲之目的。在一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成於預定時間間隔之後循環、或直接循環顯示器構造,其中此顯示器構造的循環包含隨著時間之推移來修改所顯示的媒體,以便減少此顯示器構造之一個以上的像素之退化。在一些實施例中,一個以上的像素包含發光二極體。於一些實施例中,發光二極體係有機發光二極體。在一些實施例中,發光二極體係至少部分透明的。於一些實施例中,預定時間間隔至少部分地基於在先前的預定時間間隔期間之顯示器構造的觀看類型來調整。於一些實施例中,至少一控制器建構成操作地耦接至鄰近顯示器構造所設置的至少一觸控螢幕,且其中至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於使用者與至少一觸控螢幕之觸覺互動來調整顯示器構造上所顯示的媒體。在一些實施例中,至少一顯示器構造係建構成顯示螢幕影像的一部分之複數顯示器構造,且其中至少一控制器建構成至少部分地基於使用者與至少一觸控螢幕的觸覺互動來調整複數構造上所顯示之媒體。在一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕係複數觸控螢幕,且至少一控制器建構成使得使用者可使用複數觸控螢幕,就好像其係跨越複數觸控螢幕的單一觸控螢幕一樣。於一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕係包括第一觸控螢幕的複數觸控螢幕,此第一觸控螢幕之第一側面緊鄰第二觸控螢幕的第二側面。在一些實施例中,緊鄰係指沒有另一個中間觸控螢幕。於一些實施例中,第一側面經過黏合劑接觸第二側面。在一些實施例中,第一側面沒有第一面板,及/或其中第二側面沒有第二面板。於一些實施例中,第一側面係藉由第一面板所接界,及/或其中第二側面係藉由第二面板所接界。在一些實施例中,第一面板包含感測器及發射器,及/或其中第二面板包含感測器及發射器。於一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕建構成操作地嚙合至少二感測器及發射器面板,此至少二感測器及發射器面板設置成(a)彼此平行或實質上彼此平行,且(b)彼此隔開一定距離,至少一觸控螢幕的至少一部分係在此距離中設置。於一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕建構成操作地嚙合至少二感測器及發射器面板,此至少二感測器及發射器面板設置成(a)彼此平行或實質上彼此平行,且(b)彼此隔開一定距離,至少一觸控螢幕的一觸控螢幕係超過此距離設置。在一些實施例中,至少二感測器面板及發射器面板設置成使得第一面板中的發射器所發射之輻射可藉由第二面板的感測器所感測,此第二面板平行於或實質上平行於第一面板設置,其中第一面板及第二面板包括在至少二感測器及發射器面板中。In some embodiments, the display circuit system is configured to be at least partially accessible during its operation and/or after its installation, for example, without removing (A) the fasteners from its supporting structure, (B) the display structure from the fasteners, and/or (C) the electrical box and/or power supply. The electrical box (e.g., E-Box) may include a timing controller for the display structure. In some embodiments, the fasteners are configured to (I) facilitate access to at least a portion of the display circuit system, (II) span at least thirty percent (30%) of the lateral length of the display structure, (III) facilitate heat exchange, and/or (IV) include a plurality of hinges. In some embodiments, the display circuit system includes at least a portion of the control circuit system, and the display structure is coupled to a hinge, which is configured to facilitate reversible entry, exit and restriction of the display circuit system. In some embodiments, at least one controller is part of a hierarchical control system. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to diagnose or directly diagnose the display structure. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to compensate or directly compensate for the operation of the display structure. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to (i) diagnose, or directly diagnose the display structure to generate a diagnosis, and (ii) compensate or directly compensate for the operation of the display structure by using the diagnosis. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to adjust, or directly adjust, the display structure to compensate for deviations from the expected operation of the display structure. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to monitor, or directly monitor the condition of a filter, which is configured to filter the atmosphere. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to monitor, or directly monitor the life of the filter. In some embodiments, the condition includes the effectiveness of the filter. In some embodiments, the condition includes the congestion state of the filter, the flow rate of the atmosphere through the filter, the accumulated operating time, and/or durability. In some embodiments, the filter includes a high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter. In some embodiments, the filter is configured to filter particles up to the millimeter, micrometer, or nanometer scale. In some embodiments, the filter is configured to filter pathogens and/or particulate matter. In some embodiments, the filter is configured to filter living and/or non-living matter. In some embodiments, the filter is included in a ventilation system. In some embodiments, the filter is disposed in a vent to the housing or in a vent in the housing, and the display structure is disposed in the housing. In some embodiments, the filter is disposed outside the housing, and the display structure is disposed in the housing. In some embodiments, the filter is disposed in a fixture. In some embodiments, the fixture is a wall or a window frame. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to monitor, or directly monitor the temperature of a display structure. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to diagnose, or directly diagnose a display structure, at least in part, by monitoring, or directly monitoring the temperature of a display structure. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to use the temperature of a display structure to compensate, or directly compensate for an operation of a display structure. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to monitor, or directly monitor the state of one or more pixels of a display structure. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to diagnose, or directly diagnose a display structure, at least in part, by monitoring, or directly monitoring the state of one or more pixels of a display structure. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to adjust or directly adjust the operation of the display structure based at least in part on the state of one or more pixels of the display structure. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to monitor or directly monitor the operation of at least one fan, which is configured to align the display structure with the operation. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to diagnose or directly diagnose the display structure at least in part by monitoring or directly monitoring the operation of at least one fan, which is configured to align the display structure with the operation. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to adjust or directly adjust the operation of the display structure based at least in part on the operation of at least one fan. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to adjust, or directly adjust, the display structure based at least in part on the use of at least one pixel of the display structure. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to adjust, or directly adjust the display structure based at least in part on the temperature of the display structure. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to be operatively coupled to at least one sensor including a pressure sensor, a gas flow sensor, a temperature sensor, or an electromagnetic sensor, and wherein at least one controller is configured to adjust, or directly adjust the operation of the display structure based at least in part on the operation of at least one sensor. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to adjust, or directly adjust the operation of the display structure based at least in part on the current, voltage, and/or power supplied to the display structure to achieve the intended purpose. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to adjust, or directly adjust the operation of the display structure to achieve a desired purpose based at least in part on current, voltage, and/or power supplied to at least one pixel of the display structure. In some embodiments, at least one controller is configured to cycle, or directly cycle, the display structure after a predetermined time interval, wherein the cycling of the display structure includes modifying the displayed media over time to reduce degradation of one or more pixels of the display structure. In some embodiments, one or more pixels include a light emitting diode. In some embodiments, the light emitting diode is an organic light emitting diode. In some embodiments, the light emitting diode is at least partially transparent. In some embodiments, the predetermined time interval is adjusted based at least in part on the type of viewing of the display structure during the previous predetermined time interval. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to be operatively coupled to at least one touch screen disposed adjacent to the display structure, and wherein the at least one controller is configured to adjust the media displayed on the display structure based at least in part on a tactile interaction of a user with the at least one touch screen. In some embodiments, the at least one display structure is configured as a plurality of display structures that display a portion of a screen image, and wherein the at least one controller is configured to adjust the media displayed on the plurality of structures based at least in part on a tactile interaction of a user with the at least one touch screen. In some embodiments, at least one touch screen is a plurality of touch screens, and at least one controller is configured to allow a user to use the plurality of touch screens as if it were a single touch screen spanning the plurality of touch screens. In some embodiments, at least one touch screen is a plurality of touch screens including a first touch screen, a first side of the first touch screen being adjacent to a second side of a second touch screen. In some embodiments, adjacent means there is no other intermediate touch screen. In some embodiments, the first side contacts the second side via an adhesive. In some embodiments, the first side is free of the first panel, and/or wherein the second side is free of the second panel. In some embodiments, the first side is bounded by the first panel, and/or wherein the second side is bounded by the second panel. In some embodiments, the first panel includes a sensor and an emitter, and/or wherein the second panel includes a sensor and an emitter. In some embodiments, at least one touch screen is configured to operatively engage at least two sensor and emitter panels, the at least two sensor and emitter panels being disposed (a) parallel or substantially parallel to each other, and (b) spaced a distance from each other, with at least a portion of the at least one touch screen being disposed within the distance. In some embodiments, at least one touch screen is configured to operatively incorporate at least two sensor and emitter panels, the at least two sensor and emitter panels being arranged (a) parallel or substantially parallel to each other, and (b) spaced apart from each other by a distance, one of the at least one touch screen being arranged beyond the distance. In some embodiments, the at least two sensor and emitter panels are arranged such that radiation emitted by an emitter in a first panel can be sensed by a sensor in a second panel, the second panel being arranged parallel or substantially parallel to the first panel, wherein the first panel and the second panel are included in the at least two sensor and emitter panels.
於另一態樣中,用於控制媒體觀看之非暫態電腦程式產品,此非暫態電腦程式產品含有寫在其上的指令,當藉由一個以上之處理器執行此指令時,此指令造成一個以上的處理器執行操作,此等操作包含上述設備之任何操作。In another aspect, a non-transitory computer program product for controlling media viewing includes instructions written thereon, which when executed by one or more processors cause the one or more processors to perform operations, including any operations of the above-mentioned devices.
於另一態樣中,用於控制媒體觀看的方法,包含:在顯示器構造上顯示及/或操縱電子媒體,此顯示器構造設置鄰接可著色窗並與此可著色窗對齊,使得至少當此可著色窗處於褪色狀態中時,使用者可經過(i)顯示器構造及(ii)可著色窗觀看,此顯示器構造係至少部分透明的,此著色窗具有至少一褪色狀態和一著色狀態;及可選地使用(A)建構成與顯示器構造交流之顯示器電路系統,及/或(B)建構成耦接至顯示器構造的(例如,最多一個)緊固件。In another aspect, a method for controlling media viewing includes: displaying and/or manipulating electronic media on a display structure, the display structure being disposed adjacent to and aligned with a tintable window such that a user can view the media through (i) the display structure and (ii) the tintable window when, at least when, the tintable window is in a faded state, the display structure being at least partially transparent, the tinted window having at least one faded state and one tinted state; and optionally using (A) a display circuit system configured to communicate with the display structure, and/or (B) (e.g., at most one) fastener configured to couple to the display structure.
在一些實施例中,顯示器電路系統建構成於其操作期間及/或在其安裝之後可至少部分地進出,例如,無需由其支撐結構拆卸(A)緊固件,(B)由緊固件拆卸顯示器構造,及/或(C)電氣箱及/或電源。電氣箱(例如,E-Box)可包含顯示器構造的時序控制器。在一些實施例中,緊固件建構成(I)便於進出顯示器電路系統之至少一部分,(II)跨越顯示器構造的側面長度之至少百分之三十(30%),(III)熱交換,及/或(IV)包含複數鉸鏈。在一些實施例中,顯示器電路系統係例如藉由使用緊固件的至少一鉸鏈可逆地進出或限制,而無需由其支撐結構拆卸(A)緊固件,(B)由緊固件拆卸顯示器構造,及/或(C)電氣箱及/或電源。電氣箱(例如,E-Box)可包含顯示器構造的時序控制器。於一些實施例中,此方法更包含診斷顯示器構造以形成診斷結果。在一些實施例中,診斷顯示器構造係藉由階層式控制系統的至少一控制器所施行。於一些實施例中,此方法更包含使用診斷結果來補償顯示器構造的一個以上之操作。在一些實施例中,此方法更包含至少部分地基於使用者與鄰近顯示器構造設置的至少一觸控螢幕之觸覺互動來調整顯示器構造上所顯示的媒體。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造係顯示一部分螢幕影像的複數顯示器構造於一些實施例中,此方法更包含至少部分地基於使用者與至少一觸控螢幕之觸覺互動來調整複數顯示器構造上所顯示的媒體。在一些實施例中,至少一觸控螢幕係複數觸控螢幕。於一些實施例中,此方法更包含使用者使用複數觸控螢幕,就好像複數觸控螢幕係跨越複數觸控螢幕的單一觸控螢幕一樣。In some embodiments, the display circuit system is configured to be at least partially accessible during its operation and/or after its installation, for example, without removing (A) the fasteners from its supporting structure, (B) the display structure from the fasteners, and/or (C) the electrical box and/or power supply. The electrical box (e.g., E-Box) may include a timing controller for the display structure. In some embodiments, the fasteners are configured to (I) facilitate access to at least a portion of the display circuit system, (II) span at least thirty percent (30%) of the side length of the display structure, (III) exchange heat, and/or (IV) include a plurality of hinges. In some embodiments, the display circuit system is reversibly accessible or restrained, for example, by using at least one hinge of a fastener, without removing (A) the fastener from its supporting structure, (B) removing the display structure from the fastener, and/or (C) an electrical box and/or a power supply. The electrical box (e.g., E-Box) may include a timing controller for the display structure. In some embodiments, the method further includes diagnosing the display structure to form a diagnostic result. In some embodiments, diagnosing the display structure is performed by at least one controller of a hierarchical control system. In some embodiments, the method further includes using the diagnostic result to compensate for one or more operations of the display structure. In some embodiments, the method further includes adjusting the media displayed on the display structure based at least in part on a user's touch interaction with at least one touch screen disposed adjacent to the display structure. In some embodiments, the display structure is a plurality of display structures that display a portion of a screen image. In some embodiments, the method further includes adjusting the media displayed on the plurality of display structures based at least in part on a user's touch interaction with the at least one touch screen. In some embodiments, the at least one touch screen is a plurality of touch screens. In some embodiments, the method further includes the user using the plurality of touch screens as if the plurality of touch screens were a single touch screen spanning the plurality of touch screens.
在另一態樣中,用於控制媒體觀看之非暫態電腦程式產品,此非暫態電腦程式產品含有寫在其上的指令,當藉由一個以上之處理器執行此指令時,此指令造成一個以上的處理器執行操作,此等操作包含上述方法之任何操作。In another aspect, a non-transitory computer program product for controlling media viewing includes instructions written thereon, which when executed by one or more processors cause the one or more processors to perform operations, including any of the operations of the above method.
於另一態樣中,維護媒體顯示器的方法包含:(a)在包含光照射部件的顯示器構造上顯示電子媒體;(b)使用至少一感測器來感測藉由顯示器構造之光投射部件所顯示的媒體,以生成感測器資料;(c)使用感測器資料以藉由比較所顯示之媒體與請求顯示的媒體來評估光照射部件之至少一者的狀態;及(d)使用控制系統來(i)調整光照射部件之至少一者的照射,以照射待顯示之媒體的所需照射準位,及/或(ii)當光照射部件之至少一者的狀態係低於閾值時,預測此顯示器構造之維護,其中控制系統係操作地耦接至顯示器構造及至少一感測器。In another aspect, a method for maintaining a media display includes: (a) displaying electronic media on a display structure including light projection components; (b) using at least one sensor to sense the media displayed by the light projection components of the display structure to generate sensor data; (c) using the sensor data to evaluate the state of at least one of the light projection components by comparing the displayed media with the media requested to be displayed; and (d) using a control system to (i) adjust the illumination of at least one of the light projection components to illuminate the media to be displayed at a desired illumination level, and/or (ii) predict maintenance of the display structure when the state of at least one of the light projection components is below a threshold, wherein the control system is operatively coupled to the display structure and the at least one sensor.
在一些實施例中,維護顯示器構造包含替換顯示器構造。於一些實施例中,控制機構包含控制器的階層結構。在一些實施例中,此方法更包含使用控制系統來控制其中設置顯示器構造之外殼。於一些實施例中,此方法更包含使用控制系統來控制其中設置顯示器構造的外殼之大氣。在一些實施例中,此方法更包含使用建築物管理系統來控制其中設置顯示器構造的建築物,此控制系統耦接至及/或控制建築物管理系統。於一些實施例中,此方法更包含使用控制系統來控制光照射部件的至少一者之循環照射。在一些實施例中,此方法更包含使用控制系統來使用、或直接使用學習模組,以預測光照射部件的至少一者之維護。於一些實施例中,控制系統交流地耦接至網路,此網路建構成將資料及/或電力提供至顯示器構造。In some embodiments, maintaining the display structure includes replacing the display structure. In some embodiments, the control mechanism includes a hierarchy of controllers. In some embodiments, the method further includes using a control system to control an enclosure in which the display structure is disposed. In some embodiments, the method further includes using a control system to control an atmosphere of the enclosure in which the display structure is disposed. In some embodiments, the method further includes using a building management system to control a building in which the display structure is disposed, the control system being coupled to and/or controlling the building management system. In some embodiments, the method further includes using a control system to control cyclic illumination of at least one of the light irradiation components. In some embodiments, the method further includes using a control system to use, or directly using, a learning module to predict maintenance of at least one of the light irradiation components. In some embodiments, the control system is AC coupled to a network that is configured to provide data and/or power to the display structure.
在另一態樣中,用於維護媒體顯示器的非暫態電腦程式產品,此非暫態電腦程式產品含有寫在其上之指令,當藉由一個以上的處理器執行此等指令時,此等指令造成一個以上之處理器執行操作,此等操作包含上述方法的任何操作。In another aspect, a non-transitory computer program product for maintaining a media display includes instructions written thereon, which when executed by one or more processors cause the one or more processors to perform operations, including any of the operations of the above method.
於另一態樣中,用於維護媒體顯示器之設備,此設備包含至少一控制器,此至少一控制器包含電路系統,此至少一控制器建構成:(a)操作地耦接至顯示器構造及至少一感測器;(b)引導顯示器構造以顯示電子媒體,此顯示器構造包含光照射部件;(c)引導至少一感測器來感測藉由顯示器構造的光投射部件所顯示之媒體,以產生感測器資料;(d)藉由比較所顯示的媒體與待顯示所要求之媒體,使用、或直接使用感測器資料以評估光照射部件的至少一者之狀態;及(e)引導光照射部件的至少一者以調整照射,使得光照射部件之至少一者將照射待顯示的媒體之所要求照射準位,及/或(f)當光照射部件的至少一者之狀態低於閾值時,預測、或直接預測顯示器構造的維護。In another aspect, an apparatus for maintaining a media display includes at least one controller including a circuit system, wherein the at least one controller is configured to: (a) be operatively coupled to a display structure and at least one sensor; (b) direct the display structure to display electronic media, wherein the display structure includes a light irradiation component; and (c) direct the at least one sensor to sense the media displayed by the light irradiation component of the display structure to generate a sensor signal. (d) using, or directly using, the sensor data to evaluate the state of at least one of the illumination components by comparing the displayed media to the desired media to be displayed; and (e) directing at least one of the illumination components to adjust illumination so that at least one of the illumination components will illuminate the desired illumination level of the media to be displayed, and/or (f) predicting, or directly predicting maintenance of the display structure when the state of at least one of the illumination components is below a threshold.
在一些實施例中,顯示器構造之維護包含替換顯示器構造。於一些實施例中,控制機構包含控制器的階層結構。在一些實施例中,控制系統建構成控制其中設置顯示器構造之外殼。於一些實施例中,控制系統建構成控制其中設置顯示器構造的外殼之大氣。在一些實施例中,控制系統建構成控制其中設置顯示器構造的建築物之建築物管理系統。於一些實施例中,控制系統建構成控制光照射部件的至少一者之循環照射。在一些實施例中,控制系統建構成使用、或直接利用學習模組來預測光照射部件的至少一者之維護。於一些實施例中,學習模組包含神經網路。在一些實施例中,學習模組包含一個以上的深度學習演算法。於一些實施例中,控制系統交流地耦接至網路,此網路建構成將資料及/或電力提供至顯示器構造。In some embodiments, maintenance of the display structure includes replacing the display structure. In some embodiments, the control mechanism includes a hierarchy of controllers. In some embodiments, the control system is configured to control an enclosure in which the display structure is disposed. In some embodiments, the control system is configured to control the atmosphere of the enclosure in which the display structure is disposed. In some embodiments, the control system is configured to control a building management system for a building in which the display structure is disposed. In some embodiments, the control system is configured to control cyclic illumination of at least one of the light irradiation components. In some embodiments, the control system is configured to use, or directly utilize, a learning module to predict maintenance of at least one of the light irradiation components. In some embodiments, the learning module includes a neural network. In some embodiments, the learning module includes more than one deep learning algorithm. In some embodiments, the control system is AC-coupled to a network configured to provide data and/or power to the display structure.
在另一態樣中,用於維護媒體顯示器之非暫態電腦程式產品,此非暫態電腦程式產品含有寫在其上的指令,當藉由一個以上之處理器執行此等指令時,此等指令造成一個以上的處理器執行操作,此等操作包含上述至少一控制器之任何操作。In another aspect, a non-transitory computer program product for maintaining a media display includes instructions written thereon, which, when executed by one or more processors, cause the one or more processors to perform operations, including any operations of the at least one controller described above.
於一些實施例中,用於觀看媒體的方法揭示使用本文所揭示之任何系統及/或設備,以觀看操作地耦接至觀看(例如,可著色)窗的顯示器構造上之媒體。In some embodiments, methods for viewing media disclose using any of the systems and/or apparatus disclosed herein to view media on a display configuration operatively coupled to a viewing (eg, colorable) window.
在一些實施例中,用於觀看觀看窗的外側環境之方法揭示使用本文所揭示的任何系統及/或設備,以觀看此觀看(例如,可著色)窗之外側環境,而顯示器構造係例如操作地耦接至觀看(例如,可著色)窗,且處於使用者與外側環境的視線中。In some embodiments, a method for viewing an external environment of a viewing window discloses using any system and/or apparatus disclosed herein to view the external environment of such a viewing (e.g., tintable) window, and a display structure is, for example, operatively coupled to the viewing (e.g., tintable) window and is in line of sight between a user and the external environment.
在另一態樣中,本揭示內容提供例如出於其預期目的而使用本文所揭示之任何系統及/或設備的方法。In another aspect, the present disclosure provides methods of using any of the systems and/or apparatus disclosed herein, for example, for their intended purpose.
在另一態樣中,本揭示內容提供實施本文所揭示之任何方法的系統、設備(例如,控制器)、及/或非暫態電腦可讀媒體(例如,軟體)。In another aspect, the present disclosure provides systems, apparatus (eg, controllers), and/or non-transitory computer-readable media (eg, software) for implementing any of the methods disclosed herein.
於另一態樣中,設備包含至少一控制器,此至少一控制器程式化為引導使用於實施(例如,實行)本文所揭示之任何方法的機構,其中至少一控制器係操作地耦接至此機構。In another aspect, an apparatus includes at least one controller programmed to direct a mechanism for use in implementing (eg, performing) any of the methods disclosed herein, wherein the at least one controller is operatively coupled to the mechanism.
在另一態樣中,設備包含至少一控制器,此至少一控制器建構成(例如,程式化)來實施(例如,實行)本文所揭示的方法。至少一控制器可實施本文所揭示之任何方法。In another aspect, the apparatus includes at least one controller, which is configured (eg, programmed) to implement (eg, perform) the method disclosed herein. The at least one controller can implement any method disclosed herein.
於另一態樣中,系統包含至少一控制器,此至少一控制器程式化為引導至少另一設備(或其部件)、及設備(或其部件)的操作,其中至少一控制器可操作地耦接至設備(或其部件)。設備(或其部件)可包括本文所揭示之任何設備(或其部件)。至少一控制器可引導本文所揭示的任何設備(或其部件)。In another aspect, the system includes at least one controller, the at least one controller being programmed to direct the operation of at least one other device (or component thereof), and the device (or component thereof), wherein the at least one controller is operably coupled to the device (or component thereof). The device (or component thereof) may include any device (or component thereof) disclosed herein. The at least one controller may direct any device (or component thereof) disclosed herein.
在另一態樣中,電腦軟體產品,包含儲存程式指令之非暫態電腦可讀媒體,此等指令當被電腦所讀取時造成電腦引導本文所揭示的機構(例如,設備及/或其任何部件),以實施(例如,實行)本文中所揭示之任何方法,其中非暫態電腦可讀媒體操作地耦接至此機構。此機構可包含本文所揭示的任何設備(或其任何部件)。In another aspect, a computer software product includes a non-transitory computer-readable medium storing program instructions, which, when read by a computer, causes the computer to direct the mechanism disclosed herein (e.g., an apparatus and/or any component thereof) to implement (e.g., perform) any method disclosed herein, wherein the non-transitory computer-readable medium is operatively coupled to the mechanism. The mechanism may include any apparatus disclosed herein (or any component thereof).
於另一態樣中,本揭示內容提供包含機器可執行碼之非暫態電腦可讀媒體,此機器可執行碼在藉由一個以上的電腦處理器執行時實施本文所揭示之任何方法。In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a non-transitory computer-readable medium containing machine-executable code that, when executed by one or more computer processors, implements any of the methods disclosed herein.
在另一態樣中,本揭示內容提供包含機器可執行碼的非暫態電腦可讀媒體,此機器可執行碼在藉由一個以上之電腦處理器執行時實行(例如,如本文所揭示的)控制器之方向。In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a non-transitory computer-readable medium containing machine-executable code that, when executed by one or more computer processors, implements the directions of a controller (e.g., as disclosed herein).
於另一態樣中,本揭示內容提供包含一個以上的電腦處理器及其耦接之非暫態電腦可讀媒體的電腦系統。非暫態電腦可讀媒體包含機器可執行碼,此機器可執行碼在藉由一個以上之電腦處理器執行時實施本文所揭示的任何方法及/或實行本文所揭示之控制者的方向。In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a computer system including one or more computer processors and non-transitory computer-readable media coupled thereto. The non-transitory computer-readable media includes machine executable code that, when executed by one or more computer processors, implements any of the methods disclosed herein and/or implements the directions of the controller disclosed herein.
由下面之詳細敘述,本揭示內容的另外態樣及優點對於熟諳本領域技術者將變得顯而易見,其中僅顯示及敘述本揭示內容之說明性實施例。如將理解,本揭示內容能夠具有其他及不同的實施例,且其若干細節能夠在諸多明顯方面中進行修改,而所有這些都未脫離本揭示內容。因此,附圖及敘述本質上被認為是說明性,且不是限制性。Further aspects and advantages of the present disclosure will become apparent to those skilled in the art from the following detailed description, wherein only illustrative embodiments of the present disclosure are shown and described. As will be understood, the present disclosure is capable of other and different embodiments, and its several details are capable of modification in various obvious respects, all without departing from the present disclosure. Accordingly, the drawings and description are to be regarded as illustrative in nature, and not restrictive.
將參考附圖更詳細地敘述這些及其他特徵與實施例。 通過引用併入 These and other features and embodiments are described in more detail with reference to the accompanying drawings. Incorporated by Reference
本說明書中所提到之所有公告、專利、及專利申請案都以相同程度通過全部以引用的方式併入本文中,就好像每一個別的公告、專利、或專利申請案都明確地及個別地指出通過引用併入一樣。All publications, patents, and patent applications mentioned in this specification are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent, or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
儘管已顯示並在本文敘述本發明之諸多實施例,但是對於熟諳本領域技術者而言顯而易見的是,此等實施例僅以範例之方式提供。在未脫離本發明的情況下,熟諳本領域技術者可想到許多變動、改變、及替換。應當理解,可採用本文所述之發明的實施例之諸多替代方案。Although many embodiments of the present invention have been shown and described herein, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that these embodiments are provided by way of example only. Many variations, changes, and substitutions may occur to those skilled in the art without departing from the present invention. It should be understood that many alternatives to the embodiments of the invention described herein may be employed.
例如「一(a)」、「一(an)」、及「該(the)」等詞並非意欲僅意指單一實體,而是包括可使用特定範例來說明的一般類別。本文中之術語使用於敘述本發明的特定實施例,但是它們之使用並不限定本發明。For example, words such as "a", "an", and "the" are not intended to refer to only a single entity, but include general classes that can be illustrated using specific examples. The terms herein are used to describe specific embodiments of the invention, but their use does not limit the invention.
當提到範圍時,除非另有指定,否則範圍應包括所有範圍。例如,介於值1與值2之間的範圍意指包括在內的,且包括值1及值2。包括在內之值將橫跨由約值1至約值2的任何值。如本文所使用,「鄰接」或「鄰接於」一詞包括「緊鄰著」、「與...相鄰」、「與...接觸」及「在...附近」。When referring to a range, unless otherwise specified, the range is intended to be inclusive. For example, a range between value 1 and value 2 is intended to be inclusive and include value 1 and value 2. Inclusive values will span any value from about value 1 to about value 2. As used herein, the term "adjacent" or "adjacent to" includes "closely adjacent to," "adjacent to," "in contact with," and "near."
「操作地耦接」或「操作地連接」一詞意指耦接(例如,連接)至第二元件之第一元件(例如,機構),以允許第二及/或第二元件的預期操作。耦接可包含物理或非物理耦接。非物理耦接可包含訊號誘導之耦接(例如,無線耦接)。耦接可包括物理耦接(例如,物理連接)、或非物理耦接(例如,經由無線交流)。The term "operably coupled" or "operably connected" means a first component (e.g., a mechanism) coupled (e.g., connected) to a second component to allow the intended operation of the second component and/or the second component. Coupling can include physical or non-physical coupling. Non-physical coupling can include signal induced coupling (e.g., wireless coupling). Coupling can include physical coupling (e.g., physical connection) or non-physical coupling (e.g., via wireless communication).
「建構成」施行一功能的元件(例如,機構)包括造成此元件施行此功能之結構特徵。結構特徵可包括電氣特徵、例如電路系統或電路元件。結構特徵可包括電路系統(例如,包含電氣或光學電路系統)。電路系統可包含一條以上的導線。光學電路系統可包含至少一光學元件(例如,分束器、反射鏡、透鏡及/或光纖)。結構特徵可包括機械特徵。機械特徵可包含閂鎖、彈簧、封閉件、鉸鏈、底盤、支撐件、緊固件、或懸臂等。施行此功能可包含利用邏輯特徵。邏輯特徵可包括程式化指令。程式化指令可藉由至少一處理器所執行。可藉由一個以上的處理器進出(例如,非暫態)媒體上所儲存或編碼之程式化指令。An element (e.g., a mechanism) that is "configured" to perform a function includes structural features that cause the element to perform the function. Structural features may include electrical features, such as circuit systems or circuit elements. Structural features may include circuit systems (e.g., including electrical or optical circuit systems). Circuit systems may include more than one wire. Optical circuit systems may include at least one optical element (e.g., a beam splitter, a reflector, a lens, and/or an optical fiber). Structural features may include mechanical features. Mechanical features may include latches, springs, closures, hinges, chassis, supports, fasteners, or cantilevers. Performing the function may include utilizing logical features. Logical features may include programmed instructions. Programmed instructions may be executed by at least one processor. Programmable instructions stored or encoded on a medium may be accessed (eg, non-transitory) by one or more processors.
於一些實施例中,顯示器構造係與觀看(例如,可著色的觀看)窗耦接。觀看窗可包括整合之玻璃單元。此顯示器構造可包括一個以上的玻璃片。顯示器(例如,顯示矩陣)可包含發光二極體(LED)。LED可包含有機材料(例如,有機發光二極體在本文中縮寫為「OLED」)。OLED可包含透明之有機發光二極體顯示器(於本文中縮寫為「TOLED」),此TOLED係至少部分透明的。顯示器可在其基本長度標尺上具有2000、3000、4000、5000、6000、7000或8000像素。顯示器可於其基本長度標尺上具有前述數目的像素之間的任何數目之像素(例如,由約2000像素至約4000像素、由約4000像素至約8000像素、或由約2000像素至約8000像素)。基本長度標尺可包含邊界圓的直徑、長度、寬度、或高度。基本長度標尺在本文中可縮寫為「FLS」。顯示器構造可包含高解析度顯示器。例如,顯示器構造可具有至少約550、576、680、720、768、1024、1080、1920、1280、2160、3840、4096、4320或7680像素乘以至少約550、576、680、720、768、1024、1080、1280、1920、2160、3840、4096,4320或7680像素的解析度(於30Hz或60Hz)。像素之第一數目可指定顯示器的高度,像素之第二數目可指定顯示器的長度。例如,顯示器可為具有1920x1080、3840x2160、4096x2160或7680x4320之解析度的高解析度顯示器。顯示器可為標準清晰度顯示器、增強清晰度顯示器、高清晰度顯示器、或超高清晰度顯示器。顯示器可為矩形的。藉由顯示矩陣所投射之影像可在至少約20Hz、30Hz、60Hz、70Hz、75Hz、80Hz、100Hz、或120赫茲(Hz)的頻率(例如,以再新率)再新。顯示器構造之FLS可為至少20''、25''、30''、35''、40''、45''、50''、55''、60''、65''、80''、或90英寸('')。顯示器構造的FLS可為上述值之間的任何值(例如,由約20''至約55''、由約55''至約100''、或由約20''至約100'')。In some embodiments, the display structure is coupled to a viewing (e.g., tintable viewing) window. The viewing window may include an integrated glass unit. The display structure may include more than one glass sheet. The display (e.g., display matrix) may include a light emitting diode (LED). The LED may include an organic material (e.g., an organic light emitting diode abbreviated herein as "OLED"). The OLED may include a transparent organic light emitting diode display (abbreviated herein as "TOLED"), which is at least partially transparent. The display may have 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000, 7000, or 8000 pixels on its basic length scale. The display may have any number of pixels between the aforementioned numbers of pixels on its basic length scale (e.g., from about 2000 pixels to about 4000 pixels, from about 4000 pixels to about 8000 pixels, or from about 2000 pixels to about 8000 pixels). The basic length scale may include the diameter, length, width, or height of the bounding circle. The basic length scale may be abbreviated herein as "FLS". The display configuration may include a high-resolution display. For example, the display configuration may have a resolution of at least about 550, 576, 680, 720, 768, 1024, 1080, 1920, 1280, 2160, 3840, 4096, 4320, or 7680 pixels by at least about 550, 576, 680, 720, 768, 1024, 1080, 1280, 1920, 2160, 3840, 4096, 4320, or 7680 pixels (at 30 Hz or 60 Hz). The first number of pixels may specify the height of the display and the second number of pixels may specify the length of the display. For example, the display may be a high resolution display having a resolution of 1920x1080, 3840x2160, 4096x2160, or 7680x4320. The display may be a standard definition display, an enhanced definition display, a high definition display, or an ultra high definition display. The display may be rectangular. The image projected by the display matrix may be refreshed at a frequency (e.g., at a refresh rate) of at least about 20 Hz, 30 Hz, 60 Hz, 70 Hz, 75 Hz, 80 Hz, 100 Hz, or 120 Hz. The FLS of the display configuration may be at least 20", 25", 30", 35", 40", 45", 50", 55", 60", 65", 80", or 90 inches (inches). The FLS of the display configuration may be any value between the above values (eg, from about 20″ to about 55″, from about 55″ to about 100″, or from about 20″ to about 100″).
於一些實施例中,設施中之窗戶表面的至少一部分係利用來使用玻璃顯示器構造顯示諸多媒體。此顯示器可利用於(例如,至少部分地)觀看窗戶外部之環境(例如室外環境),例如當顯示器未操作時。顯示器可使用於顯示媒體(例如,如本文所揭示),以利用(例如,光學)覆蓋物、強化實境、及/或照明來增強外部視野(例如,顯示器可用作光源)。媒體可使用於娛樂及非娛樂目的。此媒體可使用於工作(例如,資料分析、製圖、及/或視頻會議)。可操縱此媒體(例如,藉由利用顯示器構造)。利用此顯示器構造可為直接或間接的。媒體之間接利用可為使用例如電子滑鼠或鍵盤之類的輸入裝置。輸入裝置可為交流地(例如,有線及/或無線地)耦接至媒體。直接利用可為藉由使用顯示器構造作為使用一使用者(例如,手指)或引導裝置(例如,電子筆或手寫筆)之觸控螢幕。引導裝置可為由低研磨性材料(例如,聚合物)所製成、及/或塗覆。低研磨性材料可建構成便於(例如,重複地)接觸此顯示器構造,而對此顯示器構造具有最小損壞(例如,刮傷)。低研磨性材料可包含聚合物或樹脂(例如,塑膠)。引導裝置可為被動式或主動式。主動式引導裝置可操作地耦接至顯示器構造及/或網路。主動式引導裝置可包含電路系統。主動式引導裝置可包含遙控器。引導裝置可促進與藉由顯示器構造所呈現的媒體有關之操作的方向。引導裝置可促進(例如,亦即時及/或就地)與藉由顯示器構造所呈現之媒體的交互作用。In some embodiments, at least a portion of a window surface in a facility is utilized to display multimedia using a glass display configuration. The display may be utilized to (e.g., at least partially) view an environment outside the window (e.g., an outdoor environment), such as when the display is not operating. The display may be used to display media (e.g., as disclosed herein) to enhance the external view using (e.g., optical) coverings, augmented reality, and/or lighting (e.g., the display may be used as a light source). The media may be used for entertainment and non-entertainment purposes. The media may be used for work (e.g., data analysis, mapping, and/or video conferencing). The media may be manipulated (e.g., by utilizing the display configuration). Utilization of the display configuration may be direct or indirect. Indirect utilization of the media may be by using an input device such as an electronic mouse or keyboard. The input device may be coupled to the media in an alternating manner (e.g., wired and/or wirelessly). Direct utilization may be by using the display structure as a touch screen for use by a user (e.g., finger) or a guide device (e.g., an electronic pen or stylus). The guide device may be made of and/or coated with a low-abrasive material (e.g., a polymer). The low-abrasive material may be constructed to facilitate (e.g., repeatedly) contact with the display structure with minimal damage (e.g., scratching) to the display structure. The low-abrasive material may include a polymer or resin (e.g., a plastic). The guide device may be passive or active. The active guidance device may be operably coupled to the display structure and/or the network. The active guidance device may include a circuit system. The active guidance device may include a remote control. The guidance device may facilitate the direction of operations related to the media presented by the display structure. The guidance device may facilitate (e.g., in real time and/or in situ) interaction with the media presented by the display structure.
本文所敘述之實施例有關具有串聯(例如,透明)顯示器構造的視覺窗。在某些實施例中,視覺窗係電致變色窗。電致變色窗可包含固態及/或無機電致變色(EC)裝置。視覺窗可為呈整合玻璃單元(IGU)之形式。當IGU包括電致變色(本文縮寫為「EC」)裝置時,其可稱為「EC IGU」。EC IGU可著色(例如,變暗)一房間,其中與未著色的IGU相比,其設置及/或提供著色(例如,較暗)之背景幕。著色的IGU可提供用於(例如透明)顯示器構造上之可接受(例如,良好)對比度的較佳(例如,需要)之背景幕。在另一範例中,具有(例如透明)顯示器構造的窗戶可代替商業及住宅應用中之電視(本文縮寫為「TVs」)。合起來,例如因為顯示器可增加單獨藉由EC玻璃所提供的私密性,(例如透明)顯示器構造及EC IGU可提供視覺私密性玻璃功能。本文所揭示之實施例亦敘述用於將顯示器構造(例如,透明顯示器)安裝至視覺窗的定框系統之特別方法、設備及系統。Embodiments described herein relate to a visual window having a serial (e.g., transparent) display configuration. In certain embodiments, the visual window is an electrochromic window. The electrochromic window may include solid and/or inorganic electrochromic (EC) devices. The visual window may be in the form of an integrated glass unit (IGU). When an IGU includes an electrochromic (abbreviated herein as "EC") device, it may be referred to as an "EC IGU." An EC IGU may tint (e.g., darken) a room in which a tinted (e.g., darker) backdrop is provided as compared to an untinted IGU. A tinted IGU may provide a better (e.g., required) backdrop for acceptable (e.g., good) contrast on a (e.g., transparent) display configuration. In another example, a window with a (e.g., transparent) display structure can replace televisions (abbreviated herein as "TVs") in commercial and residential applications. Taken together, the (e.g., transparent) display structure and EC IGU can provide visual privacy glass functionality, for example, because the display can increase the privacy provided by EC glass alone. Embodiments disclosed herein also describe particular methods, apparatus, and systems for mounting a display structure (e.g., a transparent display) to a framing system of a visual window.
圖1A顯示定框在窗框103中的窗戶102之範例(顯示局部視圖),及包含第一鉸鏈105a和第二鉸鏈105b的緊固件結構104,此等鉸鏈便於使顯示器構造101繞著鉸鏈軸線旋轉、例如在箭頭111之方向中。窗戶可為電致變色窗。此窗戶可為EC IGU的形式。於一實施例中,至少部分透明之一個以上的顯示器構造(例如透明顯示器)(例如101)安裝至窗框(例如103)。在一實施例中,一個以上之顯示器構造(例如,透明顯示器)包含TOLED技術,但是應當理解,本發明不應受此技術所限制或局限於此技術。在一實施例中,一個以上的顯示器構造(例如,透明顯示器)係經由緊固件結構(例如,104)安裝至框架(例如,103)。於一實施例中,緊固件結構(在本文中亦稱為「緊固件」)包含托架。在一實施例中,緊固件結構包含L形托架。於一實施例中,L形托架之長度包含近似或等於窗的一側面之長度(例如,且在圖1A中所示範例中,亦為緊固件104的長度)。於實施例中,窗戶之基本長度標尺(例如,長度)係高達60英尺(')、50'、40'、30'、25'、20'、15'、10'、5'或1'。窗戶的FLS可為前述值之間的任何值(例如,由1'至60'、由1'至30'、由30'至60'、或由10'至40')。在實施例中,窗戶之基本長度標尺(例如,長度)係至少約50'、60'、80'、或100'。於一實施例中,顯示器結構(例如,透明顯示器)涵括(例如,實質上)匹配薄板(例如,玻璃片)的表面積之區域。緊固件結構可經由鎖定機構(例如,彈簧鎖)及/或經由螺釘安裝至結構(例如,框架部分、例如豎框),例如可建構成用於滑動及按扣附接。緊固件可包含安裝板。緊固件可建構成允許其相關聯的電纜佈設及/或佈線,以在支撐結構(例如,固定裝置)上未施加壓力之情況下留駐於支撐結構孔腔(例如,定框部分)中。支撐結構可包含將緊固件固持在適當位置中的夾子(例如彈簧夾)。FIG. 1A shows an example of a window 102 framed in a window frame 103 (partial view shown), and a fastener structure 104 including a first hinge 105a and a second hinge 105b that facilitates rotation of a display structure 101 about a hinge axis, such as in the direction of arrow 111. The window may be an electrochromic window. The window may be in the form of an EC IGU. In one embodiment, one or more display structures (e.g., transparent displays) (e.g., 101) that are at least partially transparent are mounted to a window frame (e.g., 103). In one embodiment, one or more display structures (e.g., transparent displays) include TOLED technology, but it should be understood that the present invention should not be limited or confined to this technology. In one embodiment, one or more display structures (e.g., transparent displays) are mounted to a frame (e.g., 103) via a fastener structure (e.g., 104). In one embodiment, the fastener structure (also referred to herein as a "fastener") includes a bracket. In one embodiment, the fastener structure includes an L-shaped bracket. In one embodiment, the length of the L-shaped bracket includes approximately or equal to the length of one side of the window (e.g., and in the example shown in Figure 1A, also the length of fastener 104). In an embodiment, the basic length scale (e.g., length) of the window is up to 60 feet ('), 50', 40', 30', 25', 20', 15', 10', 5' or 1'. The FLS of the window can be any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from 1' to 60', from 1' to 30', from 30' to 60', or from 10' to 40'). In an embodiment, the basic length dimension (e.g., length) of the window is at least about 50', 60', 80', or 100'. In one embodiment, the display structure (e.g., a transparent display) encompasses an area that (e.g., substantially) matches the surface area of a thin plate (e.g., a glass sheet). The fastener structure can be mounted to a structure (e.g., a frame portion, such as a sash) via a locking mechanism (e.g., a spring lock) and/or via screws, for example, can be configured for slide and snap attachment. The fastener can include a mounting plate. The fasteners may be constructed to allow their associated cabling and/or wiring to remain in a support structure cavity (e.g., a framing portion) without applying pressure on the support structure (e.g., a fixture). The support structure may include a clip (e.g., a spring clip) that holds the fastener in place.
於特別實施例中,顯示器之區域近似於窗戶的視覺區域(例如,窗戶之定框系統內的區域(例如,看圖1B中之1)。在一實施例中,一個以上的顯示器構造(例如,透明顯示器)一起(例如,大約及/或實質上)覆蓋窗戶之視覺區域(例如,看圖1b中的2及3)。於一實施例中,透明顯示器涵括一區域,此區域係(例如可著色)窗之視覺區域的大約一半。在一實施例中,二個以上之顯示器安裝於單一視覺窗上(看圖1b中的2及3)。顯示器構造可覆蓋(例如可著色)窗之至少一部分。顯示器構造可覆蓋(例如可著色)窗的可見部分之至少約10%、20%、30%、40%、50%、60%、70%、80%、90%、95%、或99%。藉由顯示器構造所佔據的面積可為(例如可著色)窗之整個可見部分(100%)。藉由顯示器構造所佔據的面積可為前述百分比之間的(例如可著色)窗之可見部分的任何百分比(例如,由約10%至約100%、由約10%至約50%、或由約50%至約100%)。有時候,複數顯示器構造可覆蓋(例如可著色)窗。顯示器構造可安裝於一個以上之佈局及/或組構中,例如以最大化設計靈活性。複數緊固件可(例如分別)耦接至複數顯示器構造(例如,以允許顯示器構造的迴轉)。圖1B顯示建築物之立面120中之諸多窗戶的範例,此立面包含窗戶122、123及121和顯示器構造1、2及3。在圖1B所示範例中,顯示器構造1係至少部分透明且設置於窗戶123上方(例如,顯示器構造1係叠加在窗戶123上方),使得整個窗戶123係藉由顯示器構造所覆蓋,且使用者可經過顯示器構造1及窗戶123觀看外部環境(例如花、玻璃、及樹木)。顯示器構造1係用緊固件耦接至窗戶,此緊固件便於顯示器構造繞著平行於窗戶底部水平邊緣之軸線旋轉,此旋轉係在箭頭127的方向中。於圖1B所示範例中,顯示器構造2及3係至少部分透明且設置在窗戶121上方,使得整個窗戶121係藉由二顯示器構造所覆蓋,每一顯示器構造覆蓋(例如,延伸至)窗戶121之表面積的約一半,且使用者可經過顯示器構造2及3和窗戶121觀看外部環境(例如花、玻璃、及樹木)。顯示器構造2係用緊固件耦接至窗戶121,此緊固件便於顯示器構造繞著平行於窗戶左直立邊緣之軸線旋轉,此旋轉係在箭頭126的方向中。顯示器構造3係用緊固件耦接至窗戶,此緊固件便於顯示器構造繞著平行於窗戶121右直立邊緣之軸線旋轉,此旋轉係在箭頭125的方向中。In a particular embodiment, the area of the display approximates the visual area of the window (e.g., the area within the framing system of the window (e.g., see 1 in FIG. 1B ). In one embodiment, one or more display structures (e.g., transparent displays) together (e.g., approximately and/or substantially) cover the visual area of the window (e.g., see 2 and 3 in FIG. 1b ). In one embodiment, the transparent display encompasses an area that is approximately half of the visual area of the (e.g., tintable) window. In one embodiment, two or more displays are mounted on a single visual window (see 2 and 3 in FIG. 1b ). The display structure may cover at least a portion of the (e.g., tintable) window. The display structure may cover at least about 10%, 20%, or more of the visible portion of the (e.g., tintable) window. 0%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, or 99%. The area occupied by the display structure may be the entire visible portion of the (e.g., tintable) window (100%). The area occupied by the display structure may be any percentage of the visible portion of the (e.g., tintable) window between the aforementioned percentages (e.g., from about 10% to about 100%, from about 10% to about 50%, or from about 50% to about 100%). Sometimes, multiple display structures may cover the (e.g., tintable) window. The display structures may be installed in more than one layout and/or configuration, for example to maximize design flexibility. Multiple fasteners may be (e.g., separately) coupled to multiple display structures (e.g., to allow display FIG1B shows an example of a plurality of windows in a facade 120 of a building, the facade including windows 122, 123, and 121 and display structures 1, 2, and 3. In the example shown in FIG1B , the display structure 1 is at least partially transparent and disposed above the window 123 (for example, the display structure 1 is superimposed on the window 123), so that the entire window 123 is covered by the display structure, and a user can view the external environment (for example, flowers, glass, and trees) through the display structure 1 and the window 123. The display structure 1 is coupled to the window with a fastener, which facilitates the display structure to rotate around an axis parallel to the bottom horizontal edge of the window, and the rotation is in the direction of arrow 127. In the example shown in FIG1B , display structures 2 and 3 are at least partially transparent and are disposed above window 121, so that the entire window 121 is covered by the two display structures, each display structure covers (e.g., extends to) approximately half of the surface area of window 121, and the user can view the external environment (e.g., flowers, glass, and trees) through display structures 2 and 3 and window 121. Display Structure 2 is coupled to window 121 with fasteners that facilitate rotation of the display structure about an axis parallel to the left upright edge of the window, in the direction of arrow 126. Display structure 3 is coupled to the window with fasteners that facilitate rotation of the display structure about an axis parallel to the right upright edge of window 121, in the direction of arrow 125.
於一些實施例中,顯示器構造係耦接至結構(例如,固定裝置)。此結構可包含窗戶、牆壁、或板件。顯示器構造可用緊固件耦接至此結構。例如,當顯示器構造可操作時,顯示器構造與此結構之間可存在一段距離。此距離可為至多約0.5米(m)、0.4m、0.3m、0.2m、0.1m、0.05m、0.025m、或0.01m。In some embodiments, the display structure is coupled to a structure (e.g., a fixture). The structure may include a window, a wall, or a panel. The display structure may be coupled to the structure with a fastener. For example, when the display structure is operable, there may be a distance between the display structure and the structure. The distance may be at most about 0.5 meters (m), 0.4m, 0.3m, 0.2m, 0.1m, 0.05m, 0.025m, or 0.01m.
於一些實施例中,E-box操作地耦接至電源、或包括電源。電源可為將電力供給電負載的電裝置。電源可將來自電源之電流轉換為正確的電壓、電流、及/或頻率,以為此負載供電。電源可將藉由此負載所汲取之電流限制至安全位準(例如,根據管轄及/或安全標準)、切斷電流(例如,如果發生電氣故障)、調節電力(例如,以防止輸入上的電子雜訊及/或電壓突波抵達此負載)、校正電力因數、及/或儲存能量(例如,在電源臨時中斷之情況下,便於此負載的持續操作)。此負載可為媒體顯示器(例如OLED顯示器)。電源可為電力轉換器。此電源可為分開之獨立裝置。電源可包括在E-box中。獨立電源裝置可設置於例如固定裝置的結構中。此結構可包含窗框部分(例如,豎框或橫梁)、或牆壁。可將電源裝置設置在與電氣箱及/或時序控制器相距一段距離處。此距離可為至少約30英尺(')、50'、100'、200'、300'。E-box可為或非為緊固件之一部分(例如,附接至緊固件)。於一些實施例中,E-box(例如,包括任何類比至數位轉換器)可設置在與緊固件(例如,不是緊固件的一部分)相距一段距離處。In some embodiments, the E-box is operatively coupled to, or includes, a power source. The power source may be an electrical device that supplies power to an electrical load. The power source may convert current from the power source to the correct voltage, current, and/or frequency to power the load. The power source may limit the current drawn by the load to a safe level (e.g., according to a governing and/or safety standard), cut off the current (e.g., if an electrical fault occurs), regulate power (e.g., to prevent electronic noise and/or voltage surges on the input from reaching the load), correct power factor, and/or store energy (e.g., to facilitate continued operation of the load in the event of a temporary power outage). The load may be a media display (e.g., an OLED display). The power source may be a power converter. The power source may be a separate, independent device. The power source may be included in an E-box. The independent power source device may be located in a structure such as a fixture. The structure may include a window frame portion (e.g., a vertical frame or a cross beam), or a wall. The power source device may be located at a distance from the electrical box and/or the timing controller. The distance may be at least about 30 feet ('), 50', 100', 200', 300'. The E-box may or may not be part of the fastener (e.g., attached to the fastener). In some embodiments, the E-box (e.g., including any analog to digital converter) may be located at a distance from the fastener (e.g., not part of the fastener).
於一些實施例中,電子部件(例如,電路系統)之殼體包含至少一熱交換器。例如,E-box、電源殼體、及/或時序控制器殼體(例如,緊固件)可包含一個以上之熱交換器(例如,如本文所揭示)。熱交換器可為風扇。熱交換器可為被動式或主動式。熱交換器可包含熱管。熱交換器可包含建構成有效地吸收及/或傳遞熱量的部件。例如,熱交換器可包含金屬平板(例如,散熱器)。金屬平板可包含元素金屬或金屬合金。In some embodiments, the housing of an electronic component (e.g., a circuit system) includes at least one heat exchanger. For example, an E-box, a power supply housing, and/or a timing controller housing (e.g., a fastener) may include one or more heat exchangers (e.g., as disclosed herein). The heat exchanger may be a fan. The heat exchanger may be passive or active. The heat exchanger may include a heat pipe. The heat exchanger may include a component configured to effectively absorb and/or transfer heat. For example, the heat exchanger may include a metal plate (e.g., a heat sink). The metal plate may include elemental metal or a metal alloy.
在一些實施例中,電子部件(例如,緊固件)之殼體可包含一個以上的風扇。風扇可將氣體(例如,空氣)由其一側引導至另一側(例如,將氣體推入周遭環境或將氣體噴出周遭環境)。風扇旋轉之方向可決定其推動/噴出氣體的功能性。風扇可具有基本長度標尺(例如,高度、長度、寬度、半徑、或邊界圓之半徑)。風扇的基本長度標尺(FLS)最多可為約5厘米(cm)、4cm、3cm、2.5cm、2cm、1.5cm、1cm、或0.5cm。FLS可具有前述值之間的任何值(例如,由約5cm至約0.5cm,由約5cm至約2cm,或由約2cm至約0.5cm)。風扇之高度及長度可為(例如,實質上)相等。風扇的寬度可為風扇之高度及/或長度的至多大約一半、三分之一、四分之一、或五分之一。風扇可具有複數葉片(例如,至少3、4、5、6、7、8、9、或10塊葉片)。於一些實施例中,風扇可為無葉片式。風扇可需要低電壓,例如最多約1.5伏特(V)、2V、3V、4V、5V、6V、7V、8V、9V、或10V。風扇的速率可為至少約每分鐘五千轉(KRPM)、5.5 KRPM、6 KRPM、6.5 KRPM、7 KRPM、7.5 KRPM、8 KRPM、8.5 KRPM、9 KRPM、9.5 KRPM、10 KRPM、10.5 KRPM、11 KRPM、11.5 KRPM、或12 KRPM。風扇可具有低噪音特徵。低噪音特徵可為至多約10.0分貝(dbA)、15 dbA、20 dbA、25 dbA或30 dbA,其中調整dbA,用於變動人耳對不同聲音頻率之敏感性。低噪音特徵可為在說話聲音以下(例如,約65 dbA)。低噪音特徵最多可為呼吸噪音(例如,約10 dbA)、靜音書房(例如,約20 dbA)、輕聲耳語(例如,約40 dbA)、或辦公室環境(例如,由約50 dbA至約65 dbA)以下的等級。風扇之噪音位準可遵守管轄標準、例如職業安全與健康管理局(OSHA)所頒布的標準。風扇可具有最多約5克(g)、6g、8g、或10g之重量。風扇可具有每分鐘至少約0.02立方米(M 3/min)、0.03 M 3/min、0.04 M 3/min、0.05 M 3/min、0.06 M 3/min、0.07 M 3/min、0.08 M 3/min、0.09 M 3/min、0.1 M 3/min、0.15 M 3/min、0.2 M 3/min、0.3 M 3/min、0.4 M 3/min、或0.5 M 3/min的空氣傳導能力。風扇可具有本文所提到的任何傳導能力之間的傳導能力(例如,由約0.02 M 3/min至約0.05 M 3/min、由約0.05 M 3/min至約0.1 M 3/min、或由約0.1 M 3/min分鐘至約0.5 M 3/min)。 In some embodiments, the housing of an electronic component (e.g., a fastener) may include more than one fan. The fan may direct gas (e.g., air) from one side thereof to the other side (e.g., push the gas into the surrounding environment or eject the gas out of the surrounding environment). The direction in which the fan rotates may determine its functionality of pushing/ejecting the gas. The fan may have a basic length scale (e.g., height, length, width, radius, or radius of a bounding circle). The basic length scale (FLS) of the fan may be at most about 5 centimeters (cm), 4 cm, 3 cm, 2.5 cm, 2 cm, 1.5 cm, 1 cm, or 0.5 cm. The FLS may have any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 5 cm to about 0.5 cm, from about 5 cm to about 2 cm, or from about 2 cm to about 0.5 cm). The height and length of the fan may be (e.g., substantially) equal. The width of the fan may be at most about half, one-third, one-quarter, or one-fifth of the height and/or length of the fan. The fan may have a plurality of blades (e.g., at least 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 blades). In some embodiments, the fan may be bladeless. The fan may require a low voltage, such as at most about 1.5 volts (V), 2V, 3V, 4V, 5V, 6V, 7V, 8V, 9V, or 10V. The speed of the fan may be at least about 5,000 revolutions per minute (KRPM), 5.5 KRPM, 6 KRPM, 6.5 KRPM, 7 KRPM, 7.5 KRPM, 8 KRPM, 8.5 KRPM, 9 KRPM, 9.5 KRPM, 10 KRPM, 10.5 KRPM, 11 KRPM, 11.5 KRPM, or 12 KRPM. The fan may have a low noise characteristic. The low noise characteristic may be at most about 10.0 decibels (dbA), 15 dbA, 20 dbA, 25 dbA, or 30 dbA, wherein the dbA is adjusted to vary the sensitivity of the human ear to different sound frequencies. The low noise characteristic may be below the sound of a speaking voice (e.g., about 65 dbA). The low noise characteristics may be at most below the level of breathing noise (e.g., about 10 dbA), quiet study (e.g., about 20 dbA), whisper (e.g., about 40 dbA), or office environment (e.g., from about 50 dbA to about 65 dbA). The noise level of the fan may comply with the standards of the jurisdiction, such as those promulgated by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). The fan may have a weight of at most about 5 grams (g), 6g, 8g, or 10g. The fan may have an air conductance of at least about 0.02 cubic meters per minute ( M3 /min), 0.03 M3 / min , 0.04 M3 /min, 0.05 M3 /min, 0.06 M3 /min, 0.07 M3 /min, 0.08 M3 / min , 0.09 M3 /min, 0.1 M3 /min, 0.15 M3/min, 0.2 M3 /min, 0.3 M3/min, 0.4 M3 /min, or 0.5 M3 /min. The fan can have a conductance between any of the conductances mentioned herein (eg, from about 0.02 M3 /min to about 0.05 M3 /min, from about 0.05 M3 /min to about 0.1 M3 /min, or from about 0.1 M3 /min to about 0.5 M3 /min).
於一些實施例中,能以促進在其間設置之屏蔽、熱交換及/或冷卻元件的方式來設置複數電路板之至少二者。至少一屏蔽元件可設置於彼此相鄰接(例如直接)坐落的第一電路板與第二電路板之間。屏蔽元件可包含電及/或電磁(例如射頻)屏蔽。屏蔽可或可不充當熱交換器及/或冷卻元件。電子部件的殼體可包含能與屏蔽件分開之熱交換器及/或冷卻元件。熱交換器及/或冷卻元件可包含熱管、或金屬平板。金屬可包含元素金屬或金屬合金。金屬可建構成用於(例如,有效及/或快速)熱傳導。金屬可包含銅、鋁、黃銅、鋼、或青銅。冷卻元件可包含流體、氣態、或半固態(例如,凝膠)材料。冷卻元件可為主動式及/或被動式。冷卻元件可包含循環物質。冷卻元件可為操作地耦接至主動冷卻裝置(例如,恆溫器、冷卻器、及/或冰箱)。主動冷卻裝置可設置在裝置整體外殼的外部。冷卻元件可設置於外殼(例如建築物或房間)之固定裝置(例如地板、天花板、牆壁、或框架)中,而電子部件的殼體設置在外殼中。固定裝置可包含豎框或橫梁。In some embodiments, at least two of the plurality of circuit boards can be arranged in a manner that promotes shielding, heat exchange, and/or cooling elements disposed therebetween. At least one shielding element can be disposed between a first circuit board and a second circuit board that are adjacent to each other (e.g., directly). The shielding element can include electrical and/or electromagnetic (e.g., radio frequency) shielding. The shielding may or may not act as a heat exchanger and/or cooling element. The housing of the electronic component can include a heat exchanger and/or cooling element that can be separated from the shielding element. The heat exchanger and/or cooling element can include a heat pipe, or a metal plate. The metal can include an elemental metal or a metal alloy. The metal can be constructed for (e.g., efficient and/or rapid) heat conduction. The metal can include copper, aluminum, brass, steel, or bronze. The cooling element may comprise a fluid, gaseous, or semi-solid (e.g., gel) material. The cooling element may be active and/or passive. The cooling element may comprise a circulating substance. The cooling element may be operatively coupled to an active cooling device (e.g., a thermostat, a cooler, and/or a refrigerator). The active cooling device may be disposed outside of the overall housing of the device. The cooling element may be disposed in a fixture (e.g., a floor, ceiling, wall, or frame) of a housing (e.g., a building or room) in which the housing of the electronic component is disposed. The fixture may comprise a vertical frame or a cross beam.
於一些實施例中,顯示器構造組件可接收用於媒體訊號及/或電力之一個以上的連接器類型。例如,至少一連接器及/或插座連接至一個以上之驅動器及/或接收器,例如,使用於串連通訊系統(例如,RS485(輸入及輸出))。連接器及/或插座類型可包含HDMI、顯示埠(DP)輸入及/或輸出、或交流電(AC)輸入及/或開關。圖17顯示控制器及電源組件1700的一側之範例,此電源組件1700包括HDMI輸入1701、DP1輸入1702、RS485輸入1703、AC開關及AC輸入1704、RS485輸出1705、及DP輸出1706。圖17顯示連接至主電源線1711的控制器及電源組件1710、窗戶控制器1712、IGU 1715、定框蓋1718(有時稱為「美容蓋」)、窗框1719、電路系統1716(例如,包含用於顯示矩陣的增幅器及/或驅動器)、鉸鏈(例如,鉸鏈1717)、顯示器構造1714、蓋件1720、及用於顯示器構造之顯示器構造框架(例如邊緣表框)1713的拆解後立體圖(例如,分解圖)。顯示器構造框架可為用於觸控螢幕部件之蓋件。窗戶控制器可為設置至窗戶的一側,較接近或更遠離窗戶。可將窗戶控制器設置在窗框內(或上)、牆壁內(或上)、天花板內(或上)、地板內(或上)。鉸鏈可或不可暫時鎖定(例如,使用插入部(例如,狹縫或縫隙)、突起部、及/或彈簧(例如,彈簧柱塞))。In some embodiments, the display structure assembly may receive more than one connector type for media signals and/or power. For example, at least one connector and/or socket is connected to more than one driver and/or receiver, for example, for use in a serial communication system (e.g., RS485 (input and output)). The connector and/or socket type may include HDMI, display port (DP) input and/or output, or alternating current (AC) input and/or switch. Figure 17 shows an example of one side of a controller and power supply assembly 1700, which includes an HDMI input 1701, a DP1 input 1702, an RS485 input 1703, an AC switch and AC input 1704, an RS485 output 1705, and a DP output 1706. FIG. 17 shows a disassembled perspective view (e.g., exploded view) of a controller and power assembly 1710 connected to a main power line 1711, a window controller 1712, an IGU 1715, a frame cover 1718 (sometimes referred to as a "cosmetic cover"), a window frame 1719, a circuit system 1716 (e.g., including amplifiers and/or drivers for a display matrix), hinges (e.g., hinge 1717), a display structure 1714, a cover 1720, and a display structure frame (e.g., an edge bezel) 1713 for the display structure. The display structure frame may be a cover for a touch screen assembly. The window controller may be mounted to one side of the window, closer to or further from the window. The window controller may be disposed in (or on) the window frame, in (or on) the wall, in (or on) the ceiling, or in (or on) the floor. The hinge may or may not be temporarily lockable (e.g., using an insert (e.g., a slit or gap), a protrusion, and/or a spring (e.g., a spring plunger)).
在一些實施例中,顯示器構造係與觀看窗(例如,整合玻璃單元於本文中縮寫為「IGU」)對齊。顯示器構造可建構成定位在(例如,可著色)窗的至少一部分上。例如,顯示器構造可建構成與窗戶之至少一部分重疊。顯示器構造可建構成便於由窗戶的一側(例如,內部環境)至其相反側(例如,外部環境)之同時觀看。此顯示器構造可為在使用者透過窗戶(或其任何部分)觀看的視線中之位置。In some embodiments, a display configuration is aligned with a viewing window (e.g., an integrated glass unit abbreviated herein as "IGU"). The display configuration may be configured to be positioned over (e.g., may be tinted) at least a portion of a window. For example, the display configuration may be configured to overlap at least a portion of a window. The display configuration may be configured to facilitate simultaneous viewing from one side of the window (e.g., the interior environment) to an opposite side thereof (e.g., the exterior environment). This display configuration may be positioned in the line of sight of a user viewing through the window (or any portion thereof).
於一些實施例中,控制器係與顯示器構造操作地耦接(例如,交流地耦接)。此交流可為有線及/或無線的。控制器可至少部分自動地控制此顯示器構造。控制器可為例如本文所揭示的時序控制器(例如,T-CON)。此控制可包括電子及/或光學控制。控制器可包含微控制器。控制器可鄰近玻璃(例如,IGU)及/或顯示器構造設置。控制器可為設置在窗框(例如,橫梁或豎框)中。於一些實施例中,豎框(例如,圖1B,131)係窗框之直立走向,且橫梁(例如,圖1B,130)係窗框的水平走向。窗框可(例如,直接或間接地)固持玻璃及/或顯示器構造。玻璃能為可著色玻璃。能控制可著色玻璃(例如,使用至少一控制器)。例如,可著色玻璃能藉由控制器之階層結構所控制(例如,看圖15)。控制器的階層結構可為靜態或動態的(例如,其中控制器之階層結構指定係動態地變更)。控制觀看(例如,可著色)窗的一個以上之控制器可或未能控制顯示器構造(在本文中亦稱為「媒體顯示器構造」)。In some embodiments, the controller is operatively coupled (e.g., AC coupled) to the display structure. The AC may be wired and/or wireless. The controller may control the display structure at least partially automatically. The controller may be, for example, a timing controller (e.g., T-CON) disclosed herein. The control may include electronic and/or optical control. The controller may include a microcontroller. The controller may be disposed adjacent to the glass (e.g., IGU) and/or the display structure. The controller may be disposed in a window frame (e.g., a crossbar or a sash). In some embodiments, the sash (e.g., FIG. 1B, 131) is the vertical direction of the window frame, and the crossbar (e.g., FIG. 1B, 130) is the horizontal direction of the window frame. The window frame may (e.g., directly or indirectly) hold the glass and/or the display structure. The glass may be tintable glass. The tintable glass may be controlled (e.g., using at least one controller). For example, tintable glass can be controlled by a hierarchy of controllers (e.g., see FIG. 15 ). The hierarchy of controllers can be static or dynamic (e.g., where the hierarchy of controllers specifies that it changes dynamically). One or more controllers controlling viewing (e.g., tintable) windows may or may not control a display configuration (also referred to herein as a “media display configuration”).
於一些實施例中,顯示器構造包含玻璃。玻璃可為呈一個以上的玻璃片之形式。例如,顯示器構造可包括設置在二玻璃片之間的顯示矩陣(例如,燈之陣列)。燈的陣列可包括彩色燈陣列。例如,一陣列紅色、綠色、及藍色燈。例如,一陣列青色、紫紅色、及黃色燈。燈之陣列可包括於電子螢幕顯示器中使用的燈顏色。燈陣列可包含LEDs(例如,OLEDs、例如,TOLEDs)之陣列。矩陣顯示器(例如,燈的陣列)可為至少部分透明的(例如,對於平均人眼而言)。透明OLED可促進平均人眼所感覺之強度及/或波長的相當大部分(例如,大於約30%、40%、50%、60%、80%、90%或95%)之轉變。矩陣顯示器可對使用者通過陣列的觀看形成最小干涉。燈陣列可對使用者通過在其上設置此陣列之窗戶的觀看形成最小干涉。顯示矩陣(例如,燈之陣列)可為最大透明的。顯示器構造之至少一玻璃片可為具有普通的玻璃厚度。普通玻璃可具有至少約1毫米(mm)、2mm、3mm、4mm、5mm、或6mm之厚度。普通玻璃可具有在任何前述值之間的值之厚度(例如,由1mm至6mm、由1mm至3mm、由3mm至約4mm、或由4mm至6mm)。顯示器構造的至少一玻璃片可具有薄之玻璃厚度。薄玻璃可具有至多約0.4毫米(mm)、0.5mm、0.6mm、0.7mm、0.8mm或0.9mm厚。薄玻璃可具有任何前述值之間的值之厚度(例如,由0.4mm至0.9mm、由0.4mm至0.7mm或由0.5mm至0.9mm)。顯示器構造的玻璃可為至少透射性的(例如,於可見光譜中)。例如,玻璃可為至少約80%、85%、90%、95%、或99%之透射性。玻璃可具有任何前述百分比之間的透射率百分比值(例如,由約80%至約99%)。顯示器構造可包含一個以上之玻璃片(例如,玻璃片)。例如,顯示器構造可包含複數(例如,二)玻璃片。玻璃片可具有(例如,實質上)相同的厚度、或不同之厚度。前面向玻璃片可為比後面向玻璃片更厚。後面向玻璃片可為比前面向玻璃片更厚。前面可為在預期觀看者的方向中(例如,於顯示器構造101之前面,看著顯示器構造101)。後面可為在(例如可著色)窗(例如102)的方向中。一玻璃可為相對另一玻璃更厚。較厚之玻璃可為比較薄的玻璃厚至少約1.25*、1.5*、2*、2.5*、3*、3.5*、或4*。符號「*」表示「倍數」之數學運算。顯示器構造(包括一個以上的玻璃片及顯示器矩陣(例如,燈陣列或LCD))之透射率可為至少約20%、30%、35%、40%、45%、50%、60%、70%、80%或90%。顯示器構造可具有任何前述百分比之間的透射率百分比值(例如,由約20%至約90%、由約20%至約50%、由約20%至約40%、由約30%至約40%、由約40%至約80%、或由約50%至約90%)。較高之透射率百分比意指通過材料(例如玻璃)的光之更高強度及/或更寬的光譜。透射率可為可見光。可將透射率測量為可見透射比(在本文中縮寫為「Tvis」),意指通過材料之光譜的可見部分中之光量。透射率可相對入射光的強度。顯示器構造能透射通過該處之可見光光譜(例如,波長光譜)的至少約80%、85%、90%、95%、或99%。顯示器構造可透射任何前述百分比之間的百分比值(例如,由約80%至約99%)。於一些實施例中,代替燈陣列,利用液晶顯示器。圖2顯示在其層疊之前的顯示器構造組件200之示意性範例,此顯示器構造包括較厚的玻璃片205、第一黏合層204、顯示矩陣203、第二黏合層202、及較薄之玻璃片201,此矩陣經由佈線211連接至控制顯示器構造的至少一態樣之電路系統212,此顯示器構造耦接至緊固件213。In some embodiments, the display construction includes glass. The glass can be in the form of more than one glass sheet. For example, the display construction can include a display matrix (e.g., an array of lights) disposed between two glass sheets. The array of lights can include an array of colored lights. For example, an array of red, green, and blue lights. For example, an array of cyan, magenta, and yellow lights. The array of lights can include light colors used in electronic screen displays. The array of lights can include an array of LEDs (e.g., OLEDs, such as TOLEDs). The matrix display (e.g., an array of lights) can be at least partially transparent (e.g., to the average human eye). Transparent OLEDs can facilitate a significant portion (e.g., greater than about 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 80%, 90%, or 95%) of the shift in intensity and/or wavelength sensed by the average human eye. A matrix display can minimally interfere with a user's viewing through the array. An array of lamps can minimally interfere with a user's viewing through a window on which the array is disposed. A display matrix (e.g., an array of lamps) can be maximally transparent. At least one sheet of glass of the display construction can be of ordinary glass thickness. Ordinary glass can have a thickness of at least about 1 millimeter (mm), 2 mm, 3 mm, 4 mm, 5 mm, or 6 mm. Ordinary glass can have a thickness of a value between any of the aforementioned values (e.g., from 1 mm to 6 mm, from 1 mm to 3 mm, from 3 mm to about 4 mm, or from 4 mm to 6 mm). At least one glass sheet of the display construction may have a thin glass thickness. The thin glass may be at most about 0.4 millimeters (mm), 0.5 mm, 0.6 mm, 0.7 mm, 0.8 mm, or 0.9 mm thick. The thin glass may have a thickness of any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from 0.4 mm to 0.9 mm, from 0.4 mm to 0.7 mm, or from 0.5 mm to 0.9 mm). The glass of the display construction may be at least transmissive (e.g., in the visible spectrum). For example, the glass may be at least about 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% transmissive. The glass may have a transmittance percentage value between any of the aforementioned percentages (e.g., from about 80% to about 99%). The display construction may include more than one glass sheet (e.g., a glass sheet). For example, the display construction may include a plurality (e.g., two) of glass sheets. The glass sheets may have (e.g., substantially) the same thickness, or different thicknesses. The front-facing glass sheet may be thicker than the rear-facing glass sheet. The rear-facing glass sheet may be thicker than the front-facing glass sheet. The front may be in the direction of the intended viewer (e.g., in front of the display structure 101, looking at the display structure 101). The rear may be in the direction of a (e.g., tinted) window (e.g., 102). One glass may be thicker than the other glass. The thicker glass may be at least about 1.25*, 1.5*, 2*, 2.5*, 3*, 3.5*, or 4* thicker than the thinner glass. The symbol "*" represents a mathematical operation of "multiple." The transmittance of a display structure (including one or more glass sheets and a display matrix (e.g., a lamp array or LCD)) can be at least about 20%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90%. The display structure can have a transmittance percentage value between any of the aforementioned percentages (e.g., from about 20% to about 90%, from about 20% to about 50%, from about 20% to about 40%, from about 30% to about 40%, from about 40% to about 80%, or from about 50% to about 90%). A higher transmittance percentage means a higher intensity and/or a wider spectrum of light passing through a material (e.g., glass). The transmittance can be visible light. The transmittance can be measured as visible transmittance (abbreviated herein as "Tvis"), which means the amount of light in the visible portion of the spectrum that passes through a material. Transmittance can be relative to the intensity of incident light. The display structure can transmit at least about 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% of the visible light spectrum (e.g., wavelength spectrum) therethrough. The display structure can transmit any percentage value between the aforementioned percentages (e.g., from about 80% to about 99%). In some embodiments, a liquid crystal display is used instead of a lamp array. FIG2 shows a schematic example of a display structure assembly 200 before stacking thereof, the display structure comprising a thicker glass sheet 205, a first adhesive layer 204, a display matrix 203, a second adhesive layer 202, and a thinner glass sheet 201, the matrix being connected to a circuit system 212 controlling at least one aspect of the display structure via wiring 211, and the display structure being coupled to a fastener 213.
顯示矩陣具有反射比及/或顏色屬性。顯示矩陣可為彩色的、灰階、或黑色及白色。顯示矩陣可具著色彩深度。色彩深度可為至少約0.25、0.5、1、1.25或15億色彩。色彩深度可為前述值之間的任何值(例如,由約2.5億色至約15億色彩、由約2.5億色彩至約12.5億色彩、或由約10億色彩至約15億色彩)。此顯示器構造可具有至少約100000、120000、150000、170000或200000對一之對比度。顯示器構造可具有相對上述參考值的任何一者之間的對比度(例如,由約100000:1至約200000:1、由約100000:1至約150000:1、或由約150000:1至約200000:1)。顯示器構造之反射比可為至多約2%、4%、8%、10%、14%、或18%。顯示器構造的反射比可具有前述值之間的任何值(例如,由約2%至約18%、或由約2%至約14%)。The display matrix has reflectance and/or color properties. The display matrix can be colored, grayscale, or black and white. The display matrix can have color depth. The color depth can be at least about 0.25, 0.5, 1, 125, or 1.5 billion colors. The color depth can be any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 250 million colors to about 1.5 billion colors, from about 250 million colors to about 1.25 billion colors, or from about 1 billion colors to about 1.5 billion colors). The display configuration can have a contrast ratio of at least about 100,000, 120,000, 150,000, 170,000, or 200,000 to one. The display structure may have a contrast ratio between any of the above reference values (e.g., from about 100,000:1 to about 200,000:1, from about 100,000:1 to about 150,000:1, or from about 150,000:1 to about 200,000:1). The reflectance of the display structure may be at most about 2%, 4%, 8%, 10%, 14%, or 18%. The reflectance of the display structure may have any value between the above values (e.g., from about 2% to about 18%, or from about 2% to about 14%).
於一些實施例中,增強顯示器構造及/或IGU之至少一玻璃片。顯示器構造及/或IGU的至少一玻璃可為天然玻璃(例如,未歷經強化及/或回火製程)。玻璃可為強化玻璃。強化玻璃可進行熱強化、熱回火、或化學強化。化學強化玻璃可為化學回火玻璃。化學強化玻璃可包括大猩猩(Gorilla)玻璃。此玻璃可包含用過之SentryGlass ®。化學強化玻璃可包含一個以上的離子(例如,陽離子)摻雜之玻璃。陽離子可為鹼金屬(例如鉀)或鹼土金屬陽離子。玻璃可包含一個以上的顏料。此玻璃可允許經過該處之紫外光(例如,波長及/或強度)的過渡。玻璃可減少(例如,防止)經過該處之UV光(例如,其波長及/或強度)的穿透。此玻璃可吸收至少一部分(例如,其波長及/或強度)UV光。在一些實施例中,玻璃可包含表面處理(例如,打磨)。 In some embodiments, at least one glass sheet of a display structure and/or IGU is enhanced. At least one glass of a display structure and/or IGU may be natural glass (e.g., not subjected to a strengthening and/or tempering process). The glass may be a strengthened glass. The strengthened glass may be thermally strengthened, thermally tempered, or chemically strengthened. The chemically strengthened glass may be chemically tempered glass. The chemically strengthened glass may include Gorilla Glass. The glass may include used SentryGlass® . The chemically strengthened glass may include glass doped with one or more ions (e.g., cations). The cations may be alkali metals (e.g., potassium) or alkali earth metal cations. The glass may include one or more pigments. The glass may allow the passage of ultraviolet light (e.g., wavelength and/or intensity) therethrough. The glass may reduce (e.g., prevent) the penetration of UV light (e.g., wavelength and/or intensity) therethrough. The glass may absorb at least a portion (e.g., wavelength and/or intensity) of UV light. In some embodiments, the glass may include a surface treatment (e.g., polishing).
於一些實施例中,顯示器構造可包括黏合劑(例如,層合膜及/或黏著劑)。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造可包括黏合劑,其包括聚合物及/或樹脂。黏合劑可設置於玻璃片與顯示矩陣之間。可選擇黏合劑以促進構造的形成(例如,顯示矩陣至玻璃片之黏著),而對顯示矩陣的損壞最小(例如,沒有)。黏合劑可藉由加熱及/或UV處理來固化。熱處理之溫度可為使得對顯示矩陣的損壞最小(例如,不會以可測量及/或實質程度地損壞顯示矩陣)。不會很大程度地損壞此陣列可意指不會將陣列損壞至影響其預期目的之程度(例如,根據其規格作為顯示器的性能)。黏合劑可包括至少一有機聚合物。至少一有機聚合物可包括聚乙烯醇縮丁醛(PVB)、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯(EVA)、聚丙烯醯胺、SGP樹脂(例如,Dupont之SGP 5000)。黏合劑可包含例如3M的OCA(例如3M 8211、3M 8212、3M 8213、3M 8214、3M 8215、3M 8171、或3M 8172)。聚合物可允許經過該處之UV光(例如,波長及/或強度)的過渡。聚合物可減少(例如,防止)經過該處之UV光(例如,波長及/或強度)的穿透。聚合物可吸收少一部分(例如,波長及/或強度)UV光。In some embodiments, the display construction may include an adhesive (e.g., a laminating film and/or an adhesive). In some embodiments, the display construction may include an adhesive, which includes a polymer and/or a resin. The adhesive may be disposed between the glass sheet and the display matrix. The adhesive may be selected to facilitate formation of the construction (e.g., adhesion of the display matrix to the glass sheet) with minimal damage to the display matrix (e.g., no damage). The adhesive may be cured by heat and/or UV treatment. The temperature of the heat treatment may be such that damage to the display matrix is minimized (e.g., without damaging the display matrix to a measurable and/or substantial extent). Not substantially damaging the array may mean not damaging the array to an extent that affects its intended purpose (e.g., performance as a display according to its specifications). The adhesive may include at least one organic polymer. The at least one organic polymer may include polyvinyl butyral (PVB), ethylene vinyl acetate (EVA), polyacrylamide, SGP resin (e.g., Dupont's SGP 5000). The adhesive may include, for example, 3M's OCA (e.g., 3M 8211, 3M 8212, 3M 8213, 3M 8214, 3M 8215, 3M 8171, or 3M 8172). The polymer may allow for the transition of UV light (e.g., wavelength and/or intensity) therethrough. The polymer can reduce (e.g., prevent) the penetration of UV light (e.g., wavelength and/or intensity) passing therethrough. The polymer can absorb a small portion (e.g., wavelength and/or intensity) of the UV light.
於一些實施例中,顯示器構造包含疊層。顯示器構造能包含可著色裝置(例如,電致變色裝置)。能將可著色裝置層疊至顯示器構造上(以形成單一顯示器構造單元)。例如,顯示器構造可包含沉積之電致變色層構造(例如,沉積在媒體顯示器的背面(例如,LEDs之背面))。顯示器構造可包含一個以上的層(例如,沉積及/或層疊層),以保護媒體顯示器免受輻射(例如UV及/或IR輻射)之影響。所附加的分層可構成膜(例如電致變色裝置、UV保護分層、及/或1R保護分層)。膜可為顯示器構造之一部分。膜可促進顯示器構造的更長之操作壽命。膜可促進所顯示的媒體之較大對比度。顯示器構造(例如,包括電致變色膜)能為耦接至可著色(例如,電致變色)窗。此膜能構成任何可著色窗的能力(例如,液晶裝置、懸浮粒子裝置、微機電系統(MEMS)裝置(例如微快門)、或任何建構來控制經過窗戶之光透射的技術)。液晶裝置可包含聚合物分散式液晶層。In some embodiments, the display structure includes a stack of layers. The display structure can include a colorable device (e.g., an electrochromic device). The colorable device can be stacked onto the display structure (to form a single display structure unit). For example, the display structure can include a deposited electrochromic layer structure (e.g., deposited on the back of a media display (e.g., the back of LEDs)). The display structure can include more than one layer (e.g., deposited and/or stacked) to protect the media display from radiation (e.g., UV and/or IR radiation). The attached layers can constitute a film (e.g., an electrochromic device, a UV protection layer, and/or an IR protection layer). The film can be part of the display structure. The film can promote longer operating life of the display structure. The film can promote greater contrast of the displayed media. The display structure (e.g., including the electrochromic film) can be coupled to a tintable (e.g., electrochromic) window. The film can be configured to any tintable window capability (e.g., a liquid crystal device, a suspended particle device, a micro-electromechanical system (MEMS) device (e.g., a micro-shutter), or any technology configured to control the transmission of light through a window). The liquid crystal device can include a polymer dispersed liquid crystal layer.
在一些實施例中,顯示器構造可包含呈至少一層之形式的黏合劑。黏合劑可包括至少一光學透明之黏著層(於本文中縮寫為「OCA」層)。例如,顯示器構造可包含二黏合劑層。黏合劑層可具有至少約0.2mm、0.3mm、0.4mm、0.5mm、0.6mm、0.7mm、0.8mm、0.9mm或1mm的厚度。黏合劑層可具有前述值之間的任何值之厚度(例如,由約0.2mm至約1mm、由約0.2mm至約0.6mm、或由約0.7mm至約1mm)。黏合劑厚度可選擇為使重量最小化,例如,在充分地黏合此構造以形成可機械切割的高耐受性構造(例如,具有高模切機械耐受性)。與不含黏合劑之顯示器構造相比,此黏合劑可增加顯示器構造的耐久性及/或光學特性。黏合劑可為(例如,實質上及/或完全)透明(例如,對可見光)。黏合劑可為無色的。黏合劑可接觸顯示矩陣之(例如,最大)表面及玻璃片(例如,玻璃片)的(例如,最大)表面,由而將顯示矩陣黏合至玻璃片。黏合劑可最小化(例如,未)有助於藉由顯示器使所顯示之媒體發生光學及/或視覺上的失真。In some embodiments, the display structure may include an adhesive in the form of at least one layer. The adhesive may include at least one optically transparent adhesive layer (abbreviated as "OCA" layer herein). For example, the display structure may include two adhesive layers. The adhesive layer may have a thickness of at least about 0.2mm, 0.3mm, 0.4mm, 0.5mm, 0.6mm, 0.7mm, 0.8mm, 0.9mm or 1mm. The adhesive layer may have a thickness of any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 0.2mm to about 1mm, from about 0.2mm to about 0.6mm or from about 0.7mm to about 1mm). The adhesive thickness may be selected to minimize weight, for example, in fully bonding this structure to form a high tolerance structure that can be mechanically cut (e.g., with high die-cutting mechanical tolerance). The adhesive may increase the durability and/or optical properties of the display construction as compared to a display construction without the adhesive. The adhesive may be (e.g., substantially and/or completely) transparent (e.g., to visible light). The adhesive may be colorless. The adhesive may contact the (e.g., largest) surface of the display matrix and the (e.g., largest) surface of the glass sheet (e.g., the glass sheet), thereby bonding the display matrix to the glass sheet. The adhesive may minimize (e.g., not) contribute to optical and/or visual distortion of the media displayed by the display.
在一些實施例中,玻璃片、黏合劑、及顯示矩陣於部署之前被固化。可藉由紫外線、濕氣、及/或熱量來固化。可選擇固化方法以保留顯示矩陣的功能性,並最小化任何光學失真(例如,最大化透射比,減少霧度及/或氣隙、例如空氣隙)。黏合劑可增加顯示器構造之耐久性。例如,黏合劑可減少顯示器構造的易碎性,及/或減少其可燃性。黏合劑可便於調整玻璃片對周遭空氣(例如,觀看者所在之處)的折射率,例如,以(i)最小化由於任何菲涅耳反射所造成之損失,(ii)以最小失真使所有顏色傳輸經過顯示器構造,及/或(iii)增強藉由顯示器構造所投射的影像。顏色之失真可為由於它們通過黏合劑、通過玻璃片、及由於周遭空氣。顯示器構造(例如其中的黏合劑)可改善保存及/或升高顯示矩陣之操作溫度範圍。黏合劑可防止一個以上的氣體及/或碎屑(例如,灰塵或皮脂),以抵達顯示矩陣。顯示器構造(例如,黏合劑、玻璃、及/或任何塗層)可防止對顯示矩陣之物理干涉(例如,由於接觸)。此接觸可為藉由使用者的直接接觸。In some embodiments, the glass sheets, adhesive, and display matrix are cured prior to deployment. Curing may be by UV light, moisture, and/or heat. The curing method may be selected to preserve the functionality of the display matrix and minimize any optical distortion (e.g., maximize transmittance, reduce haze and/or air gaps, such as air gaps). The adhesive may increase the durability of the display construction. For example, the adhesive may reduce the fragility of the display construction and/or reduce its flammability. The adhesive may facilitate adjusting the refractive index of the glass sheet to the surrounding air (e.g., where the viewer is located), for example, to (i) minimize losses due to any Fresnel reflections, (ii) transmit all colors through the display construction with minimal distortion, and/or (iii) enhance the image projected by the display construction. Distortion of colors may be due to their passage through the adhesive, through the glass sheet, and by the surrounding air. The display construction (e.g., the adhesive therein) may improve preservation and/or increase the operating temperature range of the display matrix. The adhesive may prevent one or more gases and/or debris (e.g., dust or sebum) from reaching the display matrix. The display structure (e.g., adhesive, glass, and/or any coatings) may prevent physical interference with the display matrix (e.g., due to contact). This contact may be direct contact by a user.
在一些實施例中,IGU及/或顯示器構造可包含塗層(例如抗反射塗層)。此塗層可改善玻璃及/或顯示器構造之光學性能。可將塗層施加於玻璃片、黏合劑層、顯示矩陣顯示矩陣、及/或電致變色構造上。塗層可為以抗反射、抗眩光、抗凝結、抗刮傷、抗污漬處理、及/或抗紫外線處理的形式沉積。In some embodiments, the IGU and/or display structure may include a coating (e.g., an anti-reflective coating). Such a coating may improve the optical properties of the glass and/or display structure. The coating may be applied to the glass sheet, adhesive layer, display matrix, and/or electrochromic structure. The coating may be deposited in the form of an anti-reflective, anti-glare, anti-condensation, anti-scratch, anti-stain treatment, and/or anti-UV treatment.
在一些實施例中,顯示器構造可包含密封件。密封件可設置於顯示器構造的二玻璃之間,顯示矩陣設置在二玻璃之間。密封件可包含聚合物/樹脂(例如,本文所揭示的任何聚合物/樹脂)。密封件可包含基於碳之(例如,有機)聚合物或基於矽的聚合物。密封件可保護顯示器構造免受光(例如,UV)、濕氣、氧氣、物理接觸(例如,物理損壞)、碎屑、及/或其他環境成分之影響。In some embodiments, the display structure may include a seal. The seal may be disposed between two glasses of the display structure, and the display matrix is disposed between the two glasses. The seal may include a polymer/resin (e.g., any polymer/resin disclosed herein). The seal may include a carbon-based (e.g., organic) polymer or a silicon-based polymer. The seal may protect the display structure from light (e.g., UV), moisture, oxygen, physical contact (e.g., physical damage), debris, and/or other environmental elements.
在一些實施例中,顯示器構造於延長之壽命上係耐用的。預期壽命可為至少約2年、5年、10年、15年、25年、50年、75年、或100(y)年。預期壽命可為前述值之間的任何值(例如,由約5y至約100y、由約2y至約25y、由約25y至約50y、或由約50y至約100y)。延長之壽命可為至少20Kh、30Kh、50Kh、100Kh、500Kh或1000Kh(千小時)。顯示器構造的延長之壽命可具有在前述值之間的任何值(例如,由約20Kh至約1000Kh、由約20Kh至約100Kh、或由約100Kh至約1000Kh)。小時數可意指例如為了其預期之目的,顯示器構造在其中操作之小時數。顯示器構造的壽命可取決於其操作時間及/或任何環境條件(例如,在其部署位置之UV光、濕度、及/或溫度)。In some embodiments, the display is constructed to be durable over an extended life. The expected life may be at least about 2, 5, 10, 15, 25, 50, 75, or 100 (y) years. The expected life may be any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 5y to about 100y, from about 2y to about 25y, from about 25y to about 50y, or from about 50y to about 100y). The extended life may be at least 20Kh, 30Kh, 50Kh, 100Kh, 500Kh, or 1000Kh (thousand hours). The extended life of the display construction may have any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 20Kh to about 1000Kh, from about 20Kh to about 100Kh, or from about 100Kh to about 1000Kh). Hours may refer, for example, to the number of hours in which the display construction is operated for its intended purpose. The life of the display construction may depend on its operating time and/or any environmental conditions (e.g., UV light, humidity, and/or temperature at its deployment location).
於一些實施例中,顯示器構造係例如藉由緊固機構(在本文中亦稱為「緊固件」)緊固至固定裝置(例如,窗框或牆壁),此固定裝置固持(例如,可著色)窗。緊固件可包含一個以上的部件。例如,緊固件可包含托架、鉸鏈、蓋件。緊固件可為永久性或非永久性。非永久性緊固件可為藉由手動及/或自動地移除。例如,緊固件可包含一個以上之將其緊固至窗框的螺釘。緊固件可包含鉸鏈及/或托架。鉸鏈能為可撓的。托架及/或蓋件(或其任何部分)能為不可撓的或非撓性的。緊固件(例如,包括鉸鏈及/或托架)可能不透明的。緊固件(例如,其任何部件)可包含元素金屬、金屬合金、元素碳之同素異形體、聚合物、或複合材料。緊固件的至少二部件可為由(例如,實質上)相同之類型所製成。緊固件的至少二部件可為由不同之材料類型所製成。元素金屬可包含鋁。金屬合金可包含鋼。緊固件可包含非腐蝕性材料。緊固件的至少一部分(例如,托架及/或蓋件)可建構來承載顯示器構造之重量,例如,於其預期壽命內未(例如,實質性)變形(例如,如本文所揭示者)。顯示器構造可重達至少約5Kg、10Kg、15Kg、20Kg、25Kg、30Kg、35Kg、40Kg、或50千克(Kg)。顯示器構造可重達前述重量之間的任何重量(例如,由5Kg至50Kg、由5Kg至25Kg、或由25Kg至50Kg)。圖3顯示組件300之直立橫截面的範例(顯示局部視圖),其中,作為顯示器構造之一部分的顯示矩陣311設置在第一玻璃片312與第二玻璃片313之間,且L形托架302設置於二玻璃片312與313之間並耦接至顯示器構造,此L形托架耦接至鉸鏈303。In some embodiments, the display structure is fastened to a fixture (e.g., a window frame or wall), which holds a (e.g., tintable) window, for example, by a fastening mechanism (also referred to herein as a "fastener". The fastener may include more than one component. For example, the fastener may include a bracket, a hinge, a cover. The fastener may be permanent or non-permanent. Non-permanent fasteners may be removed manually and/or automatically. For example, the fastener may include one or more screws that fasten it to the window frame. The fastener may include a hinge and/or a bracket. The hinge can be flexible. The bracket and/or cover (or any portion thereof) can be inflexible or non-flexible. The fastener (e.g., including the hinge and/or bracket) may be opaque. The fastener (e.g., any component thereof) may comprise an elemental metal, a metal alloy, an allotrope of elemental carbon, a polymer, or a composite material. At least two components of the fastener may be made of (e.g., substantially) the same type. At least two components of the fastener may be made of different material types. The elemental metal may include aluminum. The metal alloy may include steel. The fastener may include a non-corrosive material. At least a portion of the fastener (e.g., the bracket and/or cover) may be constructed to carry the weight of the display structure, for example, without (e.g., substantially) deforming over its expected life (e.g., as disclosed herein). The display structure can weigh at least about 5Kg, 10Kg, 15Kg, 20Kg, 25Kg, 30Kg, 35Kg, 40Kg, or 50 kilograms (Kg). The display structure can weigh any weight between the aforementioned weights (e.g., from 5Kg to 50Kg, from 5Kg to 25Kg, or from 25Kg to 50Kg). FIG. 3 shows an example of a vertical cross-section of an assembly 300 (showing a partial view), wherein a display matrix 311 as part of the display structure is disposed between a first glass sheet 312 and a second glass sheet 313, and an L-shaped bracket 302 is disposed between the two glass sheets 312 and 313 and coupled to the display structure, and the L-shaped bracket is coupled to a hinge 303.
緊固件可建構成易於由支撐結構(例如,窗框及/或牆壁)安裝及/或移除顯示器構造。移除可為用於維護、替換、及/或升級顯示器構造及/或結構(或任何相關裝置)的任何部分。例如,緊固件可允許(例如,輕易)移除及/或插入顯示器構造。例如,緊固件可允許(例如,輕易)移除及/或插入緊固件所附接之定框部分。例如,緊固件可允許(例如,輕易)移除及/或插入藉由緊固件所附接的框架所支撐之可著色窗。輕易可意指低勞動成本、低勞動等級(例如,低勞動資格)、及/或短勞動時間。緊固件可建構成滑動及/或鎖定供安裝至支撐結構(例如,固定裝置)上。The fasteners may be configured to facilitate installation and/or removal of a display structure from a supporting structure (e.g., a window frame and/or a wall). Removal may be for maintenance, replacement, and/or upgrading of the display structure and/or any portion of the structure (or any related device). For example, the fasteners may allow (e.g., easy) removal and/or insertion of a display structure. For example, the fasteners may allow (e.g., easy) removal and/or insertion of a framing portion to which the fasteners are attached. For example, the fasteners may allow (e.g., easy) removal and/or insertion of a tintable window supported by a frame to which the fasteners are attached. Easy may mean low labor costs, low labor levels (e.g., low labor qualifications), and/or short labor times. The fasteners may be configured to slide and/or lock for mounting to a support structure (eg, a fixture).
在一些實施例中,連接材料設置於顯示器構造與緊固件(例如,與托架及/或蓋件)之間。連接材料可包含聚合物(例如,如本文所揭示)。連接材料可包含密封墊圈。連接材料能為可固化的(例如,藉由熱量、濕度及/或UV)。連接材料可具有低電阻。連接材料可包含至少一聚合物及/或至少一樹脂。連接材料可具有低電阻,使得其適合用作電子行業中之包裝材料(例如,用於智慧型手機、包裝、液晶顯示器、及個人電腦。連接材料可包含聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯(PET)、極高黏合力(VHB)的材料(例如3M VHB 4926)、或SR、或SRS-40P。連接材料可包含丙烯酸材料,連接材料可在周遭溫度下保持其性質及形狀。連接材料之抗拉強度可為至少約0.60 MPa、0.63 MPa、0.66 MPa、0.68 MPa、或0.70兆帕(MPa)。連接材料的剪切強度可為至少約0.54 MPa、0.60 MPa、0.620 MPa、0.64 MPa或0.68 MPa。剪切強度可為小於抗拉強度。剪切強度及/或抗拉強度可為使得它們將能夠便於藉由緊固件(或藉由連接材料(例如黏著劑)將顯示器構造連接至緊固件之任何部分)固持顯示器構造,例如用於顯示器構造的預計壽命時間及/或使用時間。連接材料可為堅硬及/或可撓的。連接材料在其固化之前可為較軟的,且於其固化之後可為較硬的。可選擇連接材料以例如在恆定及/或變動之條件下(例如,根據其預期目的)至少承擔顯示器構造之負載(例如,重量)。托架可包括筆直部分、彎曲部分、及/或拐角。托架可能沒有拐角。托架可為筆直或彎曲的。托架可包含形成(例如,繞著)一角度之二筆直部分(例如,二支臂)。此角度可為直角或鈍角。托架可為「L形」。托架及/或蓋件的支臂可為設置於二玻璃片之間,接觸此顯示矩陣,及/或接觸此黏合劑。In some embodiments, a connecting material is disposed between the display structure and the fastener (e.g., to the bracket and/or cover). The connecting material may include a polymer (e.g., as disclosed herein). The connecting material may include a sealing gasket. The connecting material can be curable (e.g., by heat, humidity and/or UV). The connecting material may have a low electrical resistance. The connecting material may include at least one polymer and/or at least one resin. The connecting material may have a low electrical resistance, making it suitable for use as a packaging material in the electronics industry (e.g., for smartphones, packaging, LCDs, and personal computers. The connecting material may include polyethylene terephthalate (PET), a very high bond (VHB) material (e.g., 3M VHB 4926), or SR, or SRS-40P. The connecting material may include an acrylic material that maintains its properties and shape at ambient temperature. The tensile strength of the connecting material may be at least about 0.60 MPa, 0.63 MPa, 0.66 MPa, 0.68 MPa, or 0.70 MPa. The shear strength of the connecting material may be at least about 0.54 MPa, 0.60 MPa, 0.620 MPa, 0.64 MPa, or 0.68 MPa. The shear strength may be less than the tensile strength. The shear strength and/or the tensile strength may be such that they will facilitate holding the display structure by the fastener (or by connecting the display structure to any portion of the fastener, such as an adhesive), for example, for the expected life and/or use time of the display structure. The connecting material may be hard and/or flexible. The connecting material may be softer before it cures and harder after it cures. The connecting material may be selected to, for example, be stable and/or variable. The bracket may be configured to bear at least the load (e.g., weight) of the display structure under conditions of movement (e.g., according to its intended purpose). The bracket may include straight portions, curved portions, and/or corners. The bracket may have no corners. The bracket may be straight or curved. The bracket may include two straight portions (e.g., two arms) that form (e.g., wrap around) an angle. The angle may be a right angle or a blunt angle. The bracket may be "L-shaped." The bracket and/or the arms of the cover may be disposed between two glass sheets, contact the display matrix, and/or contact the adhesive.
在一些實施例中,導線係藉由緊固件(例如,或其任何部件)所隱藏,以致於觀看者看不到。例如,托架及/或蓋件可對例如使用者隱藏連接至顯示矩陣的一條以上之(例如,電)線。導線可為連接至托架及/或蓋件。托架及/或蓋件可包含建構成容納導線的凹入部分。在一些實施例中,蓋件及托架係相同之部件(例如,531)。凹入部分可被隱藏,以致於觀看者看不到(例如,可設置在托架及/或蓋件的後面部分中)。導線可連接至顯示矩陣(例如,燈陣列或LCD)。導線可連接至控制器。此控制器可包含時序控制器及/或微控制器。連接材料(例如,連接器)可沿著顯示器構造之寬度(例如,沿著緊固件結構104)設置。連接材料可為沿著顯示器構造寬度的至少約50%、80%、或90%來設置。緊固件可包含彎曲部分。緊固件可包含非彎曲部分。In some embodiments, the wires are hidden by a fastener (e.g., or any component thereof) so that they are not visible to a viewer. For example, a bracket and/or cover may hide one or more (e.g., electrical) wires connected to a display matrix from, for example, a user. The wires may be connected to the bracket and/or cover. The bracket and/or cover may include a recessed portion configured to accommodate the wires. In some embodiments, the cover and the bracket are the same component (e.g., 531). The recessed portion may be hidden so that it is not visible to a viewer (e.g., may be disposed in a rear portion of the bracket and/or cover). The wires may be connected to a display matrix (e.g., a light array or LCD). The wires may be connected to a controller. This controller may include a timing controller and/or a microcontroller. The connecting material (e.g., connector) may be disposed along the width of the display structure (e.g., along the fastener structure 104). The connecting material may be disposed along at least about 50%, 80%, or 90% of the width of the display structure. The fastener may include a curved portion. The fastener may include a non-curved portion.
於一些實施例中,緊固件包含鉸鏈。在一些實施例中,鉸鏈包括藉由形成軸線之接頭所連接的二葉片,所述葉片建構成繞著此軸線運動。鉸鏈之第一葉片可操作地耦接(例如,連接)至托架及/或蓋件。鉸鏈的第二葉片可操作地耦接(例如,連接)至固定裝置。固定裝置可為牆壁或窗框。鉸鏈可便於顯示器構造繞著鉸鏈軸線之運動。接頭可便於將鉸鏈打開成銳角、直角、鈍角、平角(例如180°)、或完全旋轉(例如~360°)。將鉸鏈緊固至固定裝置及至顯示器構造(例如,經由托架及/或蓋件)便於顯示器構造繞著鉸鏈接頭的軸線運動。此運動可便於維護顯示器構造,而不會干涉窗戶(例如IGU)及/或固定裝置。維護可包括清潔、修理、及/或替換例如顯示器構造及其任何部分或部件。In some embodiments, the fastener comprises a hinge. In some embodiments, the hinge comprises two blades connected by a joint forming an axis, the blades being configured to move about the axis. A first blade of the hinge is operably coupled (e.g., connected) to a bracket and/or cover. A second blade of the hinge is operably coupled (e.g., connected) to a fixture. The fixture may be a wall or a window frame. The hinge may facilitate movement of the display structure about the hinge axis. The joint may facilitate opening the hinge to a sharp angle, a right angle, a blunt angle, a straight angle (e.g., 180°), or a full rotation (e.g., ~360°). Securing the hinge to the fixture and to the display structure (e.g., via a bracket and/or cover) facilitates axial movement of the display structure about the hinge joint. This movement can facilitate maintenance of the display structure without interfering with the window (e.g., IGU) and/or the fixture. Maintenance can include cleaning, repairing, and/or replacing, for example, the display structure and any portion or component thereof.
在一些實施例中,緊固件可包含複數部件。此複數部件可包含托架、蓋件、鉸鏈、及/或板件。顯示器構造可耦接(例如,連接)至托架及/或蓋件。托架及/或蓋件可耦接至鉸鏈之一葉片。鉸鏈的另一葉片可藉由將另一鉸鏈葉片直接耦接至板件而間接地耦接至固定裝置,此板件係直接連接至固定裝置。板件可包括本文所揭示之任何緊固件材料(例如,元素金屬及/或金屬合金)。緊固件可包括複數相同類型的部件。例如,緊固件可包括複數鉸鏈、複數托架、複數蓋件、及/或複數板件。複數緊固件部件可為至少2、3、4、5、8或10個部件(例如,相同類型或不同類型)。鉸鏈可包含鉸鏈部件組(例如,轉向節及心銷)。此緊固件可包含複數鉸鏈部件組。此鉸鏈部件組可對齊,以具有單一鉸鏈軸線,此緊固件可為由繞著所述鉸鏈互補組之軸線的二迴轉葉片所形成。此等葉片之至少一者(例如,每一者)可包含併入複數鉸鏈部件(例如,轉向節)的一半之單一平板,使得當整合二葉片時,就可創建複數功能性鉸鏈部件組(例如,如圖37的範例中所示)。於一些實施例中,具有各自之鉸鏈部件的二葉片形成複數操作鉸鏈部件,其中二葉片之每一者係由單一材料板所形成,如與將顯示器構造耦接至複數分開的緊固件(每一緊固件具有單一鉸鏈組)相比,形成更堅固及/或更耐用之緊固件。在一些實施例中,具有各自的鉸鏈部件之二葉片形成複數操作鉸鏈部件,其中二葉片的每一者係由單一材料板所形成,如與將顯示器構造耦接至複數分開之緊固件(每一緊固件具有單一鉸鏈組)相比,形成更易於安裝、維護、及/或替換的緊固件。在一些實施例中,具有各自的鉸鏈部件之二葉片形成複數操作鉸鏈部件,其中二葉片的每一者係由單一平板所形成,如與將顯示器構造耦接至複數分開之緊固件(每一緊固件具有單一鉸鏈組)相比,便於更精確地對齊顯示器構造。此一單獨的緊固件提供另外之優點,例如併入熱交換器(例如,風扇),引導熱交換(例如,在緊固件內及/或沿著顯示器構造),及/或將一個以上的電路板耦接至緊固件。In some embodiments, the fastener may include a plurality of components. The plurality of components may include a bracket, a cover, a hinge, and/or a plate. The display structure may be coupled (e.g., connected) to the bracket and/or the cover. The bracket and/or the cover may be coupled to one blade of the hinge. Another blade of the hinge may be indirectly coupled to the fixture by directly coupling another hinge blade to the plate, which is directly connected to the fixture. The plate may include any fastener material disclosed herein (e.g., elemental metal and/or metal alloy). The fastener may include a plurality of components of the same type. For example, the fastener may include a plurality of hinges, a plurality of brackets, a plurality of covers, and/or a plurality of plates. The plurality of fastener components may be at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 8 or 10 components (e.g., of the same type or of different types). The hinge may include a set of hinge components (e.g., a knuckle and a center pin). The fastener may include a plurality of hinge component sets. The hinge component sets may be aligned to have a single hinge axis, and the fastener may be formed by two rotating blades around the axis of the hinge complementary set. At least one (e.g., each) of the blades may include a single plate incorporating half of a plurality of hinge components (e.g., a knuckle) so that when the two blades are integrated, a plurality of functional hinge component sets may be created (e.g., as shown in the example of FIG. 37 ). In some embodiments, two blades with respective hinge components form a plurality of operating hinge components, wherein each of the two blades is formed from a single sheet of material, such as to form a stronger and/or more durable fastener than coupling the display structure to a plurality of separate fasteners, each fastener having a single hinge set. In some embodiments, two blades with respective hinge components form a plurality of operating hinge components, wherein each of the two blades is formed from a single sheet of material, such as to form a fastener that is easier to install, maintain, and/or replace than coupling the display structure to a plurality of separate fasteners, each fastener having a single hinge set. In some embodiments, two blades with respective hinge members form a plurality of operating hinge members, wherein each of the two blades is formed from a single flat plate, such as to facilitate more precise alignment of the display structure as compared to coupling the display structure to a plurality of separate fasteners (each fastener having a single hinge set). Such a single fastener provides additional advantages, such as incorporating a heat exchanger (e.g., a fan), directing heat exchange (e.g., within the fastener and/or along the display structure), and/or coupling more than one circuit board to the fastener.
於一些實施例中,鉸鏈之至少一葉片包含一個以上的孔洞。一個以上之孔洞的至少一孔洞建構成允許螺釘通過並將鉸鏈連接(例如,可逆地)至固定裝置(例如,窗框)及/或托架。緊固件(或其任何部件)之連接至顯示器構造及/或固定裝置(例如窗框)可為(I)不可逆的(例如,使用連接材料)或(II)可逆的(例如,使用一個以上之螺釘)。固定裝置及/或板件可在其自身與顯示器構造之間使用不可逆及可逆連接兩者。例如,鉸鏈能為可逆地連接至窗框,且不可逆地連接至托架。例如,鉸鏈能可逆地連接至托架,且不可逆地連接至窗框。例如,鉸鏈能可逆地連接至窗框,且可逆地連接至托架,托架將不可逆地連接(例如,膠合)至顯示器構造。例如,鉸鏈能可逆地連接至牆壁並可逆地連接至蓋件,此蓋件將不可逆地連接(例如,膠合)至顯示器構造。例如,鉸鏈能可逆地連接至板件,並可逆地連接至蓋件,此蓋件將不可逆地連接(例如,膠合)至顯示器構造。板件能可逆地(例如,經由螺釘)或不可逆地(例如,經由黏合劑(例如,膠水))耦接至固定裝置。圖4顯示鉸鏈400之示意性範例,此鉸鏈具有第一葉片401,此第一葉片401具有允許螺釘於一方向中運動的複數孔洞(例如411);及第二葉片402,其具有允許螺釘在第二方向中運動之複數孔洞,此第一方向可垂直於第二方向。圖4中所示的鉸鏈具有便利於第一葉片相對於第二葉片旋轉之接頭420。在一些實施例中,第一葉片具有於第一方向中上具有長軸的孔洞,且第二葉片具有在第二方向中具有長軸之孔洞,此第一方向與第二方向形成非零的角度(例如,第一方向可垂直於第二方向)。當鉸鏈關閉時,可測量長軸之哪個相對方向,且二葉片位於彼此重疊。在一些實施例中,托架可為鉸鏈的葉片之延伸部。於一些實施例中,托架能為例如可逆地(例如,經由螺釘)或不可逆地(例如,經由黏著劑)耦接(例如,緊固)至鉸鏈的葉片。在一些實施例中,蓋件可為鉸鏈之葉片的延伸部。於一些實施例中,蓋件能例如可逆地(例如,經由螺釘)或不可逆地(例如,經由黏著劑)耦接(例如,緊固)至鉸鏈之葉片。In some embodiments, at least one blade of the hinge includes one or more holes. At least one of the one or more holes is configured to allow a screw to pass through and connect the hinge (e.g., reversibly) to a fixture (e.g., a window frame) and/or a bracket. The connection of the fastener (or any component thereof) to the display structure and/or the fixture (e.g., a window frame) may be (I) irreversible (e.g., using a connecting material) or (II) reversible (e.g., using one or more screws). The fixture and/or plate may use both irreversible and reversible connections between itself and the display structure. For example, the hinge can be reversibly connected to the window frame and irreversibly connected to the bracket. For example, the hinge can be reversibly connected to the bracket and irreversibly connected to the window frame. For example, the hinge can be reversibly connected to the window frame and reversibly connected to the bracket, which will be irreversibly connected (e.g., glued) to the display structure. For example, the hinge can be reversibly connected to the wall and reversibly connected to the cover, which will be irreversibly connected (e.g., glued) to the display structure. For example, the hinge can be reversibly connected to the panel and reversibly connected to the cover, which will be irreversibly connected (e.g., glued) to the display structure. The panel can be coupled to the fixture reversibly (e.g., via screws) or irreversibly (e.g., via an adhesive (e.g., glue)). FIG. 4 shows a schematic example of a hinge 400 having a first blade 401 having a plurality of holes (e.g., 411) that allow a screw to move in one direction, and a second blade 402 having a plurality of holes that allow a screw to move in a second direction, the first direction being perpendicular to the second direction. The hinge shown in FIG. 4 has a joint 420 that facilitates rotation of the first blade relative to the second blade. In some embodiments, the first blade has holes with a major axis in a first direction, and the second blade has holes with a major axis in a second direction, the first direction forming a non-zero angle with the second direction (e.g., the first direction may be perpendicular to the second direction). When the hinge is closed, the relative directions of the major axes can be measured, and the two blades are positioned overlapping each other. In some embodiments, the bracket can be an extension of a blade of the hinge. In some embodiments, the bracket can be, for example, reversibly (e.g., via screws) or irreversibly (e.g., via adhesive) coupled (e.g., fastened) to the blade of the hinge. In some embodiments, the cover can be an extension of the blade of the hinge. In some embodiments, the cover can be, for example, reversibly (e.g., via screws) or irreversibly (e.g., via adhesive) coupled (e.g., fastened) to the blade of the hinge.
在一些實施例中,電路系統係交流地耦接至顯示器構造。電路系統可(i)增強傳輸至顯示矩陣的訊號,及/或(ii)將源自電源之電力傳輸至顯示矩陣。於一些實施例中,電路系統可包含觸控螢幕電路系統。在一些實施例中,觸控螢幕電路系統可為分開的(例如,且設置於觸控螢幕感測器蓋件中)。在一些實施例中,電路系統可將觸控螢幕感測器連接至電源。於一些實施例中,觸控螢幕電路系統可具有至電源之分開的連接器。In some embodiments, the circuit system is AC coupled to the display structure. The circuit system may (i) enhance the signal transmitted to the display matrix, and/or (ii) transmit power from the power supply to the display matrix. In some embodiments, the circuit system may include a touch screen circuit system. In some embodiments, the touch screen circuit system may be separate (e.g., and disposed in the touch screen sensor cover). In some embodiments, the circuit system may connect the touch screen sensor to the power supply. In some embodiments, the touch screen circuit system may have a separate connector to the power supply.
圖5顯示組件520之範例,其中顯示器構造500(顯示局部視圖)連接至緊固件,此緊固件包括作為第一蓋件部分501的L形托架、導熱墊片505、例如506(MXC)之類的連接器之可撓電連接器、電路系統502(例如,增壓板件)、可撓的絕緣體503、及第二蓋件部分504;且510顯示具有螺釘之電路系統板的示意性底部視圖及此電路系統板附接至蓋件之連接性。在530中以不同的透視圖顯示組件520,其指示顯示器構造536、可撓之佈線(例如,MXC) 535、作為托架的蓋件531之第一部分(顯示局部視圖)、墊圈(例如,可撓的絕緣體)533(顯示局部視圖)、電路系統532(顯示局部視圖)、及蓋件534之第二部分(顯示局部視圖)。可撓的絕緣體能為泡沫墊圈(例如,poron)。可撓之絕緣體能具有至少25%的壓縮率。托架可具有設置於其上之一個以上的熱墊片。參考圖5,在一實施例中,看到L形托架501延伸越過透明顯示器之線性尺寸(並固定至蓋玻璃500),此L形托架501係第一蓋件。於一實施例中,托架501的長度可為高達約10英尺。電路系統(例如,訊號增幅器)可藉由一個以上之可撓的佈線(例如,MXC)連接至顯示矩陣。有時可在緊固件中(例如,於第一蓋件與第二蓋件之間)設置複數電路系統板(例如,至少2、3或4板件)。圖5顯示二電路板502及507的範例。一個以上之(例如,可撓的)連接器可將電路系統板連接至可撓之顯示矩陣。可撓的連接器(例如MXC)之數目可為至少2、5、6、8或10。圖5顯示可撓的連接器516、535及506之範例。一個以上的(微型)電纜束及/或(例如,微型)同軸電纜可耦接(i)設置在緊固件中之電路系統(例如,增幅器)與(ii)控制器(例如,時序控制器)。一個以上的(微型)電纜束及/或(例如,微型)同軸電纜可藉由連接器連接至電路板(例如,增壓板件)。電路板與控制器之間的電連接器(例如,連接器630(顯示局部視圖),例如IPLEX連接器)之數目可為至少1、2、3、4或5個。圖5顯示連接板件(例如,驅動器板件)及控制器(例如,時序控制器)的電纜513之範例。一個以上的細導線束可將控制器(例如T-CON)連接至增壓板件,此增壓板件係連接至可撓之連接器(例如MXC電纜)及至顯示矩陣(例如TOLED)。增幅器可建構成鎖固、容納、及/或隱藏電纜及/或佈線,以免被顯示器構造的觀看者所看到。Figure 5 shows an example of an assembly 520 in which a display structure 500 (partial view shown) is connected to a fastener, which includes an L-shaped bracket as a first cover portion 501, a thermally conductive gasket 505, a flexible electrical connector such as a connector such as 506 (MXC), a circuit system 502 (e.g., a boost plate), a flexible insulator 503, and a second cover portion 504; and 510 shows a schematic bottom view of the circuit system board with screws and the connectivity of the circuit system board attached to the cover. Assembly 520 is shown in different perspectives at 530 indicating display structure 536, flexible wiring (e.g., MXC) 535, a first portion of a cover 531 as a bracket (shown in partial view), a gasket (e.g., flexible insulator) 533 (shown in partial view), circuitry 532 (shown in partial view), and a second portion of a cover 534 (shown in partial view). The flexible insulator can be a foam gasket (e.g., poron). The flexible insulator can have a compression rate of at least 25%. The bracket can have one or more thermal pads disposed thereon. Referring to FIG. 5 , in one embodiment, an L-shaped bracket 501 is seen extending across the linear dimension of the transparent display (and secured to the cover glass 500), which is the first cover. In one embodiment, the length of the bracket 501 may be up to about 10 feet. A circuit system (e.g., a signal amplifier) may be connected to the display matrix via one or more flexible wiring (e.g., MXC). Sometimes a plurality of circuit system boards (e.g., at least 2, 3, or 4 boards) may be disposed in a fastener (e.g., between the first cover and the second cover). FIG. 5 shows an example of two circuit boards 502 and 507. One or more (e.g., flexible) connectors may connect the circuit system boards to the flexible display matrix. The number of flexible connectors (e.g., MXC) can be at least 2, 5, 6, 8, or 10. FIG. 5 shows examples of flexible connectors 516, 535, and 506. One or more (micro) cable bundles and/or (e.g., micro) coaxial cables can couple (i) a circuit system (e.g., an amplifier) disposed in a fastener and (ii) a controller (e.g., a timing controller). One or more (micro) cable bundles and/or (e.g., micro) coaxial cables can be connected to a circuit board (e.g., a boost board) via a connector. The number of electrical connectors (e.g., connector 630 (partial view shown), e.g., an IPLEX connector) between the circuit board and the controller can be at least 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5. FIG. 5 shows an example of cables 513 connecting a board (e.g., a driver board) and a controller (e.g., a timing controller). One or more fine wire harnesses may connect the controller (e.g., a T-CON) to a boost board, which is connected to a flexible connector (e.g., an MXC cable) and to a display matrix (e.g., a TOLED). The amplifier may be constructed to lock, contain, and/or hide the cables and/or wiring from view by a viewer of the display configuration.
電路系統(例如,及其任何連接電纜)可為藉由緊固件(或其任何部件、例如藉由鉸鏈及/或藉由板件)至少部分地遮蔽,以致於使用者看不到。電路系統(例如,及其任何連接電纜)可為至少部分地鎖固,以防止使用者接觸。托架、蓋件、板件、及/或鉸鏈能具有可打開部分。可打開部分能繞著軸線迴轉(例如,可打開部分能繞著第二鉸鏈迴轉以便於其迴轉)。緊固件可具有其一個以上的部件類型(例如,一個以上之托架、一個以上的蓋件、一個以上之板件、一個以上的主鉸鏈、及/或一個以上之副鉸鏈)。緊固件的一個以上之部件可跨越顯示器構造及/或觀看窗的FLS、或其一部分。例如在不由其所耦接之支撐結構及/或由顯示器構造拆卸緊固件的情況下,可打開及/或能移除部分可便於維護電路系統(例如,及其任何連接電纜)。開口(與副鉸鏈耦接或無任何副鉸鏈)之使用可促進在(i)E-box及/或電源箱與(ii)附接至顯示器構造的電路系統之間的連接電纜線路之(例如,可逆)分離(例如,顯示器構造及/或及觸控螢幕相關的電路系統)。此(例如,可逆)電纜線路附接及分離可允許E-box及/或電源之替換及/或維護,而無需由支撐結構及/或由顯示器構造拆卸緊固件。此(例如,可逆)電纜線路附接及分離可允許顯示器構造及/或緊固件的替換及/或維護,而未拆卸E-box及/或電源單元。此(例如,可逆)電纜之附接及分離可允許(I)顯示器構造-緊固件組件與(II)E-box及/或電源單元之間的分開(例如,斷開連接)。顯示器構造-緊固件組件能可選地包含觸控螢幕輔助器(例如,感測器及發射器面板)。例如,可打開及/或能移除部分(例如,副鉸鏈)可便於維護增壓板件或與其連接之任何電纜及/或連接器。維護可包括移除、修理、替換、及/或清潔。例如,板件可具有便於暴露控制器及/或佈線的至少一部分之副開口。圖10顯示包括作為緊固系統的一部分之部分1017及1021的副開口之範例。緩衝墊可設置在能打開及/或可移除部分與電路系統(例如,及其任何連接電纜)之間。緩衝墊可保護電路系統(例如,及其任何連接電纜)及/或防止其運動。可防止光線、溫度(例如,熱或冷)、接觸、濕氣、及/或氧氣的影響。緩衝墊可包含聚合物發泡體(例如,聚氨酯)。緩衝墊可包含泡沫墊圈。此緩衝墊可輔助維持(複數)電線上之(例如,合理的)彎曲半徑。佈線可包含例如微撓曲-完成(MXC)電纜,以將電路系統連接至控制器(例如,時序控制器)及/或電源。佈線可經由一個以上之連接器(例如IPEX或微型連接器)耦接至電路系統。微型連接器可將電路系統(例如,設置於緊固件中)連接至顯示矩陣。電路系統可包含增壓板件。微型連接器可具有複數電線,例如,黏合在殼層中。佈線可包含同軸電纜。The circuit system (e.g., and any connected cables thereof) can be at least partially shielded from view by the fastener (or any component thereof, such as by a hinge and/or by a plate). The circuit system (e.g., and any connected cables thereof) can be at least partially locked to prevent access by a user. The bracket, cover, plate, and/or hinge can have an openable portion. The openable portion can rotate about an axis (e.g., the openable portion can rotate about a secondary hinge to facilitate its rotation). The fastener can have more than one component type thereof (e.g., more than one bracket, more than one cover, more than one plate, more than one primary hinge, and/or more than one secondary hinge). One or more parts of the fastener may span the FLS of the display structure and/or viewing window, or a portion thereof. The openable and/or removable portion may facilitate maintenance of the circuit system (e.g., and any connecting cables thereof) without, for example, removing the fastener from the support structure to which it is coupled and/or from the display structure. The use of the opening (coupled with a secondary hinge or without any secondary hinge) may facilitate (e.g., reversible) separation of connecting cable lines between (i) the E-box and/or power box and (ii) the circuit system attached to the display structure (e.g., the display structure and/or and the circuit system associated with the touch screen). This (e.g., reversible) cable line attachment and detachment may allow replacement and/or maintenance of the E-box and/or power supply without removing the fasteners from the support structure and/or from the display structure. This (e.g., reversible) cable line attachment and detachment may allow replacement and/or maintenance of the display structure and/or fasteners without disassembling the E-box and/or power supply unit. This (e.g., reversible) cable attachment and detachment may allow separation (e.g., disconnection) between (I) the display structure-fastener assembly and (II) the E-box and/or power supply unit. The display structure-fastener assembly may optionally include a touch screen auxiliary device (e.g., a sensor and emitter panel). For example, an openable and/or removable portion (e.g., a secondary hinge) may facilitate maintenance of the booster panel or any cables and/or connectors connected thereto. Maintenance may include removal, repair, replacement, and/or cleaning. For example, the panel may have a secondary opening that facilitates exposure of at least a portion of the controller and/or wiring. Figure 10 shows an example of a secondary opening including portions 1017 and 1021 as part of a securing system. A buffer may be disposed between the openable and/or removable portion and the circuit system (e.g., and any connecting cables thereto). The buffer may protect the circuit system (e.g., and any connecting cables thereto) and/or prevent movement thereof. It may protect against the effects of light, temperature (e.g., hot or cold), contact, moisture, and/or oxygen. The buffer may include a polymer foam (e.g., polyurethane). The buffer may include a foam gasket. The buffer may assist in maintaining a (e.g., reasonable) bend radius on (multiple) wires. The wiring may include, for example, micro-flex-complete (MXC) cables to connect the circuit system to a controller (e.g., a timing controller) and/or a power supply. The wiring may be coupled to the circuit system via one or more connectors (e.g., IPEX or micro connectors). The micro connector may connect the circuit system (e.g., disposed in a fastener) to a display matrix. The circuit system may include a boost plate. The micro connector may have a plurality of wires, for example, bonded in a shell. The wiring may include coaxial cable.
在一些實施例中,緊固件可包含形成開口的退縮部。退縮部可為副開口。此退縮部可為約以緊固件之中間長度為中心。退縮部可或未能被覆蓋。退縮部的覆蓋可為或未能可逆的。例如,覆蓋件可為第二鉸鏈葉片。覆蓋件可為用螺釘及/或夾子鎖固至緊固件。緊固件可包含二鉸鏈葉片,其與轉向節及心銷機構耦接以形成鉸鏈。當緊固件處於其封閉之鉸鏈位置時,可覆蓋退縮部。當(主)緊固件鉸鏈處於其封閉位置時,能為(可逆地)覆蓋此退縮部。當(主)緊固件鉸鏈處於其打開位置時,能(可逆地)打開此退縮部。圖10顯示覆蓋緊固件1021中的開口之蓋件17017。退縮部的寬度(例如,看圖41,虛線箭頭W opening)可延伸到鉸鏈葉片寬度之至多約95%、90%、80%、70%、60%、50%、40%或30%(例如,看圖41,虛線箭頭W total)。退縮部可為由鉸鏈葉片的邊緣朝其內部。退縮部可為在鉸鏈葉片內之開口(例如,鉸鏈葉片內的窗口),例如具有上面之參考延伸部作為其寬度。開口的長度(例如,退縮部,看圖41,虛線箭頭L opening)可延伸到鉸鏈葉片之總長度的至多約60%、50%、40%、30%、20%、或10%(例如,看圖41,虛線箭頭L total)。退縮部可延伸至一定寬度及/或長度,其便於連接及/或斷開將電路板耦接至顯示器構造及/或觸控螢幕相關設備(例如感測器及發射器面板)之任何連接器。開口(例如,退縮部)可或未能約以緊固件(或其任何鉸鏈葉片)的長度及/或寬度為中心。 In some embodiments, the fastener may include a setback that forms an opening. The setback may be a secondary opening. The setback may be centered approximately at the mid-length of the fastener. The setback may or may not be covered. The covering of the setback may or may not be reversible. For example, the covering may be a second hinge blade. The covering may be screwed and/or clamped to the fastener. The fastener may include two hinge blades that are coupled with a steering knuckle and core pin mechanism to form a hinge. The setback may be covered when the fastener is in its closed hinge position. When the (primary) fastener hinge is in its closed position, the setback can be (reversibly) covered. When the (primary) fastener hinge is in its open position, the setback can be (reversibly) opened. FIG. 10 shows a cover 17017 covering an opening in a fastener 1021. The width of the setback (e.g., see FIG. 41 , dashed arrow W opening ) can extend to at most about 95%, 90%, 80%, 70%, 60%, 50%, 40% or 30% of the width of the hinge blade (e.g., see FIG. 41 , dashed arrow W total ). The setback can be from the edge of the hinge blade toward the inside thereof. The setback may be an opening in the hinge blade (e.g., a window in the hinge blade), for example, having the above referenced extension as its width. The length of the opening (e.g., the setback, see FIG. 41 , dashed arrow L opening ) may extend to at most about 60%, 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, or 10% of the total length of the hinge blade (e.g., see FIG. 41 , dashed arrow L total ). The setback may extend to a width and/or length that facilitates connecting and/or disconnecting any connectors that couple the circuit board to the display structure and/or touch screen related equipment (e.g., sensor and transmitter panels). The opening (e.g., setback) may or may not be approximately centered about the length and/or width of the fastener (or any of its hinge blades).
在一些實施例中,控制器可包含時序控制器(在本文中縮寫為「T-CON」)。時序控制器可控制顯示矩陣之諸多部件的操作時序(例如,當於顯示矩陣中之LED點亮時)。時序控制器可在視頻訊號與藉由顯示矩陣所需的行及列驅動器傳訊之間轉換。媒體訊號可透過例如低電壓差分訊號(LVDS)、嵌入式顯示埠(eDP)、行動工業處理器介面(MIPI®)、顯示串連介面(DSI)、或VX1之類的通訊介面傳輸至T-CON板件。電路系統(例如於其中之晶片及/或控制器)可包含60Hz至120Hz的幀頻轉換器。時序控制器可再新電荷以最小化LCD化學品對電荷回應之光學回應衰減,例如,以保持訊號均勻、避免衰減、及/或充分更新的速率。控制器(例如T-CON)可設置在與包括顯示器構造及緊固系統(例如,緊固件)之顯示器構造組件相距一段距離處。In some embodiments, the controller may include a timing controller (abbreviated herein as "T-CON"). The timing controller may control the timing of operations of various components of the display matrix (for example, when an LED in the display matrix is illuminated). The timing controller may convert between video signals and row and column driver signals required by the display matrix. The media signal may be transmitted to the T-CON board via a communication interface such as low voltage differential signaling (LVDS), embedded display port (eDP), mobile industrial processor interface (MIPI®), display serial interface (DSI), or VX1. The circuit system (such as the chip and/or controller therein) may include a 60Hz to 120Hz frame rate converter. The timing controller can refresh the charge to minimize the degradation of the optical response of the LCD chemistry to the charge, for example, to maintain signal uniformity, avoid degradation, and/or sufficient update rate. The controller (e.g., T-CON) can be located at a distance from the display structure components including the display structure and the fastening system (e.g., fasteners).
於一些實施例中,顯示器構造係操作地耦接(例如,藉由佈線所連接)至電源。電路系統係操作地耦接(例如,藉由佈線連接)至電源。連接可為直接或間接的。間接連接可為經過電路系統(例如,增幅器)進行。電源可為二次電源。電源可為耦接至城市電源(例如,發電廠)、及/或建築物電源(例如,發電機、太陽能電池、及/或風力渦輪機)。電源能為可再生及/或不可再生的。電源可為耦接至BMS。電源可耦接至網路基礎建設(例如,如本文所揭示者)。電源可於約240V或120V(例如,房屋電流)AC供電。二次電源可包含將電壓降低至(例如,至多約24V、48V、或54伏特(V))之轉換器。圖6顯示組件600的立體圖之範例,此組件600包括耦接至緊固件及電路系統的顯示器構造,其中緊固件602(顯示局部視圖)耦接至顯示器構造601(顯示局部視圖),此顯示器構造601係經過佈線603(顯示局部視圖)連接至緊固件中所設置之電路系統(未示出),其佈線係藉由例如鉤子604的鉤子鎖固。鉤子可為拉桿安裝件。圖6顯示其上連接有佈線633之鉸鏈葉片634的立體圖,此佈線係連接至電路系統632,此鉸鏈葉片634係與鉸鏈葉片部分635(顯示局部視圖)及鉸鏈葉片636部分接合,其係藉由螺釘637連接至固定裝置(未示出)。鉸鏈葉片部分635及636係相同鉸鏈葉片之一部分。圖6顯示組件620的側視圖範例,此組件620包括例如用螺釘661耦接至固定裝置(未示出)之緊固件662,此固定裝置具有由其本體冒出並緊固至鉤子666的懸掛佈線667。佈線667係連接(i)至設置在緊固件本體662中之電路系統(未示出)及至(ii)包括設置於較厚之玻璃665與較薄的玻璃663之間的顯示矩陣664之顯示器構造(顯示局部視圖)。圖6顯示設置在窗框610的直立截面中之組件612(類似於620)的側視圖範例。圖6顯示可在顯示器構造組件中使用之電線630的範例。緊固件可包含驅動器及/或增壓板件。此電路系統可便於資料(例如,網路通訊)及/或電力傳輸。In some embodiments, the display structure is operatively coupled (e.g., connected by wiring) to a power source. The circuit system is operatively coupled (e.g., connected by wiring) to the power source. The connection may be direct or indirect. The indirect connection may be made through the circuit system (e.g., an amplifier). The power source may be a secondary power source. The power source may be coupled to a municipal power source (e.g., a power plant), and/or a building power source (e.g., a generator, a solar cell, and/or a wind turbine). The power source can be renewable and/or non-renewable. The power source may be coupled to a BMS. The power source may be coupled to a network infrastructure (e.g., as disclosed herein). The power source may be powered at approximately 240V or 120V (e.g., house current) AC. The secondary power source may include a converter that steps down the voltage to, for example, at most about 24V, 48V, or 54V. FIG6 shows an example of a perspective view of an assembly 600 that includes a display structure coupled to a fastener and circuitry, wherein a fastener 602 (partial view shown) is coupled to a display structure 601 (partial view shown), which is connected to a circuitry (not shown) disposed in the fastener via wiring 603 (partial view shown), which wiring is locked by a hook, such as hook 604. The hook may be a tie rod mounting. FIG6 shows a perspective view of a hinge blade 634 having a wiring 633 connected thereto, the wiring being connected to a circuit system 632, the hinge blade 634 being engaged with a hinge blade portion 635 (shown in partial view) and a hinge blade portion 636, which is connected to a fixture (not shown) by screws 637. Hinge blade portions 635 and 636 are part of the same hinge blade. FIG6 shows an example side view of an assembly 620 including a fastener 662 coupled to a fixture (not shown), such as with screws 661, the fixture having a hanging wiring 667 emerging from its body and fastened to a hook 666. Wiring 667 is connected (i) to circuitry (not shown) disposed in fastener body 662 and to (ii) a display structure (partial view shown) including a display matrix 664 disposed between thicker glass 665 and thinner glass 663. FIG. 6 shows an example of a side view of an assembly 612 (similar to 620) disposed in an upright section of a window frame 610. FIG. 6 shows an example of wires 630 that may be used in a display structure assembly. The fastener may include a driver and/or a boost plate. This circuitry may facilitate data (e.g., network communications) and/or power transmission.
二次電源可提供直流(DC)電壓。二次電源可鄰近顯示器構造及/或IGU設置。此二次電源可設置在窗框中、牆壁中、地板中、或天花板中。顯示器構造之控制器可與其電源分開地設置。由(i)顯示器構造、增壓板件、驅動器板件、及/或時序控制器(例如T-CON)至(ii)電源的最短距離可為至少約0.25 m、0.5 m、1 m、1.5 m、2 m、2.5 m、3 m、3.5 m、4 m、4.5 m、5 m、5.5 m、6 m、6.5 m、7 m、8 m、10m或20米(m)。由(i)顯示器構造、增壓板件、驅動器板件、及/或時序控制器至(ii)電源之最短距離可為前述值之間的任何值(例如,由約0.25至大約20 m、由約0.25 m至約5 m、由約5 m至約7 m、或由約7 m至約20 m)。例如,由(i)驅動器及/或增壓板件至(ii)電源及/或T-CON之最短距離可為至少約1.5 m、2 m、2.5 m、3 m、3.5 m、4 m、4.5 m、5 m、5.5 m、6 m、6.5 m、7 m、8 m或10 m。由(i)驅動器及/或增壓板件至(ii)電源及/或T-CON的最短距離可為前述值之間的任何值(例如,由約1.5至大約10 m、由約1.5 m至約5 m、或由約5 m至約10 m)。由(i)顯示器構造及/或增幅器至(ii)電源及/或T-CON之最短距離可為前述值之間的任何值(例如,由約5'至約30'、由約10'至約25'、或由約15'至約20')。例如,由(i)驅動器板件及/或顯示器構造至(ii)電源及/或T-CON之最短距離可為至少約5'、10'、15'、20'、25'、25'、30'、50'、100'、200'、或300'(英尺)。由(i)顯示器構造及/或增壓板件至(ii)電源及/或時序控制器的最短距離可為前述值之間的任何值(例如,由約5'至約300'、由約10'至約25'、由約15'至約20'、由約20'至約50'、由約50'至約200'、或由約100'至約300')。The secondary power source may provide a direct current (DC) voltage. The secondary power source may be located adjacent to the display structure and/or the IGU. The secondary power source may be located in a window frame, in a wall, in a floor, or in a ceiling. The controller of the display structure may be located separately from its power source. The shortest distance from (i) the display structure, booster board, driver board, and/or timing controller (e.g., T-CON) to (ii) the power source may be at least about 0.25 m, 0.5 m, 1 m, 1.5 m, 2 m, 2.5 m, 3 m, 3.5 m, 4 m, 4.5 m, 5 m, 5.5 m, 6 m, 6.5 m, 7 m, 8 m, 10 m, or 20 meters (m). The shortest distance from (i) the display structure, boost board, driver board, and/or timing controller to (ii) the power supply can be any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 0.25 to about 20 m, from about 0.25 m to about 5 m, from about 5 m to about 7 m, or from about 7 m to about 20 m). For example, the shortest distance from (i) the driver and/or boost board to (ii) the power supply and/or T-CON can be at least about 1.5 m, 2 m, 2.5 m, 3 m, 3.5 m, 4 m, 4.5 m, 5 m, 5.5 m, 6 m, 6.5 m, 7 m, 8 m, or 10 m. The shortest distance from (i) the driver and/or booster plate to (ii) the power supply and/or T-CON may be any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 1.5 to about 10 m, from about 1.5 m to about 5 m, or from about 5 m to about 10 m). The shortest distance from (i) the display structure and/or amplifier to (ii) the power supply and/or T-CON may be any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 5' to about 30', from about 10' to about 25', or from about 15' to about 20'). For example, the shortest distance from (i) the driver board and/or display structure to (ii) the power supply and/or T-CON may be at least about 5', 10', 15', 20', 25', 25', 30', 50', 100', 200', or 300' (feet). The shortest distance from (i) the display structure and/or booster board to (ii) the power supply and/or timing controller may be any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 5' to about 300', from about 10' to about 25', from about 15' to about 20', from about 20' to about 50', from about 50' to about 200', or from about 100' to about 300').
在一些實施例中,局部控制器可控制觀看(例如,可著色)窗(例如,作為IGU之一部分)及/或顯示器構造。局部控制器可為控制網路的一部分。控制網路可為階層控制網路(例如,如本文所揭示)。控制網路中之控制器的階層結構可為靜態或動態的。局部控制器可設置為鄰接顯示器構造及/或IGU。局部控制器可設置於窗框中、牆壁中、地板中、或天花板中。在一些實施例中,一局部控制器控制觀看(例如,可著色)窗及顯示器構造(例如,藉由顯示器構造所顯示之媒體)。於一些實施例中,分開的控制器控制觀看(例如,可著色)窗及顯示器構造(例如,藉由顯示器構造所顯示之媒體)。局部控制器與網路介面的其他部件之間的通訊可為有線及/或無線的。有線通訊可包括同軸電纜、雙絞線、NM電纜、地下饋線(UF)電纜、熱塑性高耐熱尼龍佈塗(THHN)電線、熱塑性耐熱及防水尼龍佈塗(THWN)電線、標準電話電線、或第3類(Cat3)電纜、及/或第5類(Cat5)電纜。控制系統(例如,局部控制器)可為藉由有線及/或無線通訊交流地耦接至顯示器構造(例如,經由時序控制器(T-CON))。例如,顯示器構造可經由一條以上之電線及/或無線地連接至局部控制器。例如,T-CON可為經由一條以上的電線連接至局部控制器。由(i)顯示器構造及/或T-CON至(ii)局部控制器之最短距離可為至少約0.25 m、0.5 m、1 m、1.5 m、2 m、2.5 m、3 m、3.5 m、4 m、4.5 m、5 m、5.5 m、6 m、6.5 m、7 m、8 m、10米(m)。由(i)顯示器構造及/或T-CON至(ii)局部控制器的最短距離可為前述值之間的任何值(例如,由約0.25至約10 m、由約0.25 m至約5 m、由約5 m至約7 m、或由約7 m至約10 m)。此距離可對應於電線長度之最小量度(例如,當顯示器構造係至少部分地經由佈線交流地耦接至局部控制器時)。(I)顯示器構造與局部控制器之間、及(II)局部控制器至電源之間的最短距離可為(例如,實質上)相等。(I)顯示器構造與局部控制器之間的最短距離、及(II)局部控制器至電源之間的最短距離可為(例如,實質上)不相等。(I)時序控制器與局部控制器之間、及(II)局部控制器至電源之間的最短距離可為(例如,實質上)相等。例如,(I)時序控制器與局部控制器之間的最短距離可為小於(II)局部控制器至電源之間的最短距離。例如,(I)時序控制器與局部控制器之間的最短距離可為比(II)局部控制器至電源之間的最短距離長。(I)時序控制器與局部控制器之間的最短距離、及(II)局部控制器至電源之間的最短距離可為(例如,實質上)不相等。例如,(I)時序控制器與局部控制器之間的最短距離可為小於(II)局部控制器至電源之間的最短距離。例如,(I)時序控制器與局部控制器之間的最短距離可為大於(II)局部控制器至電源之間的最短距離。In some embodiments, a local controller may control viewing (e.g., tintable) windows (e.g., as part of an IGU) and/or a display structure. The local controller may be part of a control network. The control network may be a hierarchical control network (e.g., as disclosed herein). The hierarchy of controllers in the control network may be static or dynamic. The local controller may be located adjacent to the display structure and/or the IGU. The local controller may be located in a window frame, in a wall, in a floor, or in a ceiling. In some embodiments, a local controller controls viewing (e.g., tintable) windows and display structures (e.g., media displayed by the display structures). In some embodiments, separate controllers control viewing (e.g., tintable) windows and display structures (e.g., media displayed by the display structures). Communications between the local controller and other components of the network interface may be wired and/or wireless. Wired communications may include coaxial cable, twisted pair, NM cable, underground feed (UF) cable, thermoplastic high heat resistant nylon coated (THHN) wire, thermoplastic heat resistant and waterproof nylon coated (THWN) wire, standard telephone wire, or Category 3 (Cat3) cable, and/or Category 5 (Cat5) cable. The control system (e.g., the local controller) may be AC coupled to the display structure (e.g., via a timing controller (T-CON)) by wired and/or wireless communications. For example, the display structure may be connected to the local controller via more than one wire and/or wirelessly. For example, the T-CON may be connected to the local controller via one or more wires. The shortest distance from (i) the display structure and/or the T-CON to (ii) the local controller may be at least about 0.25 m, 0.5 m, 1 m, 1.5 m, 2 m, 2.5 m, 3 m, 3.5 m, 4 m, 4.5 m, 5 m, 5.5 m, 6 m, 6.5 m, 7 m, 8 m, 10 meters (m). The shortest distance from (i) the display structure and/or the T-CON to (ii) the local controller may be any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 0.25 to about 10 m, from about 0.25 m to about 5 m, from about 5 m to about 7 m, or from about 7 m to about 10 m). This distance may correspond to a minimum measure of wire length (e.g., when the display structure is at least partially AC-coupled to the local controller via wiring). The shortest distance between (I) the display structure and the local controller, and (II) the local controller to the power supply may be (e.g., substantially) equal. The shortest distance between (I) the display structure and the local controller, and (II) the shortest distance between the local controller and the power supply may be (e.g., substantially) unequal. The shortest distance between (I) the timing controller and the local controller, and (II) the local controller to the power supply may be (e.g., substantially) equal. For example, the shortest distance between (I) the timing controller and the local controller may be less than the shortest distance between (II) the local controller to the power supply. For example, the shortest distance between (I) the timing controller and the local controller may be longer than the shortest distance between (II) the local controller and the power source. The shortest distance between (I) the timing controller and the local controller and the shortest distance between (II) the local controller and the power source may be (e.g., substantially) unequal. For example, the shortest distance between (I) the timing controller and the local controller may be less than the shortest distance between (II) the local controller and the power source. For example, the shortest distance between (I) the timing controller and the local controller may be greater than the shortest distance between (II) the local controller and the power source.
圖7顯示耦接至電路系統及緊固件之顯示器構造部分的直立橫截面之範例,其包括:在橫截面中所描述的L形托架701、電路系統702(例如,增壓板件)、電纜703、泡沫墊圈704、螺釘705、膠帶706、第一玻璃片707、黏著劑(例如OCA)708、顯示矩陣709、第二玻璃片710、蓋件714、緩衝物712、黏著劑713、及觀看窗711(顯示局部視圖)。顯示器構造可包含將其與窗戶(例如711)分開之可撓的緩衝物(例如聚合物或樹脂)。緩衝物可防止顯示器構造與窗戶(例如可著色窗)之間的玻璃至玻璃之接觸,其可導致顯示器構造及/或窗戶的損壞(例如,防止裂縫及/或破裂)。緩衝物可增加例如繞著鉸鏈軸線迴轉顯示器構造之安全操作。於橫截面中的一實施例中,L形托架係藉由一個以上之直角所界定,儘管此角度可為異於90度。在所描繪的實施例中,L形托架係經由黏著元件附著至蓋玻璃(例如707)。於一些實施例中,黏著元件係膠帶。在一實施例中,黏著帶包含VHB型膠帶。於一實施例中,黏著元件係將L形托架接合至蓋玻璃之液體或凝膠黏著劑。蓋玻璃(例如707)可為塑膠、玻璃、或另一透明材料。在一範例中,蓋玻璃的厚度可為約4mm,但是其可比4mm更厚或更薄。蓋玻璃可為顯示器構造(例如,透明顯示器)的一部分及/或顯示器構造(例如,透明顯示器)元件可層疊至蓋玻璃。於圖7中所示範例中,第二蓋玻璃710係層疊至透明顯示元件709,亦即,透明顯示元件709(例如,TOLED)夾在蓋玻璃707與第二蓋玻璃710之間。所形成的層疊結構可靜置抵靠著觀看窗(例如,711)或與觀看窗平行但與其隔開。包含第一玻璃片707、顯示矩陣709及第二玻璃片710(例如,第二玻璃蓋件)的層疊結構可被認為是透明之顯示組件(在本文中亦稱為「顯示器構造」)。FIG7 shows an example of a vertical cross-section of a portion of a display structure coupled to a circuit system and fasteners, including: L-shaped bracket 701, circuit system 702 (e.g., booster plate), cable 703, foam gasket 704, screws 705, tape 706, first glass sheet 707, adhesive (e.g., OCA) 708, display matrix 709, second glass sheet 710, cover 714, buffer 712, adhesive 713, and viewing window 711 (partial view shown) as described in the cross-section. The display structure may include a flexible buffer (e.g., polymer or resin) separating it from the window (e.g., 711). The buffer can prevent glass-to-glass contact between the display structure and the window (e.g., a tinted window), which can cause damage to the display structure and/or the window (e.g., prevent cracks and/or breaks). The buffer can increase safe operation of, for example, rotating the display structure about a hinge axis. In one embodiment in cross-section, the L-shaped bracket is defined by one or more right angles, although the angle may be different than 90 degrees. In the depicted embodiment, the L-shaped bracket is attached to the cover glass (e.g., 707) via an adhesive element. In some embodiments, the adhesive element is a tape. In one embodiment, the adhesive tape includes a VHB type tape. In one embodiment, the adhesive element is a liquid or gel adhesive that joins the L-shaped bracket to the cover glass. The cover glass (e.g., 707) can be plastic, glass, or another transparent material. In one example, the thickness of the cover glass can be about 4 mm, but it can be thicker or thinner than 4 mm. The cover glass can be part of a display structure (e.g., a transparent display) and/or a display structure (e.g., a transparent display) element can be stacked to the cover glass. In the example shown in Figure 7, the second cover glass 710 is stacked to the transparent display element 709, that is, the transparent display element 709 (e.g., TOLED) is sandwiched between the cover glass 707 and the second cover glass 710. The formed stacked structure can be placed statically against the viewing window (e.g., 711) or parallel to the viewing window but separated therefrom. The stacked structure including the first glass sheet 707, the display matrix 709 and the second glass sheet 710 (e.g., the second glass cover) can be considered a transparent display component (also referred to herein as a "display structure").
於一實施例中,黏著元件具有足夠的強度,以支撐透明顯示器組件之重量。如所描繪的,L形托架(例如701)之一面使用作黏著元件的表面,且至少此很大之表面積係經由蓋玻璃(例如707)附接至透明的顯示器組件。In one embodiment, the adhesive element has sufficient strength to support the weight of the transparent display assembly. As depicted, one side of the L-shaped bracket (e.g., 701) is used as the surface of the adhesive element, and at least this large surface area is attached to the transparent display assembly via the cover glass (e.g., 707).
如在圖7所示範例中,蓋件714係附接至L型托架701。於此範例中,L形托架701包括在豎直支腳上之懸伸部分。隨同蓋件714形成腔室,用於顯示矩陣的電路系統702容納在腔室內。電路系統702可呈電路板(例如,驅動器及/或增壓板件)之形式。於一實施例中,蓋件經由一個以上的墊圈將電子器件密封與環境隔離。在一實施例中,L形托架701建構成為窗框與顯示器構造之間提供運動及/或物理連接性(例如,看圖1A)。於一實施例中,電路系統702係經由一個以上的導體(例如,帶狀電纜、可撓電路及/或其他有線連接175)耦接至顯示矩陣。在某些實施例中,有線連接175(參考圖2b)可為微同軸電纜(例如,看圖8之802)。於實施例中,有線連接802可終止在具有多針銷連接器的L形托架處(看圖8,803)。As in the example shown in FIG. 7 , a cover 714 is attached to an L-shaped bracket 701. In this example, the L-shaped bracket 701 includes a cantilevered portion on a vertical leg. A chamber is formed with the cover 714, and a circuit system 702 for displaying a matrix is housed within the chamber. The circuit system 702 may be in the form of a circuit board (e.g., a driver and/or a booster board). In one embodiment, the cover seals the electronic device from the environment via one or more gaskets. In one embodiment, the L-shaped bracket 701 is constructed to provide movement and/or physical connectivity between the window frame and the display structure (e.g., see FIG. 1A ). In one embodiment, the circuit system 702 is coupled to the display matrix via one or more conductors (e.g., ribbon cables, flexible circuits, and/or other wired connections 175). In some embodiments, the wired connections 175 (see FIG. 2 b) may be micro-coaxial cables (e.g., see 802 in FIG. 8 ). In an embodiment, the wired connections 802 may terminate at an L-shaped bracket having a multi-pin connector (see FIG. 8 , 803).
於一些實施例中,顯示器構造包含觸控螢幕。顯示器構造可在其邊緣處包含一個以上之光學感測器,以藉由使用者促進觸控螢幕的功能性。觸控螢幕可接收來自使用者之接觸(例如,觸控)輸入並傳遞輸出回應。此回應可為功能性的,此回應可包括視覺、資料、或聲音中之變化。觸控螢幕可利用顯示矩陣。顯示器構造可操作地耦接至資訊處理系統(例如,包含一個以上的處理器及/或網路介面)。使用者可藉由觸控面朝使用者之顯示器構造玻璃片,經過簡單(例如,單一)或多點觸控手勢來操作資訊處理系統。觸控可為使用專用裝置(例如,手寫筆或電子筆)或其身體之一或任何部位(例如,更多手指)。專用裝置可為適合於顯示器構造。觸控螢幕可為電阻式觸控螢幕、表面聲波觸控螢幕(例如,使用超音波)、電容性觸控螢幕、紅外格柵觸控螢幕(例如,使用光偵測器)、光學成像(例如,使用CMOS感測器)、紅外丙烯酸投射(例如,包含紅外LED)、分散式訊號觸控螢幕、或聲脈衝辨識觸控螢幕。根據觸控螢幕技術的需要來增強顯示器構造。例如,當觸控螢幕需要感測器(例如,COMS)及/或投射器(例如,LED)時,例如藉由將它們放置在圍繞顯示器構造之至少一部分的框架內側,將它們加入顯示器構造。In some embodiments, the display structure includes a touch screen. The display structure may include one or more optical sensors at its edges to facilitate the functionality of the touch screen by the user. The touch screen can receive tactile (e.g., touch) input from the user and transmit an output response. This response can be functional, and this response can include changes in vision, data, or sound. The touch screen can utilize a display matrix. The display structure can be operably coupled to an information processing system (e.g., including one or more processors and/or network interfaces). The user can operate the information processing system through simple (e.g., single) or multi-touch gestures by touching the display structure glass piece facing the user. Touching can be done using a dedicated device (e.g., a stylus or electronic pen) or one or any part of the body (e.g., more fingers). The dedicated device can be suitable for the display structure. The touch screen can be a resistive touch screen, a surface acoustic wave touch screen (e.g., using ultrasound), a capacitive touch screen, an infrared grid touch screen (e.g., using a photodetector), optical imaging (e.g., using a CMOS sensor), infrared acrylic projection (e.g., including infrared LEDs), a distributed signal touch screen, or an acoustic pulse recognition touch screen. The display structure is enhanced according to the needs of the touch screen technology. For example, when a touch screen requires sensors (e.g., CMOS) and/or projectors (e.g., LEDs), they are added to the display structure, such as by placing them inside a frame that surrounds at least a portion of the display structure.
於一些實施例中,顯示器構造可充當觸控螢幕。框架可包含設置在框架上或框架中之一個以上的感測器。框架可包括電路系統、一個以上之連接器(例如,至電源及/或網路系統)、及任何光學部件(例如,反射器、反射鏡、棱鏡、分束器、及/或透鏡)。感測器可建構為在藉由框架形狀所局限的區域(例如,藉由透明顯示器組件之表面所跨越的區域)內,偵測使用者之手指、手寫筆、標記器、智能筆、及/或另一標記及/或指示裝置的存在及位置。感測器可沿著一個以上之框架部分的長度及/或在此等長度內設置(例如,於藉由一個以上之框架部分所界定的通道內)。一個以上之框架部分可包含感測器、電路、及/或連接件。一個以上的框架部分可包括至少1、2、3或4個框架部分(例如1012、1019、及1020)。框架部分可為邊框。框架部分可包含溝槽。框架部分可建構成固持顯示器構造。框架部分溝槽之寬度可建構成配合顯示器構造的寬度。於一些實施例中,顯示器構造之所有邊緣(例如,側面)可包含觸控螢幕框架。電路系統可處理來自感測器的訊號,並輸出表示標記或指示裝置在藉由框架所局限之區域內的位置之訊號。框架可包含至其他電路的連接件,包括設置於透明顯示器組件上之電路、或耦接至此透明顯示器組件的電路(例如,L托架上之電路)。電路可包含但不限於以下一或多項:處理器、記憶體、顯示器、模擬及/或數位電路。In some embodiments, the display structure may act as a touch screen. The frame may include one or more sensors disposed on or in the frame. The frame may include a circuit system, one or more connectors (e.g., to a power source and/or network system), and any optical components (e.g., reflectors, mirrors, prisms, beam splitters, and/or lenses). The sensor may be configured to detect the presence and position of a user's finger, stylus, marker, smart pen, and/or another marking and/or indicating device within an area confined by the shape of the frame (e.g., an area spanned by the surface of the transparent display assembly). The sensor may be disposed along the length of one or more frame portions and/or within such lengths (e.g., within a channel defined by one or more frame portions). One or more frame portions may include sensors, circuits, and/or connectors. One or more frame portions may include at least 1, 2, 3, or 4 frame portions (e.g., 1012, 1019, and 1020). The frame portion may be a frame. The frame portion may include a groove. The frame portion may be configured to hold a display structure. The width of the frame portion groove may be configured to match the width of the display structure. In some embodiments, all edges (e.g., sides) of the display structure may include a touch screen frame. The circuit system may process signals from the sensors and output signals indicating the position of the marker or indicator device within the area confined by the frame. The frame may include connections to other circuits, including circuits disposed on the transparent display assembly or coupled to the transparent display assembly (e.g., circuits on an L-bracket). The circuits may include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: a processor, memory, display, analog and/or digital circuits.
框架可提供具有交互式顯示功能性(例如,白板功能性)的透明顯示器組件。使用者之手指或指示裝置抵靠著透明顯示器的固定或運動位置可藉由在用框架所局限之區域內的框架之感測器所感測,並可藉由框架的電路生成表示位置之訊號。表示藉由框架所局限的區域內之位置的訊號可包含與顯示器之顯示技術兼容的訊號。在一些實施例中,代表藉由框架所局限之區域內的位置之訊號包含、但不限於通用序列匯流排(USB)及/或高清晰度多媒體介面(HDMI)訊號。代表使用者手指或指示裝置在框架區域內的固定或運動位置之訊號可藉由與框架及/或透明框架組件相關聯的軟體及/或電路來處理。經處理之訊號可為例如呈固定或運動位置的表示形式(例如,如書寫、印刷、形狀)顯示於透明顯示器組件上。與框架及/或透明顯示器相關聯之軟體可建構成提供其他功能性,包括但不限於(i)在另一顯示器或裝置上的使用者之手指、或另一指示裝置之感測位置的顯示,(ii)藉由二個以上之使用者與透明顯示器及框架的交互作用,(iii)所顯示內容之輸出,(iv)顯示內容的輸入,(v)顯示內容之抹除及/或(vi)顯示顏色的選擇。於一實施例中,框架可包含一個以上之可商購的觸控螢幕(例如,來自FlatFrog USA Inc..333 West San Carlos Street, San Jose CA 95110)。The frame can provide a transparent display assembly with interactive display functionality (e.g., whiteboard functionality). The fixed or moving position of a user's finger or pointing device against the transparent display can be sensed by the frame's sensors within the area confined by the frame, and a signal representing the position can be generated by the frame's circuitry. The signal representing the position within the area confined by the frame can include a signal compatible with the display technology of the display. In some embodiments, the signal representing the position within the area confined by the frame includes, but is not limited to, a Universal Serial Bus (USB) and/or High Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI) signal. The signal representing the fixed or moving position of the user's finger or pointing device within the frame area can be processed by software and/or circuitry associated with the frame and/or the transparent frame assembly. The processed signal may be, for example, in the form of a representation of a fixed or moving position (e.g., such as writing, printing, shapes) displayed on the transparent display assembly. Software associated with the frame and/or the transparent display may be configured to provide other functionality, including but not limited to (i) display of a user's finger on another display or device, or the sensed position of another pointing device, (ii) interaction with the transparent display and the frame by two or more users, (iii) output of displayed content, (iv) input of displayed content, (v) erasure of displayed content, and/or (vi) selection of display color. In one embodiment, the frame may include one or more commercially available touch screens (e.g., from FlatFrog USA Inc..333 West San Carlos Street, San Jose CA 95110).
圖10顯示一顯示器構造1010、緊固件之部件的範例,緊固件包括葉片1021、允許顯示器構造繞著其軸線迴轉之主鉸鏈1018及1015、副鉸鏈(包括部分1017),其便於電路系統1016的一部分(例如,增壓板件及/或驅動器板件)之暴露。葉片1021具有便於經過藉由鉸鏈葉片1017所覆蓋的開口進出電路系統1016之開口。顯示器構造1010係藉由觸控螢幕感測器陣列1013及在保護定框中覆蓋感測器陣列的保護蓋件1012及1019所定框。顯示器構造1050顯示用顯示器構造1050覆蓋並組裝在一起之觸控螢幕感測器陣列1052,且同樣作為一組裝好的緊固件1056。於一些範例中,不存在副鉸鏈(例如,1017)(例如,如於範例3504中)。在一些實施例中,緊固件(包括主鉸鏈)具有開口,電路系統之至少一部分(例如,PCB)係可經過此開口觀看及/或進出。例如,電路系統中的至少一些連接器可經過此開口觀看及/或進出。例如,可經過此開口觀看及/或進出電路系統與顯示器構造之間的至少一些連接器(例如,看圖35,開口3504允許觀看附接至電路系統3530之連接器3509(例如,包含增幅器及/或驅動器板件))。FIG. 10 shows an example of a display structure 1010, components of a fastener including a blade 1021, primary hinges 1018 and 1015 that allow the display structure to rotate about its axis, and a secondary hinge (including portion 1017) that facilitates exposure of a portion of the circuit system 1016 (e.g., a booster plate and/or a driver plate). Blade 1021 has an opening that facilitates access to the circuit system 1016 through the opening covered by hinge blade 1017. Display structure 1010 is framed by a touch screen sensor array 1013 and protective covers 1012 and 1019 that cover the sensor array in a protective frame. Display structure 1050 shows a touch screen sensor array 1052 covered and assembled with display structure 1050, and also as an assembled fastener 1056. In some examples, there is no secondary hinge (e.g., 1017) (e.g., as in example 3504). In some embodiments, the fastener (including the primary hinge) has an opening through which at least a portion of the circuit system (e.g., a PCB) can be viewed and/or accessed. For example, at least some connectors in the circuit system can be viewed and/or accessed through the opening. For example, at least some of the connectors between the circuit system and the display structure can be viewed and/or accessed through this opening (for example, see Figure 35, opening 3504 allows viewing of connector 3509 attached to the circuit system 3530 (e.g., including amplifier and/or driver boards)).
於一實施例中,緊固件包含一個以上的部分,其建構成提供透明顯示器至窗戶的物理連接性(例如,鉸鏈)。在一實施例中,緊固件之一個以上的部分建構成於透明顯示器與一扇窗戶之間提供運動(例如,使用緊固件的鉸鏈)。In one embodiment, the fastener includes one or more parts configured to provide physical connectivity of the transparent display to the window (e.g., a hinge). In one embodiment, one or more parts of the fastener are configured to provide movement between the transparent display and a window (e.g., using a hinge of the fastener).
參考圖4,在一實施例中,L形托架包含一個以上的鉸鏈、例如鉸鏈400。於一實施例中,鉸鏈包含複數細長之孔洞或凹槽。在一實施例中,複數孔洞的至少一者之伸長部的軸線係正交於複數孔洞之至少另一者的伸長部之軸線。這允許用於將透明顯示器組件安裝至窗框的方法。例如,一個以上之鉸鏈(例如400)係經由孔洞安裝至窗框,此等孔洞提供透明顯示器組件將離窗戶(例如711)的距離。在其安裝之前,可將預先安裝至透明顯示器組件的L型托架(例如701)固定至一個以上之鉸鏈(例如400)的另一支腳,此支腳經由其他複數孔洞提供對在定框元件之間的鉸鏈之另一支腳上的孔洞正交,而將L形托架/透明顯示元件定中心於窗戶之可見區域內。Referring to FIG. 4 , in one embodiment, the L-shaped bracket includes one or more hinges, such as hinge 400. In one embodiment, the hinge includes a plurality of elongated holes or grooves. In one embodiment, the axis of the elongated portion of at least one of the plurality of holes is orthogonal to the axis of the elongated portion of at least another of the plurality of holes. This allows for a method for mounting a transparent display assembly to a window frame. For example, one or more hinges (such as 400) are mounted to a window frame via holes that provide a distance that the transparent display assembly will be from a window (such as 711). Prior to its installation, an L-shaped bracket (e.g., 701) pre-mounted to the transparent display assembly may be secured to the other leg of one or more hinges (e.g., 400), which leg provides, via other multiple holes, an orthogonality to the holes on the other leg of the hinge between the framing elements, thereby centering the L-shaped bracket/transparent display element within the visible area of the window.
參考圖7,在一實施例中,一個以上的鉸鏈具有連接於封閉位置791中所顯示之第一鉸鏈葉片752及第二鉸鏈葉片753的接頭750。在720中顯示打開位置,其中虛線箭頭790指示第一鉸鏈葉片之相對運動於本文中可稱為「第一支腳」,且第二鉸鏈葉片在本文中可稱為「第二支腳」。第一支腳可耦接至或包含托架。包含鉸鏈葉片752及753的緊固件係耦接至顯示器構造754(顯示局部視圖)及窗戶751(顯示局部視圖)。第二支腳可耦接至窗框755。於一實施例中,一個以上之鉸鏈建構成使得透明顯示器組件能夠運動遠離或朝向觀看窗。在一實施例中,此運動係繞著縱軸、亦即樞軸旋轉。於一實施例中,在透明顯示器相對觀看窗的運動期間,透明顯示器組件相對電路系統757(例如,增幅器及/或驅動器板件)、導體758(例如帶狀電纜及/或使用於將透明顯示器耦接至電路系統之其他佈線元件)不發生運動。圖7顯示耦接至第一鉸鏈葉片782的顯示器構造784之範例(顯示局部視圖)。鉸鏈葉片782係藉由接頭780接合至第二鉸鏈葉片783,第二鉸鏈葉片783耦接至蓋件785,蓋件785耦接至用於窗戶781的窗框(顯示局部視圖)。Referring to FIG. 7 , in one embodiment, one or more hinges have a joint 750 connecting a first hinge blade 752 and a second hinge blade 753 shown in a closed position 791. An open position is shown at 720 , where a dashed arrow 790 indicates the relative movement of the first hinge blade, which may be referred to herein as the “first leg,” and the second hinge blade, which may be referred to herein as the “second leg.” The first leg may be coupled to or include a bracket. The fasteners including the hinge blades 752 and 753 are coupled to a display structure 754 (showing a partial view) and a window 751 (showing a partial view). The second leg may be coupled to a window frame 755. In one embodiment, one or more hinges are configured to enable the transparent display assembly to move away from or toward the viewing window. In one embodiment, the movement is rotational about a longitudinal axis, i.e., a pivot axis. In one embodiment, during the movement of the transparent display relative to the viewing window, the transparent display assembly does not move relative to the circuit system 757 (e.g., amplifier and/or driver board), conductors 758 (e.g., ribbon cables and/or other wiring elements used to couple the transparent display to the circuit system). Figure 7 shows an example of a display structure 784 coupled to a first hinge blade 782 (showing a partial view). Hinge leaf 782 is joined by joint 780 to a second hinge leaf 783, which is coupled to a cover 785, which is coupled to a window frame for window 781 (partial view shown).
此組構對顯示器與控制器(例如T-CON)之間的電連接提供較長之壽命,因為此等連接不受與透明顯示器及緊固件(例如,托架)組件的運動相關聯之運動及摩擦的影響。This configuration provides longer life for the electrical connections between the display and the controller (e.g., T-CON) because such connections are not affected by the movement and friction associated with the movement of the transparent display and fastener (e.g., bracket) assembly.
參考圖8,在一實施例中,沿著透明顯示器組件之至少3邊緣(例如,沿著如本文所述的層疊組件之邊緣)提供密封。於諸多實施例中,此密封為呈矽酮或另一透明塑膠、樹脂、或另一聚合物蓋(或緩衝物)的形式,其裝配在分層之透明組件邊緣上,以密封此單元。此密封可在第二蓋玻璃(例如,圖7,710)與窗戶(例如,圖7,711)之間提供緩衝物功能。圖8呈現顯示器構造850及密封的立體圖之範例,此密封係例如藉由使用施加器(例如,注射槍)810沿著顯示器構造850的三側面根據箭頭811、812及813施加。顯示器構造850係耦接至緊固件530,導線802將顯示器構造中之顯示矩陣連接至緊固件530上,使電路系統設置於緊固件中(未示出)。在圖8的範例中,顯示器構造850亦顯示為顯示器構造之一部分的直立橫截面830,此顯示器構造包括較厚之玻璃片804、較薄的玻璃片805、黏著劑層806及808、顯示矩陣807、及密封件809。密封件可由玻璃片突出及/或用作緩衝物。密封件之突出可為隨機的,或為指向的。例如,突起可指向顯示器構造之一側(例如,其係注定要接觸窗戶)。密封件的突起可為(例如,實質上)均勻或不均勻的(例如,朝顯示器構造之一側)。Referring to FIG. 8 , in one embodiment, a seal is provided along at least three edges of a transparent display assembly (e.g., along the edges of a laminated assembly as described herein). In many embodiments, the seal is in the form of a silicone or another transparent plastic, resin, or another polymer cover (or buffer) that is assembled over the edges of the laminated transparent assembly to seal the unit. The seal can provide a buffer function between the second cover glass (e.g., FIG. 7 , 710) and the window (e.g., FIG. 7 , 711). FIG. 8 presents an example of a three-dimensional view of a display structure 850 and a seal, which is applied, for example, along three sides of the display structure 850 using an applicator (e.g., a syringe gun) 810 according to arrows 811, 812, and 813. The display structure 850 is coupled to the fastener 530, and the wire 802 connects the display matrix in the display structure to the fastener 530, so that the circuit system is set in the fastener (not shown). In the example of Figure 8, the display structure 850 is also shown as a vertical cross-section 830 of a portion of the display structure, which includes a thicker glass sheet 804, a thinner glass sheet 805, adhesive layers 806 and 808, a display matrix 807, and a seal 809. The seal can protrude from the glass sheet and/or act as a buffer. The protrusion of the seal can be random or directed. For example, the protrusion can point to one side of the display structure (for example, it is destined to contact the window). The protrusion of the seal may be (eg, substantially) uniform or non-uniform (eg, toward one side of the display structure).
圖9顯示可使用於隱藏L形托架904的蓋件903(以橫截面顯示)之範例。蓋件903能可移除地附接至窗框905。可經由導線906將電力及通訊傳遞至透明顯示器組件,在此範例中,導線906容納於窗框905內。L形托架可允許透明顯示器的維護或替換、及/或任何電路系統之維護或替換(例如,設置在緊固件中,此緊固件是托架的一部分)。圖9顯示具有顯示器構造之透明顯示器組件的範例,此顯示器構造包括(例如,玻璃)片907、顯示矩陣908、及(例如,玻璃)片902,此顯示器構造耦接至框架905或由框架905所構成。框架可包含彼此耦接、或建構為彼此耦接之部分。框架可包含至少三(3)部分。框架可包含一形狀,其(例如,近似)匹配顯示器構造(例如,透明顯示器組件)的週邊之至少一部分的形狀。框架可為耦接或附接至顯示器構造(例如,透明顯示器組件)之側面(或邊緣)。於一實施例中,例如在框架部分已耦接至顯示器構造(例如,透明顯示器組件)之後,框架部分彼此耦接以形成框架形狀。於一實施例中,框架部分可為彼此耦接以形成框架形狀,例如,在框架部分耦接至顯示器構造(例如,透明顯示器組件)之前。顯示器構造(例如,透明顯示器組件)可定位於藉由框架形狀所局限的區域內。框架部分可包含建構成在其中承納及/或保留透明顯示器組件之側面的通道(例如,U形通道)。FIG. 9 shows an example of a cover 903 (shown in cross section) that can be used to conceal an L-shaped bracket 904. The cover 903 can be removably attached to a window frame 905. Power and communications can be delivered to the transparent display assembly via wires 906, which in this example are housed within the window frame 905. The L-shaped bracket can allow maintenance or replacement of the transparent display, and/or maintenance or replacement of any circuitry (e.g., disposed in a fastener that is part of the bracket). FIG. 9 shows an example of a transparent display assembly having a display structure that includes a (e.g., glass) sheet 907, a display matrix 908, and a (e.g., glass) sheet 902, which is coupled to or formed by the frame 905. The frame may include portions that are coupled to each other or configured to be coupled to each other. The frame may include at least three (3) portions. The frame may include a shape that (e.g., approximately) matches the shape of at least a portion of the periphery of a display structure (e.g., a transparent display assembly). The frame may be coupled or attached to a side (or edge) of a display structure (e.g., a transparent display assembly). In one embodiment, the frame portions are coupled to each other to form a frame shape, for example, after the frame portions have been coupled to the display structure (e.g., a transparent display assembly). In one embodiment, the frame portions may be coupled to each other to form a frame shape, for example, before the frame portions are coupled to the display structure (e.g., a transparent display assembly). The display structure (e.g., a transparent display assembly) may be positioned within an area confined by the frame shape. The frame portion may include a channel (e.g., a U-shaped channel) configured to receive and/or retain the sides of the transparent display assembly therein.
圖9顯示窗框(例如豎框)部分951之範例,緊固件953附接至窗框部分951(此緊固件包括鉸鏈/鎖952)。緊固件953耦接至顯示器構造954(顯示局部視圖)及整合式玻璃單元961(IGU)(顯示局部視圖),其包括:第一玻璃片955、封閉環境957、第二玻璃片956、及設置在玻璃片956上的電致變色構造958。IGU中之封閉環境可為絕緣的、(例如,不透氣地)密封、及/或惰性環境。圖9顯示電源單元及/或控制器(例如,時序控制器)之範例,其係共同地標示為959,設置於框架部分951、及電佈線及/或由窗框951外部環境行進至顯示器構造954的通訊路徑960中。電佈線及/或通訊路徑可行進經過窗框至IGU。電佈線及/或通訊路徑可行進經過控制器及/或電源組件至IGU。玻璃片可為透明之硬質材料(例如玻璃或例如塑膠之類的聚合物)。透明可為至少在對普通人類觀看者敏感之波長內。FIG9 shows an example of a window frame (e.g., sash) portion 951 to which fasteners 953 are attached (the fasteners include hinges/locks 952). Fasteners 953 are coupled to a display structure 954 (partial view shown) and an integrated glass unit 961 (IGU) (partial view shown), which includes: a first glass sheet 955, a closed environment 957, a second glass sheet 956, and an electrochromic structure 958 disposed on the glass sheet 956. The closed environment in the IGU can be an insulating, (e.g., hermetically) sealed, and/or inert environment. FIG. 9 shows an example of a power unit and/or controller (e.g., a timing controller), collectively designated 959, disposed in a frame portion 951, and electrical wiring and/or communication paths 960 from the window frame 951 external environment to the display structure 954. The electrical wiring and/or communication paths may run through the window frame to the IGU. The electrical wiring and/or communication paths may run through the controller and/or power supply assembly to the IGU. The glass sheet may be a transparent hard material (e.g., glass or a polymer such as plastic). Transparency may be at least within a wavelength sensitive to an ordinary human viewer.
本發明不應受以上所揭示的實施例、態樣及優點所限制,因為其他實施例、態樣及優點係在其範圍內,包括隨後之一個以上者。於一實施例中,本發明包含一結構(例如,緊固件),其中此結構(例如,緊固件)由第一部分及第二部分所構成,此第一及第二部分建構成相對彼此運動。在一實施例中,此結構包含一個以上的托架。於一實施例中,此結構包含一個以上之鉸鏈。在一實施例中,此結構包含一個以上的電連接器。於一實施例中,電連接器包含微同軸電纜。在一實施例中,電連接器包含一條以上之帶狀電纜。於一實施例中,此結構建構成安裝至顯示器構造(例如,包含透明顯示器)。在一實施例中,透明顯示器係T.OLED顯示器。於一實施例中,顯示器構造(例如,包含透明顯示器)包含一個以上的光學透明之玻璃、硬化的聚合物(例如,塑膠)、或硬化之樹脂。在一實施例中,此結構包含建構成與顯示矩陣(例如,透明顯示矩陣)通訊的一個以上之電子電路。於一實施例中,此結構建構成安裝至框架。在一實施例中,框架包含窗框。於一實施例中,此結構建構成安裝至透明顯示器的FLS(例如,長度)。在一實施例中,此結構包含一長度,其中此長度係約0.1英尺至約10英尺。於一實施例中,緊固件之第一部分包含至少一托架,且緊固件的第二部分包含一個以上之鉸鏈。在一實施例中,此結構包含顯示矩陣、及黏著元件,其中此顯示矩陣例如經由黏著元件安裝至第一部分及/或第二部分。於一實施例中,黏著元件包含膠帶。在一實施例中,膠帶包含VHB膠帶。於一實施例中,緊固件的第一部分及/或緊固件之第二部分建構成安裝至觀看窗(例如,可著色窗)。在一實施例中,緊固件的第一部分建構成安裝至顯示器構造,且第二部分建構成安裝至窗戶(其中第二部分包含鉸鏈)。於一實施例中,鉸鏈包含複數細長孔洞,其中此複數孔洞之至少一者的延伸軸線係正交於此複數孔洞之至少另一者的延伸軸線。The present invention should not be limited by the embodiments, aspects and advantages disclosed above, as other embodiments, aspects and advantages are within the scope thereof, including one or more of the following. In one embodiment, the present invention includes a structure (e.g., a fastener), wherein the structure (e.g., a fastener) is composed of a first portion and a second portion, and the first and second portions are configured to move relative to each other. In one embodiment, the structure includes one or more brackets. In one embodiment, the structure includes one or more hinges. In one embodiment, the structure includes one or more electrical connectors. In one embodiment, the electrical connector includes a microcoaxial cable. In one embodiment, the electrical connector includes one or more ribbon cables. In one embodiment, the structure is configured to be mounted to a display structure (e.g., including a transparent display). In one embodiment, the transparent display is a T.OLED display. In one embodiment, a display structure (e.g., including a transparent display) includes one or more optically transparent glasses, hardened polymers (e.g., plastics), or hardened resins. In one embodiment, the structure includes one or more electronic circuits configured to communicate with a display matrix (e.g., a transparent display matrix). In one embodiment, the structure is configured to be mounted to a frame. In one embodiment, the frame includes a window frame. In one embodiment, the structure is configured to be mounted to a FLS (e.g., a length) of a transparent display. In one embodiment, the structure includes a length, wherein the length is about 0.1 feet to about 10 feet. In one embodiment, a first portion of the fastener includes at least one bracket, and a second portion of the fastener includes one or more hinges. In one embodiment, the structure comprises a display matrix, and an adhesive element, wherein the display matrix is mounted to the first portion and/or the second portion, for example, via the adhesive element. In one embodiment, the adhesive element comprises tape. In one embodiment, the tape comprises VHB tape. In one embodiment, the first portion of the fastener and/or the second portion of the fastener is configured to be mounted to a viewing window (e.g., a tintable window). In one embodiment, the first portion of the fastener is configured to be mounted to a display structure, and the second portion is configured to be mounted to a window (wherein the second portion comprises a hinge). In one embodiment, the hinge comprises a plurality of elongated holes, wherein an axis of extension of at least one of the plurality of holes is orthogonal to an axis of extension of at least another of the plurality of holes.
在一實施例中,本發明包含框架。此框架可為由透明顯示器及緊固件(包含托架)所構成,其建構成於框架與顯示器構造(例如,包含透明顯示器)之間提供運動及物理連接性。在一實施例中,框架包含窗框。於一實施例中,托架包含L形托架,其中L形托架耦接至框架及顯示器構造(例如,包含透明顯示器)。在一實施例中,托架係經由黏著結構耦接至透明顯示器。於一實施例中,黏著結構包含膠帶。在一實施例中,托架包含一個以上的鉸鏈。於一實施例中,鉸鏈建構成提供顯示器構造(例如,包含透明顯示器)相對固定裝置(例如,窗框)之運動。在一實施例中,運動包含旋轉運動。於一實施例中,運動係繞著水平軸線。在一實施例中,運動係繞著直立軸線。於一實施例中,框架包含薄板(例如窗玻璃片)。在一實施例中,托架建構成使透明顯示器的一面接近或抵靠著此薄板之一面運動。於一實施例中,框架界定內部區域(例如,框架中的窗戶之表面),其中透明顯示器包含界定裝入內部區域的區域之高度及寬度。在一實施例中,顯示器構造(例如,包含透明顯示器)的區域裝入(例如,實質上)所有內部區域內。於一實施例中,透明顯示器之區域裝入內部區域之一半或小於內部面積的一半內。在一實施例中,此結構包含一個以上的導體、帶狀電纜及/或連接器,且一個以上之導體、帶狀電纜及/或連接器提供控制機構與透明顯示器之間的電連接性。In one embodiment, the present invention includes a frame. The frame may be comprised of a transparent display and a fastener (including a bracket) configured to provide movement and physical connectivity between the frame and a display structure (e.g., comprising a transparent display). In one embodiment, the frame includes a window frame. In one embodiment, the bracket includes an L-shaped bracket, wherein the L-shaped bracket is coupled to the frame and the display structure (e.g., comprising a transparent display). In one embodiment, the bracket is coupled to the transparent display via an adhesive structure. In one embodiment, the adhesive structure includes an adhesive tape. In one embodiment, the bracket includes more than one hinge. In one embodiment, the hinge is configured to provide movement of the display structure (e.g., comprising a transparent display) relative to a fixed device (e.g., a window frame). In one embodiment, the movement includes rotational movement. In one embodiment, the movement is about a horizontal axis. In one embodiment, the movement is about a vertical axis. In one embodiment, the frame includes a thin plate (e.g., a sheet of window glass). In one embodiment, the bracket is constructed so that one side of the transparent display moves close to or against one side of the thin plate. In one embodiment, the frame defines an interior area (e.g., the surface of a window in the frame), wherein the transparent display includes a height and width that define an area that fits into the interior area. In one embodiment, the area of the display structure (e.g., including the transparent display) fits into (e.g., substantially) all of the interior area. In one embodiment, the area of the transparent display fits into half of the interior area or less than half of the interior area. In one embodiment, the structure includes one or more conductors, ribbon cables and/or connectors, and the one or more conductors, ribbon cables and/or connectors provide electrical connectivity between the control mechanism and the transparent display.
於一些實施例中,形成具有顯示器構造及緊固件之組件。顯示器構造可黏附至緊固件的至少一部件、例如托架。圖11呈現顯示器構造及緊固件之組件的建造階段之範例。在1110中,顯示器構造1112具有指定用於黏著劑施加的區域1112。在1120中,黏著劑係根據箭頭、例如1121施加至黏著劑指定區域。於1130中,將緊固件1131(例如,L形托架)放置在黏著劑指定區域上,於此黏著劑指定區域上放置有所施加之黏著劑。項目1121、1131及1112顯示諸顯示器構造的各部分。緊固件及顯示器構造可設置在相同平面或不同平面中。相對此顯示器構造,緊固件之至少一部分可設置於相同平面或不同平面中。顯示器構造可在一角度耦接至緊固件(例如,如圖12中的1210所示)。顯示器構造及緊固件可形成一平面(例如,如1220中所示)。圖12顯示與緊固件1218形成一角度之顯示器構造1211、及顯示器構造1221與緊固件1228形成一平面的範例。顯示器構造可包含於一方向中比在另一方向中照射更多之照射實體(例如LED)(例如,於向前方向中比反向方向中照射更多)。藉由顯示矩陣所顯示的影像可為由顯示矩陣之一側比由其相反側清楚地看見。此顯示器構造可包含背對背設置的照射實體之二顯示矩陣(例如,LED矩陣)。二顯示矩陣的至少一者(例如,每一者)可設置成使其更多照射側面向遠離背面(及朝觀看者),且其較少照射側面向此背面(及遠離此觀看者)。顯示器構造中之顯示矩陣的背對背配置可便於由顯示器構造之兩側清晰地觀看影像。具有背對背顯示矩陣的顯示器構造可利用扁平之緊固件(例如1228)。在一些實施例中,可於背對背組構中將二顯示器構造彼此相鄰地設置,例如,使得顯示器構造的至少一者(例如,每一者)可使其更多照明側面向遠離此背面(及朝觀看者),且其較少照射側面向此背面(及遠離此觀看者)。此二背對背顯示器構造可利用扁平之緊固件(例如1228),以將二顯示器構造緊固至結構(例如固定裝置)。In some embodiments, an assembly having a display structure and a fastener is formed. The display structure may be adhered to at least one component of the fastener, such as a bracket. FIG. 11 presents an example of construction stages of an assembly of a display structure and a fastener. In 1110, a display structure 1112 has an area 1112 designated for adhesive application. In 1120, adhesive is applied to the adhesive designated area according to arrows, such as 1121. In 1130, a fastener 1131 (e.g., an L-shaped bracket) is placed on the adhesive designated area, on which the applied adhesive is placed. Items 1121, 1131, and 1112 show portions of the display structure. The fastener and the display structure may be disposed in the same plane or in different planes. At least a portion of the fastener may be disposed in the same plane or in a different plane relative to the display structure. The display structure may be coupled to the fastener at an angle (e.g., as shown in 1210 in FIG. 12 ). The display structure and the fastener may form a plane (e.g., as shown in 1220 ). FIG. 12 shows an example of a display structure 1211 forming an angle with a fastener 1218, and a display structure 1221 forming a plane with a fastener 1228 . The display structure may include an illuminating entity (e.g., an LED) that radiates more in one direction than in another direction (e.g., radiates more in a forward direction than in a reverse direction). An image displayed by a display matrix may be more clearly seen by one side of the display matrix than by its opposite side. This display construction may include two display matrices (e.g., LED matrices) of an illuminated entity arranged back to back. At least one (e.g., each) of the two display matrices may be arranged with its more illuminated side facing away from a back side (and toward a viewer) and its less illuminated side facing the back side (and away from the viewer). The back-to-back configuration of the display matrices in the display construction may facilitate clear viewing of images from both sides of the display construction. Display constructions having back-to-back display matrices may utilize flat fasteners (e.g., 1228). In some embodiments, two display structures may be arranged adjacent to each other in a back-to-back configuration, for example, such that at least one (e.g., each) of the display structures may have its more illuminated side facing away from the back (and toward a viewer) and its less illuminated side facing the back (and away from the viewer). The two back-to-back display structures may utilize flat fasteners (e.g., 1228) to secure the two display structures to a structure (e.g., a fixture).
於一些實施例中,窗戶設置在外殼中。於一些實施例中,外殼包含藉由至少一結構所界定的區域。至少一結構可包含至少一壁面。外殼可包含及/或包圍一個以上之子外殼。至少一壁面可包含金屬(例如,鋼鐵)、黏土、石頭、塑膠、玻璃、石膏(例如,硫酸鈣)、聚合物(例如,聚氨酯、苯乙烯、或乙烯基)、石棉、玻璃纖維、混凝土(例如,鋼筋混凝土)、木材、紙張、或陶瓷。至少一壁面可包含金屬線、磚塊、塊材(例如,熔渣塊)、瓷磚、不塗泥灰的石牆、或框架(例如,鋼框架)。In some embodiments, the window is disposed in the shell. In some embodiments, the shell includes an area defined by at least one structure. The at least one structure may include at least one wall. The shell may include and/or surround one or more subshells. The at least one wall may include metal (e.g., steel), clay, stone, plastic, glass, plaster (e.g., calcium sulfate), polymer (e.g., polyurethane, styrene, or vinyl), asbestos, fiberglass, concrete (e.g., reinforced concrete), wood, paper, or ceramic. The at least one wall may include wire, brick, block (e.g., slag block), tile, unplastered stone wall, or frame (e.g., steel frame).
在一些實施例中,外殼包含一個以上之開口。一個以上的開口能可逆地關閉。一個以上之開口可為永久地打開。一個以上的開口之基本長度標尺相對界定此外殼的壁面之基本長度標尺可為更小。基本長度標尺可包含邊界圓形的直徑、長度、寬度、或高度。一個以上之開口的表面相對界定此外殼之壁面的表面可為更小。開口表面可為壁面之總表面的百分比。例如,開口表面可佔壁面之約30%、20%、10%、5%或1%。壁面可包含地板、天花板、或側壁。可關閉的開口能藉由至少一窗戶或門件所關閉。外殼可為設施之至少一部分。外殼可包含建築物的至少一部分。此建築物可為私人建築物及/或商業建築物。此建築物可包含一個以上之樓層。建築物(例如,其樓層)可包括以下至少一者:房間、大廳、門廳、閣樓、地下室、陽台(例如,內部或外部陽台)、樓梯間、走廊、電梯豎井、立面、夾層、樓頂房屋、車庫、門廊(例如封閉式門廊)、露台(例如封閉式露台)、自助餐廳、及/或風管。於一些實施例中,外殼可為固定不動及/或可運動的(例如,火車、飛機、輪船、車輛、或火箭)。In some embodiments, the shell includes one or more openings. One or more openings can be reversibly closed. One or more openings can be permanently open. The basic length scale of one or more openings can be smaller than the basic length scale of the wall defining the shell. The basic length scale can include the diameter, length, width, or height of the boundary circle. The surface of one or more openings can be smaller than the surface of the wall defining the shell. The opening surface can be a percentage of the total surface of the wall. For example, the opening surface can account for about 30%, 20%, 10%, 5% or 1% of the wall. The wall can include a floor, a ceiling, or a side wall. The closable opening can be closed by at least one window or door. The shell can be at least a part of a facility. The shell can include at least a part of a building. The building may be a private building and/or a commercial building. The building may include more than one floor. The building (e.g., its floors) may include at least one of the following: a room, a lobby, a foyer, an attic, a basement, a balcony (e.g., an interior or exterior balcony), a stairwell, a corridor, an elevator shaft, a facade, a mezzanine, a loft, a garage, a porch (e.g., an enclosed porch), a terrace (e.g., an enclosed terrace), a cafeteria, and/or an air duct. In some embodiments, the housing may be stationary and/or movable (e.g., a train, an airplane, a ship, a vehicle, or a rocket).
某些經揭示之實施例在外殼(例如,例如建築物的設施)中提供網路基礎建設。網路基礎建設可用於諸多目的,例如用於提供通訊及/或供電業務。通訊服務可包含高帶寬(例如,無線及/或有線)通訊服務。通訊服務可為針對設施之佔用者及/或設施的外側之使用者(例如,建築物)。網路基礎建設可與一個以上的蜂巢式載體之基礎建設協同工作、或作為其部分替換。可在包括電可切換窗戶的設施中提供網路基礎建設。網路基礎建設之部件的範例包括高速回載網路。網路基礎建設可包括至少一電纜、交換器、物理天線、收發器、感測器、發射器、接收器、無線電、處理器及/或控制器(其可包含處理器)。網路基礎建設可操作地耦接至、及/或包括無線網路。網路基礎建設可包含佈線。作為安裝網路的一部分及/或於安裝網路之後,可在環境中部署(例如,安裝)一個以上之感測器。網路基礎建設可建構成便於至少第三代(3G)、第四代(4G)、或第五代(5G)蜂巢式通訊。此網路可建構成便於媒體傳輸(例如,演示、靜圖、或視頻(例如,電影)傳輸)。此網路可建構成用於同時進行資料及電力通訊(例如,在例如同軸電纜之類的相同電纜上)。Certain disclosed embodiments provide a network infrastructure in an enclosure (e.g., a facility such as a building). The network infrastructure may be used for a variety of purposes, such as for providing communications and/or power services. Communications services may include high-bandwidth (e.g., wireless and/or wired) communications services. Communications services may be directed to occupants of the facility and/or users outside of the facility (e.g., a building). The network infrastructure may work in conjunction with, or replace part of, the infrastructure of one or more cellular carriers. The network infrastructure may be provided in a facility that includes electrically switchable windows. Examples of components of the network infrastructure include a high-speed backhaul network. The network infrastructure may include at least one cable, switch, physical antenna, transceiver, sensor, transmitter, receiver, radio, processor and/or controller (which may include a processor). The network infrastructure may be operably coupled to and/or include a wireless network. The network infrastructure may include cabling. As part of installing the network and/or after installing the network, one or more sensors may be deployed (e.g., installed) in the environment. The network infrastructure may be configured to facilitate at least third generation (3G), fourth generation (4G), or fifth generation (5G) cellular communications. The network may be configured to facilitate media transmission (e.g., transmission of presentations, still images, or videos (e.g., movies)). Such a network may be configured to carry both data and power communications simultaneously (e.g., over the same cable such as coaxial cable).
於一些實施例中,外殼包括一個以上之感測器。感測器可便於控制外殼的環境,使得外殼之居住者可具有更舒適、令人愉悅、美觀、健康、生產性(例如就居住者表現而言)、生活(例如,工作)更輕鬆、或其任何組合的環境。感測器可建構成低或高解析度感測器。感測器可提供特定環境事件之發生及/或存在的開/關指示(例如,一像素感測器)。In some embodiments, the enclosure includes one or more sensors. The sensors may facilitate controlling the environment of the enclosure so that occupants of the enclosure may have an environment that is more comfortable, enjoyable, aesthetic, healthy, productive (e.g., in terms of occupant performance), easier to live (e.g., work), or any combination thereof. The sensors may be configured as low or high resolution sensors. The sensors may provide an on/off indication of the occurrence and/or presence of a particular environmental event (e.g., a pixel sensor).
於諸多實施例中,網路基礎建設支撐用於一個以上之觀看窗(例如電致變色(例如,可著色)窗)的控制系統。此控制系統可包含操作地(例如,直接或間接地)耦接至一個以上之窗戶的一個以上之控制器。在一些實施例中,電致變色窗係可光學切換窗、可著色窗、及/或智慧型窗戶的範例。本文所揭示之概念可適用於其他類型的可光學切換裝置,例如包括液晶裝置、或懸浮粒子裝置。例如,代替電致變色裝置、或除了電致變色裝置之外,可實行液晶裝置及/或懸浮粒子裝置。In many embodiments, a network infrastructure supports a control system for one or more viewing windows, such as electrochromic (e.g., tintable) windows. The control system may include one or more controllers operatively coupled (e.g., directly or indirectly) to the one or more windows. In some embodiments, the electrochromic window is an example of an optically switchable window, a tintable window, and/or a smart window. The concepts disclosed herein may be applicable to other types of optically switchable devices, such as liquid crystal devices, or suspended particle devices. For example, a liquid crystal device and/or a suspended particle device may be implemented instead of, or in addition to, an electrochromic device.
在一些實施例中,例如當施加刺激時,可著色窗在窗戶的至少一種光學性質中呈現出(例如可控制及/或可逆之)變化。刺激可包括光學、電及/或磁性刺激。例如,此刺激可包括所施加的電壓。一個以上之可著色窗可使用於控制照明及/或強光條件,例如,藉由調節經過它們傳播的太陽能之傳輸。一個以上的可著色窗可使用於控制建築物內之溫度,例如,藉由調節經過它們傳播的太陽能之傳輸。太陽能的控制可控制外加在設施(例如建築物)內部上之熱負載。此控制可為手動及/或自動的。此控制可為使用於維持一個以上之要求(例如,環境)條件,例如,佔用者舒適度。此控制可包括減少加熱、通風、空調及/或照明系統的能量消耗。加熱、通風、及空調之至少二種可為藉由分開的系統所誘發。加熱、通風、及空調之至少二種可為藉由一系統所誘發。加熱、通風、及空調可為藉由單一系統(在本文中縮寫為「HVAC」)所誘發。於某些案例中,可著色窗能對一個以上的環境感測器及/或使用者控制作出回應(及例如交流地耦接至此)。可著色窗能包含(例如可為)電致變色窗。此等窗戶可為坐落於由結構(例如,設施,例如建築物)之內部至外部的範圍中。然而,不一定是這樣。可著色窗能使用液晶裝置、懸浮粒子裝置、微機電系統(MEMS)裝置(例如微型百葉窗)、或建構為控制經過窗戶之光傳輸的任何技術來操作。在2015年5月15日提交之美國專利申請案序號第14/443,353號、標題為「包括電致變色裝置及機電系統裝置的多玻璃片窗戶」中敘述窗戶(例如,具有用於著色之MEMS裝置),其係全部以引用的方式併入本文中。在某些案例中,一個以上之觀看(例如,可著色)窗可為坐落於建築物內部、例如在會議室與走廊之間。於某些案例中,一個以上的觀看(例如,可著色)窗可為使用在汽車、火車、飛機、及其他車輛中,例如代替被動式及/或非著色窗。In some embodiments, a tintable window exhibits a (e.g., controllable and/or reversible) change in at least one optical property of the window, e.g., when a stimulus is applied. The stimulus may include an optical, electrical, and/or magnetic stimulus. For example, the stimulus may include an applied voltage. One or more tintable windows may be used to control lighting and/or glare conditions, e.g., by regulating the transmission of solar energy propagating through them. One or more tintable windows may be used to control the temperature within a building, e.g., by regulating the transmission of solar energy propagating through them. Solar control may control the heat load imposed on the interior of a facility (e.g., a building). The control may be manual and/or automatic. The control may be used to maintain one or more desired (e.g., environmental) conditions, e.g., occupant comfort. This control may include reducing energy consumption of heating, ventilation, air conditioning and/or lighting systems. At least two of the heating, ventilation, and air conditioning may be induced by separate systems. At least two of the heating, ventilation, and air conditioning may be induced by one system. The heating, ventilation, and air conditioning may be induced by a single system (abbreviated herein as "HVAC"). In some cases, the tintable windows can be responsive to (and, for example, AC-coupled to) one or more environmental sensors and/or user controls. The tintable windows can include (for example, can be) electrochromic windows. Such windows can be located ranging from the interior to the exterior of a structure (e.g., a facility, such as a building). However, this is not necessarily the case. Tintable windows can be operated using liquid crystal devices, suspended particle devices, microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) devices (e.g., micro blinds), or any technology configured to control light transmission through a window. Windows (e.g., having MEMS devices for tinting) are described in U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 14/443,353, filed May 15, 2015, entitled "Multi-pane window including an electrochromic device and an electromechanical system device," which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In some cases, one or more viewing (e.g., tintable) windows may be located inside a building, such as between a conference room and a hallway. In some cases, one or more viewing (e.g., tintable) windows may be used in automobiles, trains, airplanes, and other vehicles, such as to replace passive and/or non-tinted windows.
於一些實施例中,可著色窗包含電致變色裝置(在本文中稱為「EC裝置」(在本文中縮寫為ECD)、或「EC」)。EC裝置可包含至少一塗層,此塗層包括至少一層。此至少一層可包含電致變色材料。於一些實施例中,例如當橫跨EC裝置施加電位時,電致變色材料呈現由一光學狀態至另一光學狀態之變化。電致變色層由一光學狀態至另一光學狀態的轉變可為例如藉由可逆、半可逆、或不可逆之離子插入電致變色材料(例如,藉由嵌入)及電荷平衡電子的對應注入所造成。例如,電致變色層由一光學狀態至另一光學狀態之轉變可例如藉由可逆的離子插入電致變色材料(例如,藉由嵌入)及電荷平衡電子的對應注入所造成。可逆性能為適用於ECD之預期壽命。半可逆意指在一個以上的著色循環上之窗戶的著色之可逆性中的可測量(例如,顯著)退化。於一些情況中,負責光學轉變之離子的一部分係不可逆地對齊在電致變色材料中(例如,且因此窗戶之誘發(變更)著色狀態係不可逆至其原始著色狀態)。在諸多EC裝置中,至少一些(例如,所有)不可逆對齊的離子可使用於補償材料(例如,ECD)中之「遮蔽電荷」。In some embodiments, the tintable window comprises an electrochromic device (referred to herein as an "EC device" (abbreviated herein as ECD), or "EC"). The EC device may include at least one coating, the coating comprising at least one layer. The at least one layer may include an electrochromic material. In some embodiments, the electrochromic material exhibits a change from one optical state to another optical state, for example when an electric potential is applied across the EC device. The transition of the electrochromic layer from one optical state to another optical state may be caused, for example, by reversible, semi-reversible, or irreversible insertion of ions into the electrochromic material (e.g., by embedding) and corresponding injection of charge-balancing electrons. For example, the transition of the electrochromic layer from one optical state to another optical state can be caused, for example, by reversible insertion of ions into the electrochromic material (e.g., by embedding) and corresponding injection of charge-balancing electrons. Reversibility is applicable to the expected lifetime of the ECD. Semi-reversible means a measurable (e.g., significant) degradation in the reversibility of the coloring of the window over one or more coloring cycles. In some cases, a portion of the ions responsible for the optical transition are irreversibly aligned in the electrochromic material (e.g., and therefore the induced (changed) coloring state of the window is irreversible to its original coloring state). In many EC devices, at least some (e.g., all) of the irreversibly aligned ions can be used to compensate for "shading charges" in the material (e.g., ECD).
在一些實施方式中,合適的離子包括陽離子。陽離子可包括鋰離子(Li+)及/或氫離子(H+)(亦即質子)。於一些實施例中,其他離子可為合適的。陽離子之嵌入可為進入(例如,金屬)氧化物。離子(例如陽離子)進入氧化物的嵌入狀態中之變化可導致氧化物的著色(例如顏色)中之可見變化。例如,氧化物可由無色狀態轉變為彩色狀態。例如,將鋰離子嵌入氧化鎢(WO3-y(0<y≦~0.3))可造成氧化鎢由透明狀態改變為彩色(例如藍色)狀態。如本文所述的EC裝置塗層係坐落於可著色窗之可見部分內,使得EC裝置塗層的著色可使用於控制可著色窗之光學狀態。In some embodiments, suitable ions include cations. Cations may include lithium ions (Li+) and/or hydrogen ions (H+) (i.e., protons). In some embodiments, other ions may be suitable. Insertion of cations may be into (e.g., metal) oxides. Changes in the insertion state of ions (e.g., cations) into oxides may result in visible changes in the coloration (e.g., color) of the oxide. For example, the oxide may change from a colorless state to a colored state. For example, inserting lithium ions into tungsten oxide (WO3-y (0<y≦~0.3)) may cause the tungsten oxide to change from a transparent state to a colored (e.g., blue) state. The EC device coating as described herein is located within a visible portion of a tintable window such that the tinting of the EC device coating can be used to control the optical state of the tintable window.
圖13顯示按照一些實施例的電致變色構造1300之示意性橫截面的範例。EC裝置塗層係附著至基板1302、透明導電層(TCL)1304、電致變色層(EC)1306(有時亦稱為陰極上色層或陰極著色層)、離子導電層或區域(IC)1308、對向電極層(CE)1310(有時亦稱為陽極上色層或陽極著色層)、及第二TCL 1314。元素1304、1306、1308、1310及1314共同地稱為電致變色疊層1320。可操作來橫越電致變色疊層1320施加電位之電壓源1316實現電致變色塗層由例如透明狀態至著色狀態的轉變。在其他實施例中,相對於基板,層之順序相反。亦即,這些層按以下順序:基板、TCL、對向電極層、離子導電層、電致變色材料層、TCL。13 shows an example of a schematic cross-section of an electrochromic structure 1300 according to some embodiments. The EC device coating is attached to a substrate 1302, a transparent conductive layer (TCL) 1304, an electrochromic layer (EC) 1306 (sometimes also referred to as a cathode color layer or cathode color layer), an ion conductive layer or region (IC) 1308, a counter electrode layer (CE) 1310 (sometimes also referred to as an anode color layer or anode color layer), and a second TCL 1314. Elements 1304, 1306, 1308, 1310, and 1314 are collectively referred to as an electrochromic stack 1320. A voltage source 1316 operable to apply a potential across the electrochromic stack 1320 to effectuate a transition of the electrochromic coating from, for example, a transparent state to a colored state. In other embodiments, the order of the layers is reversed relative to the substrate. That is, the layers are in the following order: substrate, TCL, counter electrode layer, ion conductive layer, electrochromic material layer, TCL.
在諸多實施例中,離子導體區域(例如1308)可由EC層(例如1306)的一部分及/或由CE層(例如1310)之一部分形成。於此等實施例中,可沉積電致變色疊層(例如1320),以包括與陽極上色的對向電極材料(CE層)直接物理接觸之陰極上色的電致變色材料(EC層)。可例如經由加熱及/或其他處理步驟在EC層及CE層相遇之處形成離子導體區域(有時稱為界面區域、或稱為離子傳導的實質上電絕緣之層或區域)。可於2012年5月2日提交的美國專利申請案第13/462,725號、標題為「電致變色裝置」中發現電致變色裝置之範例(例如,包括那些未沉積不同離子導體材料所製造者),其係全部以引用的方式併入本文中。在一些實施例中,EC裝置塗層可包括一個以上之額外層、例如一個以上的被動層。被動層可使用於改善某些光學性能,提供濕氣,及/或提供耐刮擦性。這些及/或其他被動層可用於氣密地密封EC疊層1320。可用抗反射及/或保護層(例如,氧化物及/或氮化物層)處理包括透明導電層(例如1304及1314)之諸多層。In many embodiments, the ion conductor region (e.g., 1308) can be formed by a portion of the EC layer (e.g., 1306) and/or by a portion of the CE layer (e.g., 1310). In these embodiments, an electrochromic stack (e.g., 1320) can be deposited to include a cathodically colored electrochromic material (EC layer) in direct physical contact with an anodically colored counter electrode material (CE layer). An ion conductor region (sometimes referred to as an interfacial region, or as a substantially electrically insulating layer or region of ion conduction) can be formed where the EC layer and the CE layer meet, for example, by heating and/or other processing steps. Examples of electrochromic devices (e.g., including those made without depositing different ion conductor materials) can be found in U.S. Patent Application No. 13/462,725, filed May 2, 2012, entitled "ELECTROCHROMIC DEVICES," which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In some embodiments, the EC device coating may include one or more additional layers, such as one or more passive layers. Passive layers may be used to improve certain optical properties, provide moisture, and/or provide scratch resistance. These and/or other passive layers may be used to hermetically seal the EC stack 1320. Multiple layers including transparent conductive layers (eg, 1304 and 1314) may be treated with anti-reflective and/or protective layers (eg, oxide and/or nitride layers).
在某些實施例中,電致變色裝置建構成(例如,實質上)於透明狀態與著色狀態之間可逆地循環。可逆性能在ECD的預期壽命內。預期壽命可為至少約2年、5年、10年、15年、25年、50年、75年、或100年。預期壽命可為前述值之間的任何值(例如,由約5y至約100y、由約2y至約25y、由約25y至約50y、或由約50y至約100y)。可將電位施加至電致變色疊層(例如1320),使得當窗戶處於第一著色狀態(例如,透明)中時,疊層中之可用離子能造成電致變色材料(例如1306)處於主要駐留在對向電極(例如1310)中的著色狀態中。當施加至電致變色疊層之電位反轉時,離子可橫跨離子傳導層(例如1308)運送至電致變色材料,並造成材料進入第二著色狀態(例如,著色狀態)。In certain embodiments, the electrochromic device is configured (e.g., substantially) to reversibly cycle between a transparent state and a colored state. The reversibility is within the expected lifetime of the ECD. The expected lifetime may be at least about 2 years, 5 years, 10 years, 15 years, 25 years, 50 years, 75 years, or 100 years. The expected lifetime may be any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 5y to about 100y, from about 2y to about 25y, from about 25y to about 50y, or from about 50y to about 100y). A potential may be applied to the electrochromic stack (e.g., 1320) such that when the window is in a first tinted state (e.g., transparent), available ions in the stack can cause the electrochromic material (e.g., 1306) to be in a tinted state where it resides primarily in the counter electrode (e.g., 1310). When the potential applied to the electrochromic stack is reversed, ions can be transported across the ion conducting layer (e.g., 1308) to the electrochromic material and cause the material to enter a second tinted state (e.g., tinted state).
應當理解,對透明狀態與著色狀態之間的轉變之引用係非限制性,且在許多實施例之中僅建議可實現的電致變色轉變之一範例。除非本文中另有說明,否則每當引用透明-著色的轉變時,對應裝置或製程涵蓋其他光學狀態轉變、例如非反射-反射、及/或透明-不透明之類。於一些實施例中,「透明」及「脫色」等詞意指光學中性狀態、例如未著色、不透明及/或半透明。在一些實施例中,電致變色轉變的「顏色」或「著色」不限於任何波長或波長範圍。合適的電致變色材料及對向電極材料之選擇可支配相關的光學轉變(例如,由著色至未著色狀態)。It should be understood that references to transitions between a transparent state and a colored state are non-limiting and, in many embodiments, merely suggest one example of an achievable electrochromic transition. Unless otherwise specified herein, whenever a transparent-colored transition is referenced, the corresponding device or process encompasses other optical state transitions, such as non-reflective-reflective, and/or transparent-opaque. In some embodiments, the words "transparent" and "decolorized" refer to an optically neutral state, such as uncolored, opaque, and/or translucent. In some embodiments, the "color" or "coloring" of the electrochromic transition is not limited to any wavelength or wavelength range. The selection of suitable electrochromic materials and counter-electrode materials may govern the associated optical transitions (e.g., from a colored to an uncolored state).
在某些實施例中,組成電致變色疊層之材料的至少一部分(例如,全部)係無機的、固體(亦即,處於固態)、或無機及固體兩者。由於諸多有機材料會隨著時間之推移而傾向於退化,尤其是當如著色建築窗戶般暴露至熱及紫外線時,無機材料提供能長時間起作用的可靠電致變色疊層之優點。在一些實施例中,於固態中的材料可提供污染最小及使洩漏問題最小化之優點,有時就像在液態中的材料那樣。疊層中之一個以上的層可含有一定量之有機材料(例如,其係可測量的)。ECD或其任何部分(例如,一個以上之層)可含有很少或沒有可測量的有機物質。ECD或其任何部分(例如,一個以上之層)可含有一個以上的能少量存在之液體。很少量可為ECD的最多約100 ppm、10 ppm、或1 ppm。固態材料可使用一個以上之採用液體組分的製程來沉積(或以其他方式形成),此等製程例如採用溶膠-凝膠、物理氣相沉積、及/或化學氣相沉積之某些製程。In some embodiments, at least a portion (e.g., all) of the materials that make up the electrochromic stack are inorganic, solid (i.e., in a solid state), or both inorganic and solid. Since many organic materials tend to degrade over time, especially when exposed to heat and ultraviolet light such as tinted building windows, inorganic materials offer the advantage of a reliable electrochromic stack that functions for a long time. In some embodiments, materials in a solid state can offer the advantage of minimal contamination and leakage problems, sometimes like materials in a liquid state. One or more layers in the stack may contain an amount of organic material (e.g., that is measurable). The ECD or any portion thereof (e.g., one or more layers) may contain little or no measurable organic matter. The ECD or any portion thereof (e.g., one or more layers) may contain one or more liquids that may be present in small amounts. Small amounts may be up to about 100 ppm, 10 ppm, or 1 ppm of the ECD. The solid material may be deposited (or otherwise formed) using one or more processes that employ liquid components, such as certain processes that employ sol-gel, physical vapor deposition, and/or chemical vapor deposition.
圖14顯示按照一些實施方式的體現於隔熱玻璃單元(「IGU」)1400中之可著色窗的截面圖之範例。當提供用於在建築物中安裝時,可為想要的是使IGUs充當用於固持電致變色玻璃片之基本構造(在本文中亦稱為「薄板(lites)」並以單數形式「薄板(lite)」表示)。IGU薄板可為單一基板或多數基板構造。薄板可包含例如二基板的層疊件。IGU(例如,具有雙玻璃片或三玻璃片組構)可提供優於單一玻璃片組構之許多優點,例如,當與單一玻璃片組構相比,多數玻璃片組構可提供增強的隔熱性、隔音性、環保性及/或耐用性。多數玻璃片組構可為ECD提供增強之保護。例如,電致變色膜(例如,以及相關聯的層及導電互連部)可為形成在多數玻璃片IGU之內部表面上,並藉由IGU的內部容積(例如1408)中之惰性氣體填充物所保護。惰性氣體填充物可提供用於IGU的至少一些(隔熱)絕緣功能。電致變色IGUs可例如由於吸收(及/或反射)熱及光之可著色塗層而具有熱阻擋能力。FIG. 14 shows an example of a cross-sectional view of a tintable window embodied in an insulating glass unit (“IGU”) 1400, according to some embodiments. When provided for installation in a building, it may be desirable for IGUs to function as a basic structure for holding electrochromic glass sheets (also referred to herein as “lites” and indicated in the singular “lite”). IGU sheets may be single substrate or multiple substrate structures. A sheet may include, for example, a stack of two substrates. An IGU (e.g., having a double or triple glass configuration) may provide many advantages over a single glass configuration, for example, a multiple glass configuration may provide enhanced thermal insulation, acoustic insulation, environmental friendliness, and/or durability when compared to a single glass configuration. A multiple glass configuration may provide enhanced protection for an ECD. For example, an electrochromic film (e.g., and associated layers and conductive interconnects) can be formed on the interior surface of a multi-glass sheet IGU and protected by an inert gas fill in the interior volume of the IGU (e.g., 1408). The inert gas fill can provide at least some (thermal) insulation functionality for the IGU. Electrochromic IGUs can have thermal blocking capabilities, for example, due to a colorable coating that absorbs (and/or reflects) heat and light.
在一些實施例中,「IGU」包括二(個以上的)實質上透明之基板。例如,IGU可包括二玻璃片。IGU的至少一基板可包括設置於其上之電致變色裝置。IGU的一個以上之玻璃片可具有設置於其間的分隔物。IGU可為氣密式密封構造,例如具有與周遭環境隔離之內部區域。「窗戶組件」可包括IGU。「窗戶組件」可包括(例如獨立的)層疊件。「窗戶組件」可包括一條以上之導線,例如,用於連接IGU及/或層疊件。電引線可將一個以上的電致變色裝置操作地耦接(例如連接)至電壓源、開關等,並可包括支撐IGU或層疊件之框架。窗戶組件可包括窗戶控制器、及/或窗戶控制器的部件(例如,對接器)。In some embodiments, an "IGU" includes two (or more) substantially transparent substrates. For example, an IGU may include two glass sheets. At least one substrate of the IGU may include an electrochromic device disposed thereon. One or more glass sheets of the IGU may have a partition disposed therebetween. The IGU may be an airtight sealed structure, for example, having an internal area isolated from the surrounding environment. A "window assembly" may include an IGU. A "window assembly" may include a (e.g., independent) laminate. A "window assembly" may include one or more wires, for example, for connecting the IGU and/or laminate. The electrical leads may operatively couple (e.g., connect) one or more electrochromic devices to a voltage source, a switch, etc., and may include a frame supporting the IGU or laminate. The window assembly may include a window controller, and/or components of a window controller (eg, a docking station).
圖14顯示IGU 1400之示範實施方式,其包括具有第一表面S1及第二表面S2的第一玻璃片1404。在一些實施方式中,第一玻璃片1404之第一表面S1面向外部環境、例如戶外或外側環境。IGU 1400亦包括具有第一表面S3及第二表面S4的第二玻璃片1406。於一些實施方式中,第二玻璃片(例如1406)之第二表面(例如S4)面向內部環境,例如住家、建築物、車輛、或其隔間的內側環境(例如,其中之圍起來的地方、例如房間)。FIG. 14 shows an exemplary embodiment of an IGU 1400, which includes a first glass sheet 1404 having a first surface S1 and a second surface S2. In some embodiments, the first surface S1 of the first glass sheet 1404 faces an external environment, such as an outdoor or exterior environment. The IGU 1400 also includes a second glass sheet 1406 having a first surface S3 and a second surface S4. In some embodiments, the second surface (e.g., S4) of the second glass sheet (e.g., 1406) faces an internal environment, such as an interior environment of a home, building, vehicle, or a compartment thereof (e.g., an enclosed area therein, such as a room).
在一些實施方式中,第一及第二玻璃片(例如1404及1406)係透明或半透明的,例如至少對於可見光譜中之光。例如,每一玻璃片(例如1404及1406)可為由玻璃材料所形成。玻璃材料可包括建築玻璃及/或防碎玻璃。玻璃可包含氧化矽(SO x)。玻璃可包含鈉鈣玻璃或浮法玻璃。玻璃可包含至少約75%的二氧化矽(SiO 2)。玻璃可包含氧化物、例如Na 2O或CaO。玻璃可包含鹼氧化物或鹼土氧化物。此玻璃可包含一個以上之添加劑。第一及/或第二玻璃片可包括具有合適的光學、電、熱、及/或機械性質之任何材料。可包括於第一及/或第二玻璃片中的其他材料(例如,基材)係塑膠、半塑膠及/或熱塑性材料,例如,聚(甲基丙烯酸甲酯)、聚苯乙烯、聚碳酸酯、烯丙基碳酸二乙二醇酯、SAN(苯乙烯丙烯腈共聚物)、聚(4-甲基-1-戊烯)、聚酯、及/或聚醯胺。第一及/或第二玻璃片可包括鏡面材料(例如,銀)。在一些實施方式中,第一及/或第二玻璃片可被強化。強化可包括回火、加熱、及/或化學強化。 In some embodiments, the first and second glass sheets (e.g., 1404 and 1406) are transparent or translucent, for example, at least to light in the visible spectrum. For example, each glass sheet (e.g., 1404 and 1406) can be formed of a glass material. The glass material can include architectural glass and/or shatterproof glass. The glass can include silicon oxide (SO x ). The glass can include sodium calcium glass or float glass. The glass can include at least about 75% silicon dioxide (SiO 2 ). The glass can include an oxide, such as Na 2 O or CaO. The glass can include an alkali oxide or an alkali earth oxide. The glass can include one or more additives. The first and/or second glass sheets can include any material having suitable optical, electrical, thermal, and/or mechanical properties. Other materials (e.g., substrates) that may be included in the first and/or second glass sheets are plastic, semi-plastic, and/or thermoplastic materials, such as poly(methyl methacrylate), polystyrene, polycarbonate, diethylene glycol allyl carbonate, SAN (styrene acrylonitrile copolymer), poly(4-methyl-1-pentene), polyester, and/or polyamide. The first and/or second glass sheets may include a mirror material (e.g., silver). In some embodiments, the first and/or second glass sheets may be strengthened. Strengthening may include tempering, heating, and/or chemical strengthening.
於一些實施例中,一個以上的感測器係操作地耦接到至少一控制器及/或處理器。感測器讀數可藉由一個以上之處理器及/或控制器獲得。控制器可包含處理單元(例如,CPU或GPU)。控制器可接收輸入(例如,來自至少一感測器)。控制器可包含電路系統、導線、光學配線、插座、及/或出口。控制器可傳遞輸出。控制器可包含多數(例如,子)控制器。控制器可為控制系統的一部分。控制系統可包含主控制器、樓層(例如,包含網路控制器)控制器、局部控制器。局部控制器可為窗戶控制器(例如,控制光學可切換窗戶)、外殼控制器、或部件控制器。例如,控制器可為階層控制系統之一部分(例如,包含引導一個以上的控制器(例如,樓層控制器、局部控制器(例如,窗戶控制器)、外殼控制器、及/或部件控制器之主控制器)。階層控制系統中的控制器類型之物理位置可為正在修改。例如:於第一時間:第一處理器可承擔主控制器的角色,第二處理器可承擔樓層控制器之角色,而第三處理器可承擔局部控制器的角色。在第二時間:第二處理器可承擔主控制器之角色,第一處理器可承擔樓層控制器的角色,而第三處理器可保持局部控制器之角色。在第三時間:第三處理器可承擔主控制器的角色,第二處理器可承擔樓層控制器之角色,且第一處理器可承擔局部控制器的角色。控制器可控制一個以上之裝置(例如,直接耦接至裝置)。控制器可設置成接近其正在控制的一個以上之裝置。例如,控制器可控制光學可切換裝置(例如,IGU)、天線、感測器、及/或輸出裝置(例如,光源、聲音源、氣味源、氣體源、HVAC出口、或加熱器)。於一實施例中,樓層控制器可引導一個以上的窗戶控制器、一個以上之外殼控制器、一個以上的部件控制器、或其任意組合。樓層控制器可包含樓層控制器。例如,樓層(例如,包含網路)控制器可控制複數局部(例如,包含窗戶)控制器。複數局部控制器可設置在設施之一部分中(例如,建築物的一部分中)。設施之此部分可為設施的樓層。例如,可將樓層控制器分派給樓層。於一些實施例中,樓層可包含複數樓層控制器,例如,取決於樓層尺寸及/或耦接至樓層控制器之局部控制器的數目。例如,可將樓層控制器分派給樓層之一部分。例如,可將樓層控制器分派給設置在設施中的局部控制器之一部分。例如,可將樓層控制器分派給設施的樓層之一部分。主控制器可耦接至一個以上的樓層控制器。樓層控制器可設置於設施中。主控制器可設置在設施中、或設置於設施外部。主控制器可設置在雲中。控制器可為建築物管理系統之一部分或操作地耦接至建築物管理系統。控制器可接收一個以上的輸入。控制器可生成一個以上之輸出。控制器可為單一輸入單一輸出控制器(SISO)或多數輸入多數輸出控制器(MIMO)。控制器可解譯所接收的輸入訊號。控制器可由一個以上的部件(例如,感測器)獲取資料。獲取可包含接收或擷取。資料可包含測量、估計、決定、生成、或其任何組合。控制器可包含回饋控制。控制器可包含前饋控制。控制可包含開關控制、比例控制、比例積分(PI)控制、或比例積分微分(PID)控制。控制可包含開環控制、或閉環控制。控制器可包含閉環控制。控制器可包含開環控制。控制器可包含使用者界面。使用者界面可包含(或操作地耦接至)鍵盤、小鍵盤、滑鼠、觸控螢幕、麥克風、語音辨識包、照相機、成像系統、或其任何組合。輸出可包括顯示器(例如螢幕)、揚聲器、或印表機。圖15顯示控制系統架構1500之範例,控制系統架構1500包含控制樓層控制器1506的主控制器1508,其依序控制局部控制器1504。在一些實施例中,局部控制器控制一個以上的IGU、一個以上之感測器、一個以上的輸出裝置(例如,一個以上之發射器)、或其任何組合。圖15顯示一組構的範例,其中主控制器係操作地耦接(例如,無線及/或有線)至建築物管理系統(BMS)1524及資料庫1520。圖15中之箭頭表示通訊路徑。控制器能為可操作地耦接(例如,直接/間接及/或有線及/或無線地)至外部來源1510。外部來源可包含網路。外部來源可包含一個以上的感測器或輸出裝置。外部來源可包含基於雲之應用程式及/或資料庫。此通訊可為有線及/或無線的。外部來源可為設置於設施外部。例如,外部來源可包含例如設置在設施之壁面或天花板上的一個以上之感測器及/或天線。通訊可為單向或雙向的。於圖15所示範例中,所有通訊箭頭均意指為雙向的。圖15顯示圍起來之地方1501(例如,建築物)的立體圖之範例。In some embodiments, one or more sensors are operatively coupled to at least one controller and/or processor. Sensor readings may be obtained by one or more processors and/or controllers. The controller may include a processing unit (e.g., a CPU or GPU). The controller may receive input (e.g., from at least one sensor). The controller may include circuitry, wires, optical wiring, sockets, and/or outlets. The controller may deliver output. The controller may include a plurality of (e.g., sub) controllers. The controller may be part of a control system. The control system may include a main controller, a floor controller (e.g., including a network controller), a local controller. The local controller may be a window controller (e.g., controlling an optically switchable window), an enclosure controller, or a component controller. For example, a controller may be part of a hierarchical control system (e.g., including a master controller that directs more than one controller (e.g., a floor controller, a local controller (e.g., a window controller), an enclosure controller, and/or a component controller). The physical location of the controller types in the hierarchical control system may be modified. For example: at a first time: a first processor may assume the role of the master controller, a second processor may assume the role of the floor controller, and a third processor may assume the role of the local controller. At a second time: the second processor may assume the role of the master controller, the first processor may assume the role of the local controller. At a third time: the third processor may assume the role of the master controller, the second processor may assume the role of the floor controller, and the first processor may assume the role of the local controller. A controller may control more than one device (e.g., directly coupled to the device). A controller may be located proximate to one or more devices that it is controlling. For example, a controller may control an optically switchable device (e.g., an IGU), an antenna, a sensor, and/or an output device (e.g., a light source, a sound source, an odor source, a gas source, an HVA C outlet, or heater). In one embodiment, a floor controller may direct one or more window controllers, one or more enclosure controllers, one or more component controllers, or any combination thereof. A floor controller may include a floor controller. For example, a floor (e.g., including a network) controller may control a plurality of local (e.g., including window) controllers. A plurality of local controllers may be located in a portion of a facility (e.g., in a portion of a building). This portion of the facility may be a floor of the facility. For example, a floor controller may be assigned to a floor. In some embodiments, a floor may include a plurality of floor controllers. The number of local controllers coupled to the floor controller may depend, for example, on the size of the floor and/or the number of local controllers coupled to the floor controller. For example, a floor controller may be assigned to a portion of a floor. For example, a floor controller may be assigned to a portion of local controllers located in a facility. For example, a floor controller may be assigned to a portion of floors of a facility. A master controller may be coupled to more than one floor controller. A floor controller may be located in a facility. A master controller may be located in a facility or external to the facility. A master controller may be located in the cloud. A controller may be part of a building management system or operatively coupled to a building. Building management system. A controller may receive more than one input. A controller may generate more than one output. A controller may be a single input single output controller (SISO) or a multiple input multiple output controller (MIMO). A controller may interpret a received input signal. A controller may acquire data from more than one component (e.g., a sensor). Acquisition may include receiving or capturing. Data may include measuring, estimating, determining, generating, or any combination thereof. A controller may include feedback control. A controller may include feedforward control. Control may include switching control, proportional control, proportional integral (PI) control, or a combination thereof. ) control, or proportional integral derivative (PID) control. The control may include open loop control, or closed loop control. The controller may include closed loop control. The controller may include open loop control. The controller may include a user interface. The user interface may include (or be operatively coupled to) a keyboard, a keypad, a mouse, a touch screen, a microphone, a voice recognition package, a camera, an imaging system, or any combination thereof. The output may include a display (e.g., a screen), a speaker, or a printer. FIG. 15 shows an example of a control system architecture 1500, which includes a main control floor controller 1506. Controller 1508, which in turn controls local controller 1504. In some embodiments, the local controller controls more than one IGU, more than one sensor, more than one output device (e.g., more than one transmitter), or any combination thereof. FIG. 15 shows an example of an architecture in which the master controller is operatively coupled (e.g., wirelessly and/or wired) to a building management system (BMS) 1524 and a database 1520. The arrows in FIG. 15 represent communication paths. The controller can be operatively coupled (e.g., directly/indirectly and/or wired and/or wirelessly) to External sources 1510. The external source may include a network. The external source may include one or more sensors or output devices. The external source may include cloud-based applications and/or databases. The communication may be wired and/or wireless. The external source may be located outside the facility. For example, the external source may include one or more sensors and/or antennas, such as those located on the walls or ceiling of the facility. The communication may be one-way or two-way. In the example shown in Figure 15, all communication arrows are meant to be two-way. Figure 15 shows an example of a three-dimensional view of an enclosed area 1501 (e.g., a building).
控制器可監控及/或引導(例如,物理地)本文所敘述的設備、軟體及/或方法之操作條件的變更。控制可包含調節、操縱、限制、引導、監控、調整、調制、變動、變更、約束、檢查、導引、或管理。受控制(例如,藉由控制器)可包括衰減、調制、變動、管理、抑制、訓導、規範、約束、監督、操縱、及/或導引。此控制可包含控制一控制變數(例如溫度、電力、電壓、及/或設定檔)。此控制可包含即時或離線控制。控制器所利用的計算可被即時及/或離線完成。控制器可為手動或非手動控制器。此控制器可為自動控制器。控制器可應要求操作。此控制器能為可程式化控制器。控制器可被程式化。控制器可包含處理單元(例如,CPU或GPU)。控制器可接收輸入(例如,來自至少一感測器)。控制器可傳遞輸出。此控制器可包含多數(例如,子)控制器。控制器可為控制系統之一部分。控制系統可包含主控制器、樓層控制器、局部控制器(例如,外殼控制器或窗戶控制器)。控制器可接收一個以上的輸入。控制器可生成一個以上之輸出。控制器可為單一輸入單一輸出控制器(SISO)或多數輸入多數輸出控制器(MIMO)。控制器可解譯所接收的輸入訊號。控制器可由一個以上之感測器獲取資料。獲取可包含接收或擷取。資料可包含測量、估計、決定、生成、或其任何組合。控制器可包含回饋控制。控制器可包含前饋控制。控制可包含開關控制、比例控制、比例積分(PI)控制、或比例積分微分(PID)控制。控制可包含開環控制、或閉環控制。控制器可包含閉環控制。控制器可包含開環控制。控制器可包含使用者界面。使用者界面可包含(或操作地耦接至)鍵盤、小鍵盤、滑鼠、觸控螢幕、麥克風、語音辨識包、照相機、成像系統、或其任何組合。輸出可包括顯示器(例如螢幕)、揚聲器、或印表機。本文所敘述的方法、系統、及/或設備可包含控制系統。控制系統可為與本文所敘述之任何設備(例如,感測器)通訊。感測器可為例如本文所述的相同類型或不同類型。例如,控制系統可為與第一感測器及/或第二感測器通訊。控制系統可控制一個以上之感測器。控制系統可控制建築物管理系統(例如,照明、安全、及/或空氣調節系統)的一個以上之部件。控制器可調節外殼的至少一(例如,環境)特徵。控制系統可使用建築物管理系統之任何部件來調節外殼環境。例如,控制系統可調節藉由加熱元件及/或冷卻元件所供應的能量。例如,控制系統可調節流經通風孔及/或來自外殼之空氣的速度。控制系統可包含處理器。處理器可為處理單元。控制器可包含處理單元。處理單元可為中央的。處理單元可包含中央處理單元(在此縮寫為「CPU」)。處理單元可為圖形處理單元(於本文中縮寫為「GPU」)。控制器或控制機構(例如,包含電腦系統)可被程式化為實施本揭示內容之一個以上的方法。處理器可被程式化以實施本揭示內容之方法。控制器可控制本文所揭示的成形系統及/或設備之至少一部件。A controller may monitor and/or direct (e.g., physically) changes in operating conditions of the apparatus, software, and/or methods described herein. Control may include regulating, manipulating, limiting, directing, monitoring, adjusting, modulating, varying, changing, constraining, checking, directing, or managing. Being controlled (e.g., by a controller) may include attenuating, modulating, varying, managing, inhibiting, coaching, regulating, constraining, supervising, manipulating, and/or directing. The control may include controlling a control variable (e.g., temperature, power, voltage, and/or a profile). The control may include real-time or offline control. The calculations utilized by the controller may be performed in real-time and/or offline. The controller may be a manual or non-manual controller. The controller may be an automatic controller. The controller may operate on demand. The controller may be a programmable controller. The controller may be programmed. The controller may include a processing unit (e.g., a CPU or a GPU). The controller may receive input (e.g., from at least one sensor). The controller may transmit output. This controller may include multiple (e.g., sub) controllers. The controller may be part of a control system. The control system may include a main controller, a floor controller, a local controller (e.g., an enclosure controller or a window controller). The controller may receive more than one input. The controller may generate more than one output. The controller may be a single-input single-output controller (SISO) or a multiple-input multiple-output controller (MIMO). The controller may interpret the received input signal. The controller may acquire data from more than one sensor. Acquisition may include receiving or capturing. The data may include measuring, estimating, determining, generating, or any combination thereof. The controller may include feedback control. The controller may include feedforward control. The control may include switch control, proportional control, proportional integral (PI) control, or proportional integral derivative (PID) control. The control may include open loop control, or closed loop control. The controller may include closed loop control. The controller may include open loop control. The controller may include a user interface. The user interface may include (or be operatively coupled to) a keyboard, a keypad, a mouse, a touch screen, a microphone, a voice recognition package, a camera, an imaging system, or any combination thereof. The output may include a display (e.g., a screen), a speaker, or a printer. The methods, systems, and/or apparatus described herein may include a control system. The control system may be in communication with any device (e.g., a sensor) described herein. The sensor may be of the same type or a different type, such as described herein. For example, the control system may be in communication with the first sensor and/or the second sensor. The control system may control more than one sensor. The control system may control more than one component of a building management system (e.g., lighting, security, and/or air conditioning system). The controller may adjust at least one (e.g., environmental) characteristic of the enclosure. The control system may use any component of the building management system to adjust the enclosure environment. For example, the control system may adjust the energy supplied by the heating element and/or the cooling element. For example, the control system may adjust the speed of air flowing through the vents and/or from the enclosure. The control system may include a processor. The processor may be a processing unit. The controller may include a processing unit. The processing unit may be central. The processing unit may include a central processing unit (abbreviated herein as "CPU"). The processing unit may be a graphics processing unit (abbreviated herein as "GPU"). A controller or control mechanism (e.g., including a computer system) may be programmed to implement one or more methods of the present disclosure. The processor may be programmed to implement the method of the present disclosure. The controller may control at least one component of the forming system and/or apparatus disclosed herein.
圖16顯示電腦系統1600的示意性範例,此電腦系統1600被程式化或以其他方式建構為本文所提供之任何方法的一個以上之操作。電腦系統可控制(例如,直接、監控、及/或調節)本揭示內容的方法、設備及系統之諸多特徵,例如,控制外殼的加熱、冷卻、照明及/或通氣、或其任何組合。電腦系統可為本文所揭示之任何感測器或裝置(例如,包括感測器及/或發射器)組件的一部分或與之通訊。電腦可耦接至本文所揭示的一個以上之機構及/或其任何部分。例如,電腦可耦接至一個以上的感測器、閥門、開關、燈、窗戶(例如,IGUs)、馬達、泵、光學部件、或其任意組合。FIG. 16 shows a schematic example of a
在一些實施例中,電路系統操作地(例如,交流地)耦接至外殼(例如,包含建築物之設施)的網路。電路系統可包含驅動器板件或控制器。控制器可為本文所揭示之任何控制器(例如,時序控制器、觸控螢幕控制器、及/或(例如,階層)控制系統的任何控制器)。控制器能可操作地耦接至裝置集體。裝置集體可包含感測器或發射器。例如,裝置集體可包含複數感測器、複數發射器、或其任意組合。發射器可為光發射器(例如,LED)或聲音發射器(例如,蜂鳴器或揚聲器)。感測器可感測環境之任何環境特徵(例如,光、溫度、化學成分(例如,大氣)、或聲音)。化學成分可包含揮發性有機化合物(VOC)、二氧化碳、氧氣、一氧化碳、硫化氫、或濕氣。控制系統可建構成例如使用建築物管理系統來控制(例如,經由網路)環境。控制系統可建構成控制(例如,經由網路)圍起來的地方(例如,設施)之通風系統、加熱系統、空調系統、冷卻系統、照明系統、保防系統、安全系統、火災系統、或聲音系統。控制系統可建構成控制(例如,經由網路)至少一可著色窗、顯示器構造、及/或觸控螢幕。網路可便於更新與其操作地(例如,交流地)耦接的裝置相關聯之任何軟體(例如,非暫態電腦可讀媒體)。網路可便於更新與其操作地(例如,交流地)耦接的裝置相關聯之任何邏輯(例如,控制邏輯)。邏輯可嵌入軟體中。網路可便於更新與其操作地(例如,交流地)耦接的裝置相關聯之任何資料流。此更新可為即時的。網路可便於具有最多約2毫秒(ms)、3 ms、4 ms、5 ms、7 ms、10 ms或15 ms之延遲的回應時間及/或更新時間。網路可促進低延遲通訊。顯示器構造、觸控螢幕功能性、及/或可著色窗可(例如,每一者)具有唯一識別(字母數字)碼。藉由網路及/或控制系統可唯一地辨識顯示器構造、觸控螢幕功能性、及/或可著色窗(例如,每一者)。藉由網路及/或控制系統可將顯示器構造、觸控螢幕功能性、及/或可著色窗(例如,每一者)唯一地識別為一裝置及/或節點。In some embodiments, the circuit system is operatively (e.g., AC) coupled to a network of an enclosure (e.g., a facility containing a building). The circuit system may include a driver board or a controller. The controller may be any controller disclosed herein (e.g., a timing controller, a touch screen controller, and/or any controller of a (e.g., hierarchical) control system). The controller may be operatively coupled to a device collection. The device collection may include a sensor or an emitter. For example, the device collection may include a plurality of sensors, a plurality of emitters, or any combination thereof. The emitter may be a light emitter (e.g., an LED) or a sound emitter (e.g., a buzzer or a speaker). The sensor may sense any environmental characteristic of the environment (e.g., light, temperature, chemical composition (e.g., atmosphere), or sound). The chemical components may include volatile organic compounds (VOCs), carbon dioxide, oxygen, carbon monoxide, hydrogen sulfide, or moisture. The control system may be configured to control (e.g., via a network) an environment, such as using a building management system. The control system may be configured to control (e.g., via a network) a ventilation system, a heating system, an air conditioning system, a cooling system, a lighting system, a security system, a safety system, a fire system, or a sound system of an enclosed area (e.g., a facility). The control system may be configured to control (e.g., via a network) at least one tintable window, a display structure, and/or a touch screen. The network may facilitate updating of any software (e.g., non-transitory computer-readable media) associated with a device to which it is operatively (e.g., AC) coupled. The network may facilitate updating any logic (e.g., control logic) associated with a device to which it is operatively (e.g., AC) coupled. The logic may be embedded in software. The network may facilitate updating any data stream associated with a device to which it is operatively (e.g., AC) coupled. This update may be real-time. The network may facilitate response times and/or update times with a latency of up to approximately 2 milliseconds (ms), 3 ms, 4 ms, 5 ms, 7 ms, 10 ms, or 15 ms. The network may facilitate low latency communications. The display configuration, touch screen functionality, and/or colorable windows may (e.g., each) have a unique identification (alphanumeric) code. A display configuration, touch screen functionality, and/or colorable windows (e.g., each) may be uniquely identified by a network and/or control system. A display configuration, touch screen functionality, and/or colorable windows (e.g., each) may be uniquely identified by a network and/or control system as a device and/or node.
在一些實施例中,裝置(例如,顯示器構造、觸控螢幕功能性、及/或可著色窗)交流地耦接至網路。第三方裝置及/或資料流(例如,第三方媒體提供商)可利用網路驗證協定,例如,與控制系統及/或另一裝置通訊。網路驗證協定可打開一個以上的埠口供網路存取。當組織及/或設施驗證(例如,經過網路驗證)試圖操作地耦接(及/或物理地耦接)至網路之裝置的身份時,可打開埠口。操作性耦接可包含交流地耦接。組織及/或設施可驗證(例如,使用網路)裝置對網路之存取。此存取可或未受到限制。此限制可包含一個以上的安全級別。可基於憑證及/或證書來決定裝置之身份。憑證及/或證書可為藉由網路(例如,藉由操作地耦接至網路的伺服器)來確認。驗證協定可或不可特定用於例如利用封包之區域網路(LAN)中的物理通訊(例如,乙太網路通訊)。可藉由電氣及電子工程師學會(IEEE)維持此標準。此標準可規定網路(例如,乙太網路)之物理媒體(例如,目標設備)及/或工作特性。聯網標準可支撐區域網路(例如,乙太網路)上的虛擬LAN(VLAN)。此標準可透過區域網路(例如,乙太網路)支援電力。網路可透過電力線(例如,同軸電纜)提供通訊。電力可為直流(DC)電力。電力可為至少約12瓦(W)、15W、25W、30W、40W、48W、50W、或100W。此標準可促進網狀網路。此標準可促進區域網路(LAN)技術及/或廣域網路(WAN)應用。此標準可例如藉由諸多類型之電纜(例如,同軸電纜、雙絞線、銅電纜、及/或光纖電纜)促進目標設備及/或基礎建設裝置(集線器、交換器、路由器)之間的物理連接。網路驗證協定之範例可為802.1X、或KERBEROS。網路驗證協定可包含密鑰加密。此網路可支援包含802.3、802.3af(PoE)、802,3at(PoE+)、802.1Q、或802.11s的(例如,通訊)協定。此網路可支援用於建築物自動化及控制(BAC)網路(例如BACnet)之通訊協定。此協定可界定使用於在耦接至網路的諸多裝置之間的通訊之服務。一個以上的裝置包括感測器、發射器、可著色窗、顯示器構造、觸控螢幕功能性、控制器、收發器、天線、第三方媒體提供商相關設備、個人電腦、行動電路系統(例如膝上型電腦、行動電話、觸控板)、及/或任何其他(例如第三方)裝置。協定服務可包括裝置及物件發現(例如,Who-Is、I-Am、Who-Has、及/或I-Have)。協定服務可包括讀取屬性及寫入屬性(例如,用於資料共享)。網路協定可界定物件類型(例如,藉由服務所作用之物件類型)。此協定可界定一個以上的資料鏈結及/或物理層(例如,ARCNET、Ethernet、BACnet-IP、BACnet/IPv6、BACnet/MSTP、RS-232上之Point-To-Point、RS-485上的主從/訊標傳遞、ZigBee、及/或LonTalk)。此協定可專用於裝置(例如,物聯網(IoT)裝置及/或機器對機器(M2M)通訊)。此協定可為訊息傳遞協定。此協定可為發布-訂閱類型之協定。此協定可建構成用於訊息傳輸。此協定可建構用於遠程裝置。此協定可建構用於具有小代碼佔用量及/或最小網路帶寬的裝置。此小代碼佔用量可建構為藉由微控制器所處理。此協定可具有複數服務質量水平,包括(i)至多一次,(ii)至少一次,及/或(iii)恰好一次。複數服務質量水平可升高網路中之訊息傳遞的可靠性(例如,抵達其目標)。此協定可便於(i)裝置至雲之間及/或(ii)雲至裝置之間的訊息傳遞。訊息傳遞協定建構成用於將訊息播送至例如感測器及/或發射器之裝置的族群(例如,如本文中所述)。此協定可符合結構化資訊標準促進組織(OASIS)之要求。此協定可支援例如驗證的安全性方案(例如,使用訊標)。此協定可支援存取授權標準(例如,OAuth)。此協定可支援授與第一應用程式(及/或網站)存取第二應用程式(及/或網站)上之資訊,而無需向第二應用程式提供與第一應用程式有關的安全性代碼(例如訊標及/或密碼)。此協定可包含訊息佇列遙測傳輸(MQTT)或高級訊息佇列協定(AMQP)協定。此協定可建構成用於每秒至少一(1)訊息(例如,每一發布者)或每秒更多訊息(例如,每一發布者)之訊息速率。此協定可建構為促進最多約64、86、96或128位元組的訊息有效載荷大小。此協定可建構成與任何裝置通訊(例如,由微控制器至伺服器),此裝置操作協定相容(例如,MQTT)程式庫及/或透過網路連接至相容代理(例如,MQTT代理)。每一裝置(例如,目標設備、感測器、或發射器)可為發布者及/或訂閱者。至少一代理可處理數百萬並存地連接的裝置、或少於數百萬。代理可處理至少約100、10000、100000、1000000、或10000000並存地連接之裝置。在一些實施例中,代理負責接收訊息的至少一部分(例如,全部),過濾訊息,決定誰對每一訊息感興趣,及/或將訊息發送至這些訂閱之裝置(例如,代理客戶)。此協定可需要至網路的網際網路連接性。此協定可便於雙向、及/或同步點對點訊息傳遞。此協定可為二進制線路協定。此網路協定、控制系統、及網路之範例可在標題為「多客戶端網路中的訊息傳遞」之2020年3月26日提交的美國臨時專利申請案序號第63/000,342號中發現,其全部以引用之方式併入本文中。In some embodiments, a device (e.g., a display configuration, touch screen functionality, and/or tintable windows) is communicatively coupled to a network. A third-party device and/or data stream (e.g., a third-party media provider) may utilize a network authentication protocol, for example, to communicate with a control system and/or another device. The network authentication protocol may open one or more ports for network access. The port may be opened when an organization and/or facility verifies (e.g., via network authentication) the identity of a device attempting to operationally couple (and/or physically couple) to a network. Operational coupling may include communicatively coupling. The organization and/or facility may verify (e.g., using a network) the device's access to the network. This access may or may not be restricted. This restriction may include more than one security level. The identity of a device may be determined based on credentials and/or certificates. The credentials and/or certificates may be confirmed by a network (e.g., by a server operatively coupled to the network). The authentication protocol may or may not be specific to physical communication (e.g., Ethernet communication) in, for example, a local area network (LAN) utilizing packets. This standard may be maintained by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). This standard may specify the physical media (e.g., target devices) and/or operating characteristics of a network (e.g., Ethernet). The networking standard may support virtual LANs (VLANs) on a local area network (e.g., Ethernet). This standard may support power over a local area network (e.g., Ethernet). The network may provide communication over power lines (e.g., coaxial cable). The power may be direct current (DC) power. The power may be at least about 12 watts (W), 15 W, 25 W, 30 W, 40 W, 48 W, 50 W, or 100 W. The standard may facilitate mesh networking. The standard may facilitate local area network (LAN) technology and/or wide area network (WAN) applications. The standard may facilitate physical connections between target devices and/or infrastructure devices (hubs, switches, routers), for example, via various types of cables (e.g., coaxial cables, twisted pair cables, copper cables, and/or fiber optic cables). Examples of network authentication protocols may be 802.1X, or KERBEROS. The network authentication protocol may include key encryption. The network may support (e.g., communication) protocols including 802.3, 802.3af (PoE), 802,3at (PoE+), 802.1Q, or 802.11s. The network may support communication protocols for building automation and control (BAC) networks (e.g., BACnet). The protocol may define services used for communication between multiple devices coupled to the network. The one or more devices include sensors, transmitters, colorable windows, display structures, touch screen functionality, controllers, transceivers, antennas, third party media provider related equipment, personal computers, mobile circuit systems (e.g., laptops, mobile phones, touch pads), and/or any other (e.g., third party) devices. Protocol services may include device and object discovery (e.g., Who-Is, I-Am, Who-Has, and/or I-Have). Protocol services may include reading properties and writing properties (e.g., for data sharing). A network protocol may define object types (e.g., the object types acted upon by the service). The protocol may define more than one data link and/or physical layer (e.g., ARCNET, Ethernet, BACnet-IP, BACnet/IPv6, BACnet/MSTP, Point-To-Point over RS-232, Master/Slave/Beacon Passing over RS-485, ZigBee, and/or LonTalk). The protocol may be device specific (e.g., Internet of Things (IoT) devices and/or machine-to-machine (M2M) communications). This protocol may be a message delivery protocol. This protocol may be a publish-subscribe type protocol. This protocol may be configured for message delivery. This protocol may be configured for remote devices. This protocol may be configured for devices with a small code footprint and/or minimal network bandwidth. This small code footprint may be configured to be processed by a microcontroller. This protocol may have multiple quality of service levels, including (i) at most once, (ii) at least once, and/or (iii) exactly once. Multiple quality of service levels may increase the reliability of message delivery in the network (e.g., reaching its destination). This protocol may facilitate message delivery (i) between device and cloud and/or (ii) between cloud and device. A message passing protocol is constructed to broadcast messages to a group of devices such as sensors and/or transmitters (e.g., as described herein). This protocol may comply with the requirements of the Organization for the Advancement of Structured Information Standards (OASIS). This protocol may support security schemes such as authentication (e.g., using beacons). This protocol may support access authorization standards (e.g., OAuth). This protocol may support granting a first application (and/or website) access to information on a second application (and/or website) without providing the second application with a security code (e.g., a beacon and/or a password) associated with the first application. This protocol may include the Message Queuing Telemetry Transport (MQTT) or Advanced Message Queuing Protocol (AMQP) protocol. The protocol may be configured for message rates of at least one (1) message per second (e.g., per publisher) or more messages per second (e.g., per publisher). The protocol may be configured to facilitate message payload sizes of up to approximately 64, 86, 96, or 128 bytes. The protocol may be configured to communicate with any device (e.g., from a microcontroller to a server) that operates a protocol-compatible (e.g., MQTT) library and/or connects to a compatible broker (e.g., an MQTT broker) over a network. Each device (e.g., a target device, a sensor, or a transmitter) may be a publisher and/or a subscriber. At least one broker may handle millions of concurrently connected devices, or fewer than millions. The proxy may handle at least about 100, 10,000, 100,000, 1,000,000, or 10,000,000 concurrently connected devices. In some embodiments, the proxy is responsible for receiving at least a portion (e.g., all) of the messages, filtering the messages, determining who is interested in each message, and/or sending the messages to the subscribed devices (e.g., proxy clients). This protocol may require Internet connectivity to a network. This protocol may facilitate bidirectional, and/or synchronous peer-to-peer messaging. This protocol may be a binary line protocol. Examples of this network protocol, control system, and network can be found in U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 63/000,342, filed on March 26, 2020, entitled “MESSAGE DELIVERY IN A MULTI-CLIENT NETWORK,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
電腦系統可包括處理單元(例如1606)(本文亦使用「處理器」、「電腦」、及「電腦處理器」)。此電腦系統可包括記憶體或記憶體位置(例如1602)(例如隨機存取記憶體、唯讀記憶體、快閃記憶體)、電子儲存單元(例如1604)(例如硬碟)、用於與一個以上的其他系統交流之通訊介面(例如,1603)(例如網路配接器)、及例如高速緩衝記憶體、其他記憶體、資料儲存及/或電子顯示配接器的週邊裝置(例如1605)。在圖16所示之範例中,記憶體1602、儲存單元1604、介面1603、及週邊裝置1605經過例如主機板的通訊匯流排(實線)與處理單元1606通訊。儲存單元可為用於儲存資料之資料儲存單元(或資料儲存庫)。借助於通訊介面,電腦系統可操作地耦接至電腦網路(「網路」)(例如1601)。此網路可為網際網路、網際網路及/或商際網路、或與網際網路通訊的內部網路及/或商際網路。在某些案例中,網路係電信及/或資料網路。此網路可包括一個以上之電腦伺服器,其可啟用分散式計算、例如雲計算之類。於某些案例中,借助於電腦系統,此網路可實施點對點網路,此點對點網路可使裝置耦接至電腦系統,以充當客戶端或伺服器。The computer system may include a processing unit (e.g., 1606) (also referred to herein as "processor," "computer," and "computer processor"). The computer system may include memory or memory locations (e.g., 1602) (e.g., random access memory, read-only memory, flash memory), electronic storage units (e.g., 1604) (e.g., hard drives), communication interfaces (e.g., 1603) for communicating with one or more other systems (e.g., network adapters), and peripheral devices (e.g., 1605) such as cache memory, other memory, data storage, and/or electronic display adapters. In the example shown in FIG. 16 ,
處理單元可執行一系列機器可讀指令,其可體現在程式或軟體中。指令可儲存於例如記憶體1602的記憶體位置中。指令可引導至處理單元,此處理單元可隨後程式化或以其他方式建構處理單元以實施本揭示內容之方法。藉由處理單元所施行的操作之範例可包括提取、解碼、執行、及寫回。處理單元可解譯及/或執行指令。處理器可包括微處理器、資料處理器、中央處理單元(CPU)、圖形處理單元(GPU)、單晶片系統(SOC)、共同處理器、網路處理器、特定應用積體電路(ASIC)、特定應用指令集處理器(ASIP)、控制器、可程式化邏輯裝置(PLD)、晶片組、場可程式化閘極陣列(FPGA)、或其任意組合。處理單元可為例如積體電路的電路之一部分。系統1600的一個以上之其他部件可包括在電路中。The processing unit may execute a series of machine-readable instructions, which may be embodied in a program or software. The instructions may be stored in a memory location, such as
儲存單元可儲存檔案、例如驅動程式、程式庫、及保存的程式。儲存單元可儲存使用者資料(例如,使用者偏愛性及使用者程式)。於某些案例中,電腦系統可包括電腦系統外部之一個以上的其他資料儲存單元,例如坐落在經過內部網路或網際網路來與電腦系統通訊之遠端伺服器上。The storage unit may store files, such as drivers, program libraries, and saved programs. The storage unit may store user data (e.g., user preferences and user programs). In some cases, the computer system may include one or more other data storage units external to the computer system, such as located on a remote server that communicates with the computer system via an intranet or the Internet.
電腦系統可經過網路來與一個以上的遠端電腦系統交流。例如,電腦系統可與使用者(例如,操作員)之遠端電腦系統交流。遠端電腦系統的範例包括個人電腦(例如,可攜式PC)、平板電腦或輸入板電腦(例如,Apple®iPad、Samsung®GalaxyTab)、電話、智慧型電話(例如,Apple®iPhone、支持Android之裝置、Blackberry®)、或個人數位助理。使用者(例如客戶端)可經由網路存取電腦系統。The computer system can communicate with one or more remote computer systems via a network. For example, the computer system can communicate with a remote computer system of a user (e.g., an operator). Examples of remote computer systems include a personal computer (e.g., a portable PC), a tablet or tablet computer (e.g., an Apple® iPad, a Samsung® Galaxy Tab), a phone, a smartphone (e.g., an Apple® iPhone, an Android-enabled device, a Blackberry®), or a personal digital assistant. A user (e.g., a client) can access the computer system via a network.
可經由儲存在電腦系統的電子儲存位置上、例如於記憶體1602或電子儲存單元1604上之機器(例如,電腦處理器)可執行碼的方式來實施本文所述方法。機器可執行或機器可讀碼能以軟體之形式提供。在使用期間,處理器1606可執行此代碼。於某些案例中,可由儲存單元檢索代碼並將其儲存在記憶體上供處理器隨時存取。於某些情況中,可排除電子儲存單元,且機器可執行指令儲存在記憶體上。The methods described herein may be implemented by means of machine (e.g., computer processor) executable code stored in an electronic storage location of a computer system, such as in
可對代碼進行預編譯並建構為與具有適於執行代碼或可在運行期間進行編譯的處理器之機器一起使用。能於程式化語言中供應此代碼,可選擇此程式化語言以使代碼能夠以預編譯或已編譯的方式執行。The code may be precompiled and constructed for use with a machine having a processor suitable for executing the code or may be compiled at run time. The code may be supplied in a programming language which may be selected to enable the code to be executed in a precompiled or compiled form.
在一些實施例中,處理器包含代碼。此代碼可為程式指令。程式指令可造成至少一處理器(例如,電腦)引導前饋及/或回饋控制迴路。於一些實施例中,程式指令造成至少一處理器引導閉環及/或開環控制方案。此控制可為至少部分地基於一個以上之感測器讀數(例如,感測器資料)。一控制器可引導複數操作。至少二操作可藉由不同的控制器所引導。在一些實施例中,不同之控制器可引導操作(a)、(b)及(c)的至少二者。於一些實施例中,不同之控制器可引導操作(a)、(b)及(c)的至少二者。在一些實施例中,非暫態電腦可讀媒體造成每一不同之電腦引導操作(a)、(b)及(c)之至少二者。於一些實施例中,不同的非暫態電腦可讀媒體造成每一不同之電腦引導操作(a)、(b)及(c)的至少二者。控制器及/或電腦可讀媒體能引導本文所揭示之任何設備或其部件。控制器及/或電腦可讀媒體可引導本文所揭示的方法之任何操作。In some embodiments, the processor includes code. This code may be program instructions. The program instructions may cause at least one processor (e.g., a computer) to direct a feedforward and/or feedback control loop. In some embodiments, the program instructions cause at least one processor to direct a closed-loop and/or open-loop control scheme. This control may be based at least in part on one or more sensor readings (e.g., sensor data). A controller may direct multiple operations. At least two operations may be directed by different controllers. In some embodiments, different controllers may direct at least two of operations (a), (b), and (c). In some embodiments, different controllers may direct at least two of operations (a), (b), and (c). In some embodiments, a non-transient computer-readable medium causes each different computer to direct at least two of operations (a), (b), and (c). In some embodiments, different non-transitory computer-readable media cause at least two of each different computer-directed operations (a), (b), and (c). The controller and/or computer-readable media can direct any apparatus or component thereof disclosed herein. The controller and/or computer-readable media can direct any operation of the method disclosed herein.
在一些實施例中,至少一顯示器構造及相關聯的整合式玻璃單元係彼此協同操作。至少一顯示器構造及相關聯之可著色窗(例如,整合式玻璃單元)的控制可為經由顯示器構造控制與可著色窗之控制的整合。例如,顯示器構造及可著色玻璃可例如經由網路操作地(例如,交流地)耦接至控制系統。可經由乙太網路來控制至少一顯示器構造。當使用一個以上之相關聯的顯示器構造時,能調整可著色窗之著色程度。當使用一個以上的顯示器構造時,可著色窗之著色程度能自動地改變(例如,變暗)。自動地改變(例如變暗或變亮)可著色窗的著色程度能至少部分地基於外側輻射及/或顯示對比度。自動地改變可著色窗之著色程度可至少部分地基於私密性(例如,限制由設施外側的某人觀看顯示器構造之能力)。當使用可著色窗時,可著色窗的區域之著色程度可(自動地)變更(例如變暗或變亮)。可著色窗的區域能包含複數可著色窗。此區域可包含(i)面向外殼(例如,設施)之特定方向的可著色窗,(ii)在設施之特定面(例如,立面)上的複數可著色窗,(iii)於建築物之特定樓層上的可著色窗,(iv)在特定類型之房間及/或組織(例如,開放空間、辦公室、會議室、演講廳、走廊、接待大廳或自助餐廳)中的複數可著色窗,(v)設置於同一固定裝置(例如,內部壁面或外部壁面)上之可著色窗,及/或(vi)使用者界定的複數可著色窗(例如,房間中或立面上之一群組可著色窗,其係較大群組的可著色窗組之子集,例如,在八個可著色窗的其中一者上具有顯示器構造之會議室可使八個可著色窗(區域)的著色變暗)。可著色窗之(自動)著色可為至少部分地基於顯示器構造是否正顯示活動內容(例如,意欲供使用者觀看的內容)或非活動內容。當使用至少一顯示器構造時,可藉由使用者覆蓋可著色窗的著色程度之自動改變(例如,藉由手動地調整著色程度)。使用者可使用行動電路系統(例如,遙控器、虛擬現實控制器、行動電話、電子記事本、膝上型電腦及/或藉由類似的行動裝置)覆蓋(一個以上之)可著色窗的自動著色。In some embodiments, at least one display structure and an associated integrated glass unit operate in conjunction with each other. Control of at least one display structure and an associated tintable window (e.g., an integrated glass unit) can be an integration of control of the display structure and control of the tintable window. For example, the display structure and the tintable glass can be coupled to a control system, for example, via a network operation (e.g., AC). At least one display structure can be controlled via Ethernet. When more than one associated display structure is used, the tint level of the tintable window can be adjusted. When more than one display structure is used, the tint level of the tintable window can be automatically changed (e.g., darkened). Automatically changing (e.g., darkening or lightening) the tint level of the tintable window can be based at least in part on external radiation and/or display contrast. Automatically changing the degree of tint of a tintable window can be based at least in part on privacy (e.g., limiting the ability of a display structure to be viewed by someone outside the facility). When tintable windows are used, the degree of tint of an area of tintable windows can be (automatically) changed (e.g., darkened or lightened). An area of tintable windows can include a plurality of tintable windows. This area can include (i) tintable windows facing a particular direction of an enclosure (e.g., a facility), (ii) a plurality of tintable windows on a particular face (e.g., a facade) of a facility, (iii) tintable windows on a particular floor of a building, (iv) a plurality of tintable windows in a particular type of room and/or organization (e.g., an open space, an office, a conference room, a lecture hall, a corridor, a reception lobby, or a cafeteria). tinted windows, (v) tintable windows disposed on the same fixture (e.g., an interior wall or exterior wall), and/or (vi) a plurality of tintable windows defined by a user (e.g., a group of tintable windows in a room or on a facade that is a subset of a larger group of tintable windows, e.g., a conference room with a display configuration on one of eight tintable windows can darken the tinting of the eight tintable windows (areas)). The (automatic) tinting of the tintable windows can be based at least in part on whether the display configuration is displaying active content (e.g., content intended for viewing by a user) or inactive content. When using at least one display configuration, the automatic change of the tinting level of the tintable windows can be overridden by the user (e.g., by manually adjusting the tinting level). A user may override the automatic tinting of one or more tintable windows using a mobile circuit system (e.g., a remote control, a virtual reality controller, a mobile phone, an electronic notepad, a laptop, and/or via a similar mobile device).
在一些實施例中,至少一顯示器構造及相關聯之可著色窗可為鄰接散熱系統(例如,加熱器)。可消散鄰接顯示器構造之熱量(例如,藉由顯示器構造、任何觸控螢幕、電路系統、電源、相鄰感測器、相鄰發射器、及/或太陽輻射所產生的熱(例如,經過可著色窗傳輸))。熱量可經由傳導、對流、及/或電磁波(輻射)傳送。熱量可主動地或被動地移除。可經由對流及/或傳導來移除熱量。主動排熱可被控制(例如,使用控制系統)。主動(例如,強制)對流(例如,風扇)可產生氣流以消散與顯示器構造鄰接之熱量。空氣流可為在間隙中(例如,於可著色窗與顯示器構造之間)。當抵達第一(高)溫度閾值時,鄰接(一個以上的)顯示器構造及/或操作地耦接至顯示器構造之一個以上的溫度感測器可感測溫度及訊號以發起強制對流。當抵達第二(較高)溫度閾值時(例如,以防止故障及/或損壞),溫度感測器可(自動地)關閉顯示器構造。損壞可為永久性或暫時的。第一溫度閾值可為比第二溫度閾值更低之溫度值。此閾值可取決於周遭溫度。周遭溫度可包括設置顯示器構造的外殼外部之溫度,或設置顯示器構造的外殼中之溫度。可限制穿過可著色窗的熱量(例如,經由使用低放射率(Lo-E)玻璃),以例如減少顯示器構造上之熱負載。In some embodiments, at least one display structure and associated tintable window may be adjacent to a heat dissipation system (e.g., a heater). Heat adjacent to the display structure may be dissipated (e.g., heat generated by the display structure, any touch screen, circuit system, power supply, adjacent sensors, adjacent emitters, and/or solar radiation (e.g., transmitted through the tintable window)). Heat may be transferred via conduction, convection, and/or electromagnetic waves (radiation). Heat may be removed actively or passively. Heat may be removed via convection and/or conduction. Active heat removal may be controlled (e.g., using a control system). Active (e.g., forced) convection (e.g., a fan) may generate airflow to dissipate heat adjacent to the display structure. The air flow may be in a gap (e.g., between a tintable window and a display structure). When a first (high) temperature threshold is reached, one or more temperature sensors adjacent to (one or more) display structures and/or operatively coupled to the display structure may sense the temperature and signal to initiate forced convection. When a second (higher) temperature threshold is reached (e.g., to prevent malfunction and/or damage), the temperature sensor may (automatically) shut down the display structure. The damage may be permanent or temporary. The first temperature threshold may be a lower temperature value than the second temperature threshold. This threshold may depend on the ambient temperature. The ambient temperature may include the temperature outside the housing in which the display structure is located, or the temperature inside the housing in which the display structure is located. The amount of heat that passes through a tintable window can be limited (e.g., by using low-emissivity (Lo-E) glass), for example, to reduce the heat load on the display structure.
在一些實施例中,至少一顯示器構造及相關聯的可著色窗之操作包括與此顯示器構造相關聯的維護任務。顯示器構造之維護任務的控制(例如,像素補償、溫度、使用及/或重置)可為自動的(例如,使用控制系統)。像素補償可包括至少部分地基於像素在其整個壽命期間的使用方式來調整顯示器構造中之像素的亮度。例如,像素發射什麼波長及/或強度,及可選地持續多長時間。例如,藉由像素投射之波長及/或強度的頻率為何。例如,藉由該像素已顯示什麼(例如具有動態或靜態顯示之視頻)。可隨著時間的推移監控顯示器構造溫度、風扇速率、顯示器構造使用之程度、及/或顯示器構造使用的類型。監控可為藉由控制系統來施行。監控可利用耦接至網路(例如,耦接至控制系統)之感測器。當顯示器構造正在投射媒體時,監控可為原位及/或即時的。控制系統可利用影像處理來評估顯示器構造之一個以上的發射實體(例如,LED或其他燈)之狀態。感測器可包含照相機(例如,靜物照相機或攝影機)。照相機可包含像素陣列(例如,電荷耦合裝置(CCD)照相機)。此照相機可建構成用於數位成像(例如,CCD或互補金屬氧化物半導體(CMOS)照相機)。照相機可包含照相底板。照相機可為對色域(例如,普通人眼可見的所有顏色範圍)敏感的。控制系統可連續及/或間歇地(例如,以預定間隔)監控顯示器構造。控制系統可記錄與連續或間歇地監控顯示器構造有關之資料。能以預定間隔及/或當抵達閾值時記錄此資料。閾值可為熱、電、及/或光學閾值。此閾值可為時間相依的(例如,溫度超過50°C持續約1分鐘以上)。顯示器構造調整(例如,重置)可為至少部分地基於顯示器構造(例如,光學、熱、及/或電)性質之監控(例如,取決於時間閾值)。此閾值可為值或函數(例如,時間及/或空間相依函數)。空間可有關其中設置顯示器構造的外殼之類型。例如,會議室中的顯示器構造可具有比走廊中之顯示器構造更低的誤差寬容度。顯示器構造之監控可提供關於顯示器構造的部件(例如,像素、電路系統、濾波器及/或風扇)之壽命的預測。監控顯示器構造(例如,隨著時間之推移)可主動地補償與顯示器構造有關或顯示器構造的部件(例如,像素、電路系統、濾波器及/或風扇)中之任何預測的衰減。顯示器構造之監控及/或診斷可為經由網路(例如,至少部分地設置在設施的表面中之網路)進行。顯示器構造的監控及/或診斷可為藉由控制系統進行。調整(例如,重置)顯示器構造可包括(自動及/或可控制地)關閉及打開顯示器構造。例如,如果顯示器構造之像素可為易於發生故障(例如燒壞),則顯示器構造可在每時間間隔(例如,每隔至少約24小時、36小時、48小時、或72小時)循環一次。時間間隔可取決於預測故障的類型及/或其程度(例如,一像素之預測故障、或一群組像素的預測故障)。用於循環之時間間隔可取決於顯示器構造的觀看類型。例如,完成比預定時間閾值更長之靜態觀看(例如,使用顯示器構造作為標誌)可增加像素失靈(例如,故障)的風險。當顯示器構造使用於靜態觀看而不是帶有運動之視頻時,更頻繁的開/關循環可減少靜態觀看中之像素失靈的風險。此控制系統可(例如,經由軟體模組)預測顯示器構造或其任何部件(例如,基於所監控之像素狀態)的維護及/或替換。此等預測可為至少部分地基於此顯示器構造之輸出的即時感測器測量(例如,如與預期輸出相比)。此等預測可為至少部分地基於例如在實驗室或另一測試設施(例如,疲勞測試)中完成之顯示器構造的輸出之先前感測器測量(例如,如與預期輸出相比)。此等預測可為至少部分地基於要維護/替換的顯示器構造之觀察。此等預測可為至少部分地基於另一顯示器構造(例如,測試顯示器構造)的觀察,而不是要維護/替換之顯示結構的觀察。此等預測可為至少部分地基於平均像素狀態,例如,考慮顯示器構造及/或其任何個別像素之照射分佈圖。控制系統可提供關於預期的替換及/或維護之通知。此等預測可允許主動維護及/或替換的施行。此等預測可允許要維護及/或替換之各自顯示器構造的預期庫存。此等預測可允許及時安排將施行此維護及/或替換之人員。In some embodiments, operation of at least one display structure and associated tintable window includes maintenance tasks associated with the display structure. Control of the maintenance tasks of the display structure (e.g., pixel compensation, temperature, usage and/or reset) can be automatic (e.g., using a control system). Pixel compensation can include adjusting the brightness of a pixel in the display structure based at least in part on how the pixel is used throughout its lifetime. For example, what wavelength and/or intensity the pixel emits, and optionally for how long. For example, what is the frequency of the wavelength and/or intensity projected by the pixel. For example, what has been displayed by the pixel (e.g., a video with a dynamic or static display). The display structure temperature, fan speed, degree of display structure usage, and/or type of display structure usage may be monitored over time. Monitoring may be performed by a control system. Monitoring may utilize sensors coupled to a network (e.g., coupled to a control system). Monitoring may be in situ and/or real-time while the display structure is projecting media. The control system may utilize image processing to evaluate the state of one or more emitting entities (e.g., LEDs or other lights) of the display structure. The sensor may include a camera (e.g., a still camera or a video camera). The camera may include an array of pixels (e.g., a charge coupled device (CCD) camera). The camera may be configured for digital imaging (e.g., a CCD or complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) camera). The camera may include a photographic plate. The camera may be sensitive to a color gamut (e.g., the range of all colors visible to the average human eye). The control system may monitor the display configuration continuously and/or intermittently (e.g., at predetermined intervals). The control system may record data related to the continuous or intermittent monitoring of the display configuration. This data may be recorded at predetermined intervals and/or when a threshold is reached. The threshold may be a thermal, electrical, and/or optical threshold. This threshold may be time-dependent (e.g., a temperature exceeding 50°C for more than about 1 minute). Display configuration adjustments (e.g., resets) may be based at least in part on monitoring of display configuration (e.g., optical, thermal, and/or electrical) properties (e.g., dependent on a time threshold). This threshold can be a value or a function (e.g., a time and/or space dependent function). The space can be related to the type of enclosure in which the display structure is located. For example, a display structure in a conference room may have a lower error tolerance than a display structure in a hallway. Monitoring of the display structure can provide predictions about the lifetime of components of the display structure (e.g., pixels, circuit systems, filters and/or fans). Monitoring the display structure (e.g., over time) can actively compensate for any predicted attenuation associated with the display structure or in components of the display structure (e.g., pixels, circuit systems, filters and/or fans). Monitoring and/or diagnosis of the display structure may be performed via a network (e.g., a network at least partially disposed in a surface of the facility). Monitoring and/or diagnosis of the display structure may be performed by a control system. Adjusting (e.g., resetting) the display structure may include (automatically and/or controllably) turning the display structure off and on. For example, if the pixels of the display structure may be susceptible to failure (e.g., burn-in), the display structure may be cycled once every time interval (e.g., every at least about 24 hours, 36 hours, 48 hours, or 72 hours). The time interval may depend on the type of predicted failure and/or its extent (e.g., a predicted failure of a pixel, or a predicted failure of a group of pixels). The time interval used for cycling can depend on the type of viewing of the display configuration. For example, completing static viewing that is longer than a predetermined time threshold (e.g., using the display configuration as a marker) can increase the risk of pixel failure (e.g., malfunction). When the display configuration is used for static viewing rather than video with motion, more frequent on/off cycling can reduce the risk of pixel failure in static viewing. This control system can (e.g., via a software module) predict maintenance and/or replacement of the display configuration or any component thereof (e.g., based on monitored pixel states). Such predictions can be based at least in part on real-time sensor measurements of the output of this display configuration (e.g., as compared to expected output). Such predictions may be based at least in part on previous sensor measurements of the output of a display configuration completed, for example, in a laboratory or another test facility (e.g., fatigue testing) (e.g., as compared to expected output). Such predictions may be based at least in part on observations of the display configuration to be maintained/replaced. Such predictions may be based at least in part on observations of another display configuration (e.g., a test display configuration) rather than observations of the display configuration to be maintained/replaced. Such predictions may be based at least in part on average pixel states, for example, considering the illumination profile of the display configuration and/or any individual pixel thereof. The control system may provide notifications regarding expected replacements and/or maintenance. Such predictions may allow for the implementation of proactive maintenance and/or replacement. Such predictions may allow for expected inventory of respective display configurations to be maintained and/or replaced. These forecasts allow for timely scheduling of personnel who will perform such maintenance and/or replacement.
圖18顯示與至少一顯示器構造及相關聯的可著色窗有關之操作的範例。至少一顯示器構造及相關聯之可著色窗的控制可為經由顯示器構造控制與可著色窗之控制的整合。可經由網路來控制至少一顯示器構造。在方塊1801中,當一個以上之相關聯的顯示器構造係於使用中及/或為顯示器構造之用法準備時,調整至少一可著色窗的著色程度。例如,當使用一個以上之顯示器構造時,可著色窗的著色程度可自動地變暗。使至少一可著色窗之著色程度自動地變暗可為至少部分地基於(i)外側輻射,(ii)顯示在顯示器對比度上的媒體,(iii)所顯示媒體之類型(例如,靜態或正變化)及/或(iv)私密性要求。使一個以上的可著色窗之著色程度自動變暗可為至少部分地基於私密性(例如,限制由設施外側的某人觀看顯示器構造之能力)。當使用一個以上的顯示器構造時,可著色窗之區域可已變更其著色程度(例如,變暗)。可著色窗的區域能包括面向設施中之特定方向的複數可著色窗,可為設施之特定面上的複數可著色窗,可為設施之特定樓層上的複數可著色窗,可為特定類型之房間(例如,開放空間、辦公室、會議室、演講廳、自助餐廳)中的複數可著色窗、及/或可為使用者界定之複數可著色窗(例如,房間中或立面上的一群組可著色窗,其係較大群組的可著色窗組之子集,例如,在八個可著色窗的其中一者上具有顯示器構造之會議室可使八個可著色窗(區域)的著色變暗)。區域可為本文所揭示之任何區域。可著色窗的自動著色可為至少部分地基於顯示器構造是否正顯示活動內容(例如,意欲供使用者觀看之內容)或非活動內容。在方塊1803中,藉由使用者手動地調整一個以上的可著色窗之著色程度,能覆蓋可著色窗的著色程度之自動變暗。使用者可使用行動電路系統(例如,遙控器、虛擬現實控制器、行動電話、電子記事本及/或膝上型電腦)覆蓋(一個以上之)可著色窗的自動著色。於方塊1804中,可消散與被動地及/或主動地(例如,可控制地)移除(例如,使用風扇或任何其他熱交換器之自動致動)與顯示器構造相鄰的熱量(例如,藉由與顯示器構造有關之任何部件所產生的熱量及/或透射經過可著色窗之太陽輻射)。當抵達第一高溫閾值時,與顯示器構造相鄰的溫度感測器可感測溫度及訊號以開始主動熱交換操作(例如,開始強制對流)。當抵達第二較高溫度閾值時,溫度感測器可關閉顯示器構造。操作1805顯示(例如,自動化)顯示器構造之維護任務的預測及/或預期(例如,像素補償、溫度、使用及/或重置)。像素補償可包括至少部分地基於已使用多少像素、已使用像素多久、及/或已藉由該像素顯示什麼(例如,具有運動或靜態顯示之視頻)來調整顯示器構造中的像素之亮度。可監控顯示器構造的溫度、主動熱交換強度(例如風扇速率)及/或顯示器構造之使用量。顯示器構造調整(例如,重置)可為至少部分地基於顯示器構造性質的監控。隨著像素之退化,它們可需要更多電流及/或電壓以產生所需的輸出。顯示器構造調整可包含調整顯示器構造之一個以上的像素之強度,以生成所請求的輸出。顯示器構造之監控可提供關於顯示器構造中的部件(例如,像素、電路系統、濾波器及/或風扇)之狀態及/或預測壽命的預測。控制系統可通知及/或主動地補償與顯示器構造有關之部件中的任何預測之衰減。顯示器構造的監控及/或診斷可為經由網路進行,此網路可為至少部分地設置在設施之表面中。於方塊1807中,可選地調整及/或重置顯示器構造。調整及/或重新發送可包括自動地打開及關閉顯示器構造,例如,以增加像素壽命及/或減少像素輸出故障。FIG. 18 shows an example of operations related to at least one display structure and an associated tintable window. Control of the at least one display structure and the associated tintable window may be an integration of control of the display structure and control of the tintable window. The at least one display structure may be controlled via a network. In
在一些實施例中,至少一顯示器構造及相關聯的可著色窗之操作係至少部分地基於至少一顯示器構造的狀態。可檢查、監控、及/或證實顯示器構造之狀態是否開啟此至少一顯示器構造。如果至少一顯示器構造未開啟,則能啟動可著色窗的預設及/或手動著色程度。可定期地檢查顯示器構造之(例如,開/關)狀態。如果至少一顯示器構造是開啟的(例如,正在操作),則可決定此顯示器構造是否正顯示主動或被動內容。如果此顯示器構造未開啟(例如,未顯示媒體),則可啟動一個以上之可著色窗的預設或手動著色程度。如果顯示器構造正在顯示主動內容,則(i)可辨識靠近正顯示主動內容之顯示器構造的可著色窗之區域,(ii)可具有此區域中的窗戶之已辨識的著色程度(例如,至少部分地基於太陽輻射、太陽強光及/或所期望之對比度的存在而不同之著色程度)及/或(iii)可調整所辨識區域中的可著色窗之著色程度。In some embodiments, the operation of at least one display structure and associated tintable windows is based at least in part on the state of the at least one display structure. The state of the display structure can be checked, monitored, and/or verified to see if the at least one display structure is turned on. If the at least one display structure is not turned on, a default and/or manual tinting level for the tintable windows can be activated. The (e.g., on/off) state of the display structure can be checked periodically. If the at least one display structure is turned on (e.g., operating), a determination can be made as to whether the display structure is displaying active or passive content. If the display structure is not turned on (e.g., not displaying media), a default or manual tinting level for one or more tintable windows can be activated. If the display structure is displaying active content, then (i) an area of tintable windows proximate to the display structure displaying the active content may be identified, (ii) the windows in this area may have an identified degree of tint (e.g., a degree of tint that differs based at least in part on the presence of solar radiation, solar glare, and/or a desired contrast) and/or (iii) the degree of tint of the tintable windows in the identified area may be adjusted.
圖19顯示與至少一顯示器構造及相關聯的可著色窗有關之控制操作的範例。於方塊1901中檢查至少一顯示器構造之狀態。在方塊1902中,控制系統決定至少一顯示器構造是否開啟(例如,至少一像素可控制地放射輻射)。如果至少一顯示器構造未開啟,則於方塊1903中啟動可著色窗的預設或手動著色程度,並定期地檢查顯示器構造之狀態。如果至少一顯示器構造開啟,則在方塊1904中決定此顯示器構造是否正在顯示主動內容。如果否,則可於方塊1903中啟動可著色窗的預設或手動著色程度,並定期地檢查顯示器構造之狀態。如果顯示器構造正在顯示主動內容,則在方塊1905中辨識顯示主動內容的顯示器構造附近之可著色窗。可著色窗能於方塊1906中已辨識其著色程度(例如,至少部分地基於陽光/強光的存在及所期望之對比度的不同著色程度),並可於方塊1907中對可著色窗進行任何著色程度調整。可著色窗能為此區域之一部分(例如,且此區域可為藉由控制器所辨識),或不是此區域的一部分。如果耦接至顯示器構造之第一可著色窗係包含至少一個未耦接至顯示器構造的第二可著色窗之區域的一部分。第二可著色窗之著色可或不可對第一可著色窗的著色進行變更。在此區域中變更其他窗戶之著色配合與顯示器構造耦接的可著色窗之著色的變更可藉由使用者所預定及/或決定。FIG. 19 shows an example of control operations related to at least one display structure and an associated tintable window. In
於一些實施例中,複數顯示器構造係以控制方案連接在一起。複數顯示器構造可鄰近一個以上之可著色窗安裝。可著色窗可作為控制系統的一部分經由局部(例如,窗戶)控制器連接(例如,有線或無線地)。控制系統可包含耦接至電力及/或通訊網路之控制器的分散式網路。控制系統可控制諸多功能(例如,設施(例如,辦公樓、倉庫等)之功能),其可包括調整可著色窗的著色及/或在顯示器構造上顯示媒體內容。可經由能容納於一個以上之殼體中的顯示介面來連接(例如,有線或無線地)顯示器構造。顯示介面殼體在本文中可稱為例如2006之電氣箱((E)-box)。E-box可操作地耦接(例如,用於電力及/或通訊)至網路。網路可向顯示器構造提供資料及/或電力。使用者內容伺服器可經過網路提供要顯示在顯示器構造上的資料及/或可經由至顯示介面之一個以上的連接來向顯示介面提供資料及電力。顯示界面可包括配接器(例如,乙太網路配接器(例如,RS-485至乙太網路))及/或E-box可包括本機配接器(例如,乙太網路/IP)支援。E-box可發送提示及/或回應於來自網路之查詢。用於資料傳輸的裝置之連接可包括例如乙太網路、HDMI、顯示埠、RS-485及/或用於資料及/或媒體傳輸的其他類型之連接。可經由互聯網供電及/或經由分開的電源線為E-box供電。複數顯示器構造可在每一顯示器構造上顯示不同內容,可顯示相同(例如重複)內容,或可建構成跨越多數顯示器構造顯示一影像(例如,使得影像之一區段被顯示於複數顯示器構造的每一者上)。顯示器構造之連接可允許經由局部控制器來控制少量(例如,最多10、9、8、5、6或4)顯示器構造。在一些實施例中,可經由網路(例如,樓層)控制器耦接較大數目(例如,多於10)的顯示器構造,或可允許設施中之所有顯示器構造藉由主控制器所控制。顯示器構造可個別地顯示媒體(例如,獨立於其他顯示器構造)或一群組顯示器構造(例如,可將至少2、4、6、8、10、20、25、50、或75個顯示器構造配置在一群組(一組)顯示器中),例如,其可控制來顯示資料,就好像單一顯示器構造(例如,一種媒體,其分別分配於一顯示器群組中的顯示器之中)一樣。顯示器構造可形成視頻牆。視頻牆可包含平鋪在一起(例如,相連、或重疊)的複數顯示器構造,以便形成一塊大螢幕。控制視頻牆控制器之控制器可將要投射至視頻牆上的單一影像分配成待顯示在構成視頻牆之個別顯示器構造上的零件。顯示器構造可為耦接至壁面(例如,不透明或透明的)、或可著色窗。視頻牆控制器可包含基於硬體之控制器、或基於軟體&媒體卡控制器。基於硬體的控制器可包含媒體處理晶片組,並可沒有操作系統。基於軟體&媒體卡控制器可設置在具有操作系統之處理器中。處理器可為伺服器,或可為局部的。處理器可建構成具有多數輸出圖形卡及/或視頻擷取輸入卡。In some embodiments, multiple display structures are connected together with a control scheme. Multiple display structures can be mounted adjacent to one or more tintable windows. The tintable windows can be connected (e.g., wired or wirelessly) as part of a control system via a local (e.g., window) controller. The control system can include a distributed network of controllers coupled to a power and/or communication network. The control system can control multiple functions (e.g., functions of a facility (e.g., an office building, a warehouse, etc.)), which can include adjusting the tinting of the tintable windows and/or displaying media content on the display structures. The display structures can be connected (e.g., wired or wirelessly) via a display interface that can be housed in one or more housings. The display interface housing may be referred to herein as an electrical box ((E)-box) such as 2006. The E-box may be operably coupled (e.g., for power and/or communications) to a network. The network may provide data and/or power to the display structure. The user content server may provide data to be displayed on the display structure via the network and/or may provide data and power to the display interface via one or more connections to the display interface. The display interface may include an adapter (e.g., an Ethernet adapter (e.g., RS-485 to Ethernet)) and/or the E-box may include local adapter (e.g., Ethernet/IP) support. The E-box may send prompts and/or respond to queries from the network. Connections to devices for data transmission may include, for example, Ethernet, HDMI, DisplayPort, RS-485 and/or other types of connections for data and/or media transmission. The E-box may be powered via the Internet and/or via a separate power cord. Multiple display configurations may display different content on each display configuration, may display the same (e.g., repeated) content, or may be configured to display an image across multiple display configurations (e.g., so that a segment of an image is displayed on each of the multiple display configurations). The connection of the display configurations may allow a small number (e.g., up to 10, 9, 8, 5, 6, or 4) of display configurations to be controlled via a local controller. In some embodiments, a larger number (e.g., more than 10) of display configurations may be coupled via a network (e.g., floor) controller, or may allow all display configurations in a facility to be controlled by a master controller. The display configurations may display media individually (e.g., independently of other display configurations) or a group of display configurations (e.g., at least 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 20, 25, 50, or 75 display configurations may be configured in a group (a group) of displays), for example, which may be controlled to display data as if it were a single display configuration (e.g., a type of media that is individually distributed among displays in a display group). The display configurations may form a video wall. A video wall may include multiple display configurations that are tiled together (e.g., connected or overlapped) to form a large screen. A controller controlling a video wall controller may distribute a single image to be projected onto the video wall as parts to be displayed on the individual display structures that make up the video wall. The display structures may be coupled to a wall surface (e.g., opaque or transparent), or may be tinted windows. The video wall controller may include a hardware-based controller, or a software & media card-based controller. A hardware-based controller may include a media processing chipset and may not have an operating system. A software & media card-based controller may be located in a processor with an operating system. The processor may be a server, or may be local. The processor may be configured with a plurality of output graphics cards and/or video capture input cards.
可於諸多佈局中建構此等顯示器構造。佈局可包含完全相同之顯示幾何形狀(例如,具有相同的縱橫比)之矩陣網格佈局(例如2×2、3×3、或4×4)。此等佈局可包含例如以除了對稱矩陣之外的組構之不完全相同的顯示器幾何形狀(例如,具有不同之縱橫比)的佈局。所顯示之媒體內容可為完全相同、部分相同或完全不同。例如,可在顯示器構造的視頻牆上顯示至少二不同之並行內容。These display configurations may be constructed in a variety of layouts. The layouts may include matrix grid layouts (e.g., 2×2, 3×3, or 4×4) of identical display geometries (e.g., having the same aspect ratio). The layouts may include layouts of non-identical display geometries (e.g., having different aspect ratios), such as in configurations other than symmetric matrices. The media content displayed may be identical, partially identical, or completely identical. For example, at least two different parallel contents may be displayed on a video wall of the display configuration.
圖20顯示用於複數顯示器構造的控制方案之範例。複數顯示器構造2002可鄰接複數可著色窗2003安裝。可著色窗2003能經由局部(窗戶)控制器2001連接(例如有線及/或無線地)2009至控制設施(例如,辦公樓、倉庫等)的諸多功能之控制網路2004,其可包括調整可著色窗2003的著色。顯示器構造2002可經由容納在殼體(於本文中亦稱為電氣(E)箱)2006內之顯示介面2005及控制器連接(例如有線及/或無線地)2010至控制網路2004(包含控制系統)。控制網路可經由佈線網路耦接至可著色窗及/或顯示器構造,此佈線(例如,同軸電纜)可向顯示器構造2002提供資料及/或電力。使用者內容伺服器2007可提供資料(例如,經過佈線及/或控制網路)至待顯示於顯示器構造2002上及/或可經由至顯示介面2005的一個以上之連接2011向顯示介面2005提供資料及電力。顯示介面可包括乙太網路配接器(例如,RS-485-至乙太網路)。E-box 2006可包括本機乙太網路/IP支援。E-box 2006可發送提示及/或回應於來自網路2004的查詢。用於資料傳輸之裝置的連接可包括例如乙太網路、HDMI、顯示埠、RS-485及/或用於資料傳輸之其他類型的連接。可經由互聯網供電及/或經由分開之電力電纜向E-box 2006供電。複數顯示器構造2002可顯示不同內容、相同內容,或可採用於跨越多數顯示器構造2002(例如,如在視頻牆中)顯示一影像。FIG. 20 shows an example of a control scheme for a plurality of display configurations. A plurality of
於一些實施例中,利用顯示器構造來顯示設施中的諸多媒體。顯示器構造可包括一個以上之媒體顯示器,例如,當顯示器構造未操作時,媒體顯示器可為至少部分透明的(例如TOLED顯示器)。顯示器構造可(例如,直接或間接地)耦接至例如壁面、板條、或窗戶(例如,視覺窗)之類的硬表面。硬表面可為固定裝置。此窗戶能為可著色窗(例如,電致變色窗)。此窗戶可為設置在建築物中、或建築物之範圍中。視覺窗可包含可著色窗,此可著色窗包括能著色(例如,變暗、變亮、及/或變更其顏色(例如,色相))的電致變色窗,其可提供用於對比藉由顯示器構造所顯示之媒體的背景幕。In some embodiments, a display structure is used to display multimedia in a facility. The display structure may include more than one media display, for example, when the display structure is not in operation, the media display may be at least partially transparent (e.g., a TOLED display). The display structure may be coupled (e.g., directly or indirectly) to a hard surface such as a wall, a slat, or a window (e.g., a visual window). The hard surface may be a fixed device. The window can be a tintable window (e.g., an electrochromic window). The window may be set in a building or within the scope of a building. The visual window may include a tintable window, which includes an electrochromic window that can be tinted (e.g., darkened, lightened, and/or changed in color (e.g., hue)), which can provide a backdrop for contrasting the media displayed by the display structure.
在一些實施例中,可將一個以上之顯示器構造操作地耦接(例如,安裝)至硬表面(例如,窗戶、壁面、或板條)。可經由鉸鏈、黏著劑、緊固件、及/或藉由其他合適的機構進行耦接。耦接可為至少部分地設置於一個以上之窗框部分內。窗框可包括豎直部分(例如,豎框),並可包括水平部分(例如,橫梁)。顯示器構造可直接地黏著(例如,使用黏著劑)至硬表面。黏著劑可接觸或未能接觸窗框(或其一部分)。硬表面可由硬化材料(例如玻璃、金屬、或聚合物)所構成。硬表面可包含固體(例如,石膏、陶瓷、混凝土及/或石材)。可安裝多數顯示器構造(例如,經由鉸鏈、黏著劑、緊固件、及/或藉由其他機構)。In some embodiments, one or more display structures may be operatively coupled (e.g., mounted) to a hard surface (e.g., a window, a wall, or a slat). The coupling may be performed via hinges, adhesives, fasteners, and/or by other suitable mechanisms. The coupling may be at least partially disposed within one or more window frame portions. The window frame may include vertical portions (e.g., a sash) and may include horizontal portions (e.g., a beam). The display structure may be directly adhered (e.g., using an adhesive) to the hard surface. The adhesive may or may not contact the window frame (or a portion thereof). The hard surface may be composed of a hardened material (e.g., glass, metal, or polymer). The hard surface may include a solid (e.g., plaster, ceramic, concrete, and/or stone). Most display configurations may be mounted (eg, via hinges, adhesives, fasteners, and/or by other mechanisms).
在一些實施例中,顯示器構造係藉由至少一控制器所控制。控制器可為控制系統的一部分。控制器可包含直接耦接(例如,連接)至顯示器構造之控制器。控制器與顯示器構造之間的連接可為使用有線及/或無線通訊。控制器可為經由複數佈線(例如,用於通訊及/或電力)耦接至顯示器構造。控制器可為設置在殼體中。殼體可包含一個以上之材料。此材料可包括元素金屬、金屬合金、聚合物(例如塑膠)、樹脂、木材、玻璃、複合材料及/或其他材料。此等材料可包含透明或不透明的材料。此材料可包含導電或絕緣(例如,介電)材料。殼體可包含分散或鏡面材料。殼體可具有複數面。複數佈線之至少二者(例如,全部)可由控制器殼體之複數面的一面延伸。有時候,一控制器殼體(例如,包含一個以上之控制器)可耦接至複數顯示器構造。有時候,一控制器可為(例如,直接)操作地耦接至一顯示器構造。有時候,一控制器可為(例如,直接)操作地耦接至二個以上的顯示器構造。直接耦接可包含連接控制器及顯示器構造之導線。導線可為不會中斷的導線。控制器及/或殼體可包含佈線入口。佈線入口可或未能處於與控制器殼體中之佈線出口相同的面中。有時候,複數控制殼體可為彼此相鄰地設置(例如,彼此接觸),或可彼此直接地耦接(例如,經由佈線)。將至少二不同殼體(例如,所有殼體)中之控制器與至少二(例如,所有)顯示器構造(例如,在一組顯示器構造中)連接的至少二佈線(例如,所有佈線),可(i)由殼體之相同面類型延伸及/或(ii)延伸至相同的集體方向(例如,向上、向下、左、或右)。可根據此面所面向之方向分派此面類型(例如,向下面、向上面、向東面、向西面、向北面、向南面、或其任意組合)。此等方向可為相對面向顯示器構造的使用者,且相對重心。於一些實施例中,控制器殼體係安裝在框架部分中。控制器殼體可為安裝於窗戶、板條、或壁面框架之至少一部分內。框架的一部分可為上水平豎框(橫梁)、在下水平豎框(橫梁)內、及/或於直立(側面)豎框內、或形成窗框之豎框的組合。上及下豎框係相對重心。顯示連接器可經由一條以上之電纜及/或導線將控制器連接至顯示器構造。可為經由電纜將控制器連接至各自的顯示器構造之顯示連接器可由控制器殼體的複數面之一面延伸,或可由控制器殼體的複數面之不止一面延伸。將控制器連接至對應顯示器構造的至少二條(例如,所有)電纜可為(例如,實質上)相同之長度。電纜可至少部分地延伸在窗框內。將控制器連接至顯示器構造的電纜之長度可為不同的。電纜可至少部分地延伸於窗框內及/或窗框外側。(例如,局部)控制器可包括例如能連接至一個以上之電源的電源連接器。電源連接器可為設置在同一面或與由其延伸至顯示器構造之資料電纜的面不同之面中。不同的面可形成一角度,此角度可為(例如,實質上)直角。不同之面可為彼此平行。資料(例如,通訊及/或媒體)電纜可由一個以上的資料源(例如,伺服器)連接至控制器。資料電纜可連接至媒體內容提供者服務器及/或控制窗戶之著色程度的伺服器。於一些實施例中,電力及資料係經由相同之電纜(例如,同軸電纜)耦接至顯示器構造。In some embodiments, the display structure is controlled by at least one controller. The controller may be part of a control system. The controller may include a controller directly coupled (e.g., connected) to the display structure. The connection between the controller and the display structure may use wired and/or wireless communication. The controller may be coupled to the display structure via a plurality of wirings (e.g., for communication and/or power). The controller may be disposed in a housing. The housing may include more than one material. Such materials may include elemental metals, metal alloys, polymers (e.g., plastics), resins, wood, glass, composites, and/or other materials. Such materials may include transparent or opaque materials. Such materials may include conductive or insulating (e.g., dielectric) materials. The housing may include dispersed or mirrored materials. The housing may have multiple faces. At least two (e.g., all) of the plurality of wirings may extend from one of the plurality of faces of the controller housing. Sometimes, a controller housing (e.g., including more than one controller) may be coupled to a plurality of display structures. Sometimes, a controller may be operatively coupled (e.g., directly) to a display structure. Sometimes, a controller may be operatively coupled (e.g., directly) to more than two display structures. The direct coupling may include wires connecting the controller and the display structure. The wires may be uninterrupted wires. The controller and/or housing may include wiring entries. The wiring entries may or may not be in the same face as the wiring exits in the controller housing. Sometimes, multiple control housings may be disposed adjacent to each other (e.g., in contact with each other), or may be directly coupled to each other (e.g., via wiring). At least two wirings (e.g., all wirings) connecting controllers in at least two different housings (e.g., all housings) to at least two (e.g., all) display structures (e.g., in a set of display structures) may (i) extend from the same face type of the housing and/or (ii) extend to the same collective direction (e.g., upward, downward, left, or right). The face type may be assigned according to the direction the face faces (e.g., downward, upward, eastward, westward, northward, southward, or any combination thereof). These directions may be relative to a user facing the display structures and relative to the center of gravity. In some embodiments, the controller housing is mounted in a frame portion. The controller housing may be mounted within at least a portion of a window, slat, or wall frame. A portion of the frame may be an upper horizontal vertical frame (cross beam), within a lower horizontal vertical frame (cross beam), and/or within a vertical (side) vertical frame, or a combination of vertical frames forming a window frame. The upper and lower vertical frames are relative centers of gravity. The display connector may connect the controller to the display structure via one or more cables and/or wires. The display connector that may connect the controller to the respective display structure via cables may extend from one of the multiple sides of the controller housing, or may extend from more than one of the multiple sides of the controller housing. At least two (e.g., all) cables connecting the controller to the corresponding display structure may be (e.g., substantially) the same length. The cables may extend at least partially within the window frame. The lengths of the cables connecting the controller to the display structure may be different. The cable may extend at least partially inside the window frame and/or outside the window frame. The (e.g., local) controller may include, for example, a power connector that can be connected to more than one power source. The power connector may be arranged in the same face or in a different face from the face from which the data cable extends to the display structure. The different faces may form an angle, which may be (e.g., substantially) a right angle. The different faces may be parallel to each other. Data (e.g., communication and/or media) cables may be connected to the controller from more than one data source (e.g., a server). The data cable may be connected to a media content provider server and/or a server that controls the degree of tinting of the window. In some embodiments, power and data are coupled to the display structure via the same cable (e.g., a coaxial cable).
在一些實施例中,複數裝置(例如,包括感測器及/或發射器)係整合進入公共殼體。此殼體可包括一個以上的電路板。此殼體可整合裝置之集體。此集體可具有單一殼體(例如,蓋件)。一個以上的電路板(例如,印刷電路板PCB)可設置於單一殼體中。至少一控制器可設置在殼體中。殼體可適於安裝至外殼(例如,設施、建築物、或房間)中之窗戶、壁面、天花板、或任何另一結構及/或固定裝置,以施行諸多功能。裝置的通用組件(例如,裝置之集體)可包括電力調節部件、電路系統(例如,處理單元)、記憶體、及/或網路介面。殼體可包含安裝配接器,其可提供用於將組件安裝至例如窗戶豎框的固定裝置之至少一部分。殼體可包含為最佳性能而可期望的一個以上之特徵,例如(I)一個以上的用於允許外部環境特徵進入殼體之開口,(II)電及/或電磁(例如,射頻)屏蔽,及/或(III)熱交換器(例如,被動式或主動式)。例如,殼體可包含一個以上的便於空氣流過電路板之開口(例如,孔洞)。此殼體可包含散熱器。熱交換器及/或屏蔽件可屏蔽電路系統免受外部影響及/或可屏蔽封裝在殼體中的電路板之間。殼體可包含開放本體及蓋件。蓋件可包含一個以上的開口(例如,孔洞)。蓋件可卡扣進入打開之本體以關閉殼體。殼體可包含用於容納電纜的開口。In some embodiments, a plurality of devices (e.g., including sensors and/or transmitters) are integrated into a common housing. The housing may include more than one circuit board. The housing may integrate a collection of devices. The collection may have a single housing (e.g., a cover). More than one circuit board (e.g., a printed circuit board PCB) may be disposed in the single housing. At least one controller may be disposed in the housing. The housing may be adapted to be mounted to a window, wall, ceiling, or any other structure and/or fixture in an enclosure (e.g., a facility, a building, or a room) to perform multiple functions. Common components of a device (e.g., a collection of devices) may include power conditioning components, circuit systems (e.g., a processing unit), memory, and/or a network interface. The housing may include a mounting adapter that may provide at least a portion of a fixture for mounting the assembly to, for example, a window sash. The housing may include one or more features that may be desirable for optimal performance, such as (I) one or more openings for allowing external environmental features to enter the housing, (II) electrical and/or electromagnetic (e.g., RF) shielding, and/or (III) a heat exchanger (e.g., passive or active). For example, the housing may include one or more openings (e.g., holes) that facilitate air flow through the circuit board. The housing may include a heat sink. The heat exchanger and/or shielding may shield the circuit system from external influences and/or may shield between circuit boards enclosed in the housing. The housing may include an open body and a cover. The cover may include one or more openings (e.g., holes). The cover can be snapped into the opened body to close the housing. The housing can include an opening for receiving a cable.
圖21A顯示硬表面2101(例如,可著色窗)安裝(例如,經由鉸鏈及/或黏著劑)在框架2102內之範例。框架2102包括為直立的豎框2103a及2103b、與橫梁2104a及2104b(有時稱為水平豎框)。二顯示器構造2105a及2105b安裝(例如,經由鉸鏈及/或黏著劑)於框架2102內,並覆蓋(例如,所有)硬表面2101之可見表面(例如,板條或窗戶、例如可著色窗的可見表面)。容納在殼體(在本文中亦稱為電氣(E-)箱)2106a及2106b內的二控制器安裝於上(相對向量2100指向的重心)橫梁2104a內之框架2102的一部分中。E-Box 2106a中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路通訊(例如,路由器)、及/或媒體相關的電路系統)係經由佈線2109a連接至顯示器構造2105a。E-Box 2106b中之電路系統係經由佈線2109b連接至顯示器構造2105b。顯示連接器2108a由殼體2106a在相同的向下方向中延伸。顯示連接器2108b由殼體2106b於相同之向下方向中延伸。連接器2108a及2108b配置為指向相同的向下方向。由每一E-Box 2106a及2106b至各自之顯示器構造2105a及2105b的電纜2109a具有(例如,實質上)相同之長度,且在框架2102的一部分內延伸。E-Box 2106a建構成(例如,經由連接器)連接至電源電纜2110a。E-Box 2106b建構成(例如,經由連接器)連接至電源電纜2110b。為E-Box電路系統供電之至少一條電源電纜可連接其自身的電力供應源。為E-Box電路系統供電之至少二條電源電纜可連接一電力供應源。圖21A顯示一範例,其中二條電源電纜2110a及2110b連接至相同的電力供應源2111。電源電纜2110a及2110b由每一E-box延伸,且(例如,實質上)垂直於顯示器連接器2108a及2108b由E-box延伸(例如,連接器延伸至E-box之同一側)的方向。媒體佈線2112a由資料源(例如伺服器)連接至容納在E-box中之電路系統(例如,媒體電路板)2106b。媒體佈線2112b連接至E-Box 2106a及(經由E-Box 2106b)連接至電纜2112a及資料源2115。媒體電纜2112a及2112b可連接至媒體內容提供者服務器。E-box可為操作地耦接(例如,無線及/或有線地)至網路,此網路耦接至控制該設施或該設施內的任何可控裝置之至少一控制器。例如,於硬表面2101係可著色窗的情況中,任何(例如,所有)E-box可為操作地耦接至控制此窗戶之著色程度的至少一控制器,例如經由媒體電纜(例如,2112a及/或2112b)或經由專用電纜(圖21A中未顯示)。FIG. 21A shows an example of a hard surface 2101 (e.g., a tintable window) mounted (e.g., via hinges and/or adhesives) within a frame 2102. The frame 2102 includes vertical frames 2103a and 2103b, and cross beams 2104a and 2104b (sometimes referred to as horizontal vertical frames). Two display structures 2105a and 2105b are mounted (e.g., via hinges and/or adhesives) within the frame 2102 and cover (e.g., all) the visible surface of the hard surface 2101 (e.g., a slat or window, such as the visible surface of a tintable window). Two controllers housed in housings (also referred to herein as electrical (E-) boxes) 2106a and 2106b are mounted in a portion of frame 2102 within upper (center of gravity relative to vector 2100) crossbeam 2104a. Circuitry in E-Box 2106a (e.g., including timing controllers, network communications (e.g., routers), and/or media-related circuitry) is connected to display structure 2105a via wiring 2109a. Circuitry in E-Box 2106b is connected to display structure 2105b via wiring 2109b. Display connector 2108a extends from housing 2106a in the same downward direction. Display connector 2108b extends from housing 2106b in the same downward direction. Connectors 2108a and 2108b are configured to point in the same downward direction. Cable 2109a from each E-Box 2106a and 2106b to the respective display structures 2105a and 2105b has (e.g., substantially) the same length and extends within a portion of frame 2102. E-Box 2106a is configured to be connected (e.g., via a connector) to power cable 2110a. E-Box 2106b is configured to be connected (e.g., via a connector) to power cable 2110b. At least one power cable that powers the E-Box circuit system can be connected to its own power supply. At least two power cables that power the E-Box circuit system can be connected to a power supply. FIG. 21A shows an example where two power cables 2110a and 2110b are connected to the same power supply 2111. Power cables 2110a and 2110b extend from each E-box and (e.g., substantially) perpendicular to the direction in which display connectors 2108a and 2108b extend from the E-box (e.g., the connectors extend to the same side of the E-box). Media cabling 2112a connects from a data source (e.g., a server) to a circuit system (e.g., a media circuit board) 2106b housed in the E-box. Media cabling 2112b is connected to E-Box 2106a and (via E-Box 2106b) to cable 2112a and data source 2115. Media cables 2112a and 2112b may be connected to a media content provider server. The E-box may be operatively coupled (e.g., wirelessly and/or wired) to a network coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device within the facility. For example, where hard surface 2101 is a tintable window, any (e.g., all) E-boxes may be operatively coupled to at least one controller that controls the degree of tinting of the window, e.g., via media cables (e.g., 2112a and/or 2112b) or via a dedicated cable (not shown in FIG. 21A ).
圖21B顯示(例如經由鉸鏈及/或黏著劑)安裝於框架2122內之硬表面2121(例如可著色窗)的範例。框架2122包括為直立之豎框2123a及2123b、和橫梁2124a及2124b(有時稱為水平豎框)。四個顯示器構造2125a、2125b、2125c及2125d(例如,經由鉸鏈及/或黏著劑)安裝在框架2122內,並覆蓋硬表面2121的所有可見表面(例如,板條或例如可著色窗之類的窗戶之可見表面)。容納於殼體(在本文中亦稱為電氣(E-)箱)2126a、2126b、2126c及2126d內的四個控制器安裝於上(相對向量2120指向之重心)橫梁2124a內的框架2122之一部分中。E-Box 2126a中的電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路及/或媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2129a連接至顯示器構造2125a。E-Box 2126b中之電路系統係經由佈線2129b連接至顯示器構造2125b。E-Box 2126c中的電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器及媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2129c連接至顯示器構造2125c。E-Box 2126d中之電路系統係經由佈線2129d連接至顯示器構造2125d。顯示連接器2128a由殼體2126a在相同的向下方向中延伸。顯示連接器2128b由殼體2126b於相同之向下方向中延伸。顯示連接器2128c由殼體2126c在相同的向下方向中延伸。顯示連接器2128d由殼體2126d於相同之向下方向中延伸。連接器2128a、2128b、2128c及2128d係配置為指向相同的向下方向中。由每一E-Box 2126a、2126b、2126c及2126d至各自之顯示器構造2125a、2125b、2125c及2125d,電纜2129a具有(例如,實質上)相同的長度,且在框架2102之一部分內延伸。E-Box 2126a建構成(例如,經由連接器)連接至電源電纜2130a。E-Box 2126b建構成(例如,經由連接器)連接至電源電纜2130b。E-Box 2126c建構成(例如經由連接器)連接至電源電纜2130c。E-Box 2126d建構成(例如經由連接器)連接至電源電纜2130d。為E-Box電路系統供電的至少一條電源電纜可連接其自身之電力供應源。向E-Box電路系統供電的至少二條以上之電源電纜可連接一電力供應源。圖21B顯示其中四條電源電纜2130a、2130b、2130c及2130d連接至同一電力供應源2131的範例。電源電纜2130a、2130b、2130c及2130d由每一E-box延伸,(例如,實質上)垂直於顯示連接器2128a、2128b、2128c及2128d由E-box延伸之方向。媒體佈線2132a由資料源(例如伺服器)連接至容納在E-box(例如媒體電路板)2126d中的電路系統。媒體佈線2132b連接至E-Box 2126c,且(經由E-Box 2126d)連接至電纜2132a及資料源2135。媒體佈線2132c連接至E-Box 2126b,且(經由E-boxs 2126d及2126c)連接至電纜2132a及資料源2135。媒體佈線2132d連接至E-Box 2126a,且(經由E-Box 2126d、2126c及2126b)連接至電纜2132a及資料源2135。媒體電纜2132a、2132b、2132c及2132d可連接至媒體內容提供者服務器。E-box可為操作地(例如,無線及/或有線地)耦接至網路,此網路耦接至控制該設施或該設施內的任何可控裝置之至少一控制器。例如,於硬表面2121係可著色窗的情況中,任何(例如,所有)E-box可為操作地耦接至至少一控制器,其例如經由媒體電纜(例如2132a、2132b、2132c及/或2132d)或經由專用電纜(圖21B中未顯示)控制此窗戶之著色程度。FIG. 21B shows an example of a hard surface 2121 (e.g., a tintable window) mounted (e.g., via hinges and/or adhesives) within a frame 2122. The frame 2122 includes vertical frames 2123a and 2123b, and cross beams 2124a and 2124b (sometimes referred to as horizontal vertical frames). Four display structures 2125a, 2125b, 2125c, and 2125d are mounted (e.g., via hinges and/or adhesives) within the frame 2122 and cover all visible surfaces of the hard surface 2121 (e.g., slats or visible surfaces of a window such as a tintable window). Four controllers housed in housings (also referred to herein as electrical (E-) boxes) 2126a, 2126b, 2126c, and 2126d are mounted in a portion of frame 2122 within upper (center of gravity relative to vector 2120) crossbeam 2124a. The circuitry in E-Box 2126a (e.g., including timing controllers, network and/or media-related circuitry) is connected to display structure 2125a via wiring 2129a. The circuitry in E-Box 2126b is connected to display structure 2125b via wiring 2129b. The circuitry in E-Box 2126c (e.g., including timing controllers and media-related circuitry) is connected to display structure 2125c via wiring 2129c. The circuit system in E-Box 2126d is connected to display structure 2125d via wiring 2129d. Display connector 2128a extends from housing 2126a in the same downward direction. Display connector 2128b extends from housing 2126b in the same downward direction. Display connector 2128c extends from housing 2126c in the same downward direction. Display connector 2128d extends from housing 2126d in the same downward direction. Connectors 2128a, 2128b, 2128c and 2128d are configured to point in the same downward direction. Cable 2129a has (e.g., substantially) the same length and extends within a portion of frame 2102 from each E-Box 2126a, 2126b, 2126c, and 2126d to the respective display structures 2125a, 2125b, 2125c, and 2125d. E-Box 2126a is configured to connect (e.g., via a connector) to power cable 2130a. E-Box 2126b is configured to connect (e.g., via a connector) to power cable 2130b. E-Box 2126c is configured to connect (e.g., via a connector) to power cable 2130c. E-Box 2126d is configured to connect (e.g., via a connector) to power cable 2130d. At least one power cable that supplies power to the E-Box circuit system can be connected to its own power supply. At least two or more power cables that supply power to the E-Box circuit system can be connected to a power supply. Figure 21B shows an example in which four power cables 2130a, 2130b, 2130c and 2130d are connected to the same power supply 2131. Power cables 2130a, 2130b, 2130c and 2130d extend from each E-box, (e.g., substantially) perpendicular to the direction in which display connectors 2128a, 2128b, 2128c and 2128d extend from the E-box. Media cabling 2132a is connected from a data source (e.g., a server) to a circuit system housed in an E-box (e.g., a media circuit board) 2126d. Media cabling 2132b is connected to E-Box 2126c and (via E-Box 2126d) to cable 2132a and data source 2135. Media cabling 2132c is connected to E-Box 2126b and (via E-boxes 2126d and 2126c) to cable 2132a and data source 2135. Media cabling 2132d is connected to E-Box 2126a and (via E-Boxes 2126d, 2126c, and 2126b) to cable 2132a and data source 2135. Media cables 2132a, 2132b, 2132c, and 2132d may be connected to a media content provider server. The E-box may be operatively (e.g., wirelessly and/or wiredly) coupled to a network coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device within the facility. For example, in the case where the hard surface 2121 is a tintable window, any (e.g., all) E-boxes may be operably coupled to at least one controller which controls the degree of tinting of such window, for example via a media cable (e.g., 2132a, 2132b, 2132c and/or 2132d) or via a dedicated cable (not shown in FIG. 21B).
圖22A顯示(例如,經由鉸鏈及/或黏著劑)安裝在框架2222a及2222b內的硬表面2221a及2221b(例如可著色窗)之範例。框架2222a及2222b包括為直立的豎框2223及橫梁2224(有時稱為水平豎框)。二個顯示器構造2225a、2225b安裝於框架2222a內,且二個顯示器構造2225c及2225d安裝在框架2222b內,並覆蓋硬表面2221a及2221b的所有可見表面(例如,板條或例如可著色窗之類的窗戶之可見表面)。容納於殼體(在本文中亦稱為電氣(E)箱)2226a、2226b、2226c及2226d內的四個控制器安裝於直立側(相對向量2220指向之重心)豎框2223內的框架2222a及2222b之一部分中。E-Box 2226a中的電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器及媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2229a連接至顯示器構造2225a。E-Box 2226b中之電路系統係經由佈線2229b連接至顯示器構造2225b。E-Box 2226c中的電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路部件及/或及媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2229c連接至顯示器構造2225c。E-Box 2226d中之電路系統係經由佈線2229d連接至顯示器構造2225d。顯示連接器2228a、2228b、2228c及2228d由各自的殼體2226a、2226b、2226c及2226d在相同之水平方向中延伸。連接器2228a、2228b、2228c及2228d配置為指向相同的水平方向中。由每一E-Box 2226a、2226b、2226c及2226d至各自之顯示器構造2225a、2225b、2225c及2225d,電纜2229a、2229b、2229c及2229d(例如,實質上)具有相同的長度,並於框架2222a及2222b之諸部分內延伸。E-box可為操作地(例如,無線及/或有線地)耦接至網路,此網路係耦接至控制該設施或該設施內的任何可控制裝置之至少一控制器。例如,於硬表面2221a及2221b為一個以上的可著色窗之情況中,任何(例如,所有)E-box可為操作地耦接至控制這些窗戶的著色程度之至少一控制器。FIG. 22A shows an example of a hard surface 2221a and 2221b (e.g., tinted windows) mounted (e.g., via hinges and/or adhesive) within a frame 2222a and 2222b. The frame 2222a and 2222b includes a vertical frame 2223 and a crossbeam 2224 (sometimes referred to as a horizontal vertical frame) that are upright. Two display structures 2225a, 2225b are mounted within the frame 2222a, and two display structures 2225c and 2225d are mounted within the frame 2222b and cover all visible surfaces of the hard surfaces 2221a and 2221b (e.g., visible surfaces of slats or windows such as tinted windows). Four controllers housed in housings (also referred to herein as electrical (E) boxes) 2226a, 2226b, 2226c, and 2226d are mounted in a portion of frames 2222a and 2222b within upright side (relative to the center of gravity to which vector 2220 points) vertical frame 2223. Circuitry in E-Box 2226a (e.g., including timing controllers and media-related circuitry) is connected to display structure 2225a via wiring 2229a. Circuitry in E-Box 2226b is connected to display structure 2225b via wiring 2229b. The circuit system in E-Box 2226c (e.g., including a timing controller, network components and/or media-related circuit systems) is connected to the display structure 2225c via wiring 2229c. The circuit system in E-Box 2226d is connected to the display structure 2225d via wiring 2229d. Display connectors 2228a, 2228b, 2228c and 2228d extend from respective housings 2226a, 2226b, 2226c and 2226d in the same horizontal direction. Connectors 2228a, 2228b, 2228c and 2228d are configured to point in the same horizontal direction. Cables 2229a, 2229b, 2229c, and 2229d are (e.g., substantially) the same length and extend within portions of frames 2222a and 2222b from each E-Box 2226a, 2226b, 2226c, and 2226d to the respective display structures 2225a, 2225b, 2225c, and 2225d. The E-boxes may be operatively (e.g., wirelessly and/or wiredly) coupled to a network coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device within the facility. For example, where the hard surfaces 2221a and 2221b are more than one tintable window, any (e.g., all) of the E-boxes may be operatively coupled to at least one controller that controls the degree of tinting of the windows.
圖22B顯示(例如,經由鉸鏈及/或黏著劑)安裝在框架2232a及2232b內的硬表面2231a及2231b(例如可著色窗)之範例。框架2232a及2232b包括為直立的豎框2233、及橫梁2234(有時稱為水平豎框)。顯示器構造2235a安裝於框架2232a內,且顯示器構造2235b安裝在框架2232b內,並覆蓋硬表面2231a及2231b之所有可見表面(例如,板條或例如可著色窗之類的窗戶之可見表面)。容納於殼體(在本文中亦稱為電氣(E)箱)2236a及2236b內的二控制器安裝於上(相對向量2230指向之重心)豎框2224內的框架2232a及2232b之一部分中。E-Box 2236a中的電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路部件及/或及媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2239a連接至顯示器構造2235a。E-Box 2236b中之電路系統係經由佈線2239b連接至顯示器構造2235b。顯示連接器2238a及2238b由各自殼體2236a及2236b在相同的向下方向中延伸。連接器2238a及2238b配置成指向相同之向下方向。由每一E-Box 2236a及2236b至各自顯示器構造2235a及2235b,電纜2239a及2239b(例如,實質上)具有相同的長度,且於框架2232a及2232b之一部分內延伸。E-box可操作地(例如,無線及/或有線地)耦接至網路,此網路耦接至控制該設施或該設施內的任何可控制裝置之至少一控制器。例如,在硬表面2231a及2231b係一個以上的可著色窗之情況中,任何(例如,所有)E-box可操作地耦接至控制這些窗戶的著色程度之至少一控制器。FIG. 22B shows an example of a hard surface 2231a and 2231b (e.g., a tintable window) mounted (e.g., via hinges and/or adhesive) within a frame 2232a and 2232b. The frame 2232a and 2232b includes a vertical frame 2233, and a crossbeam 2234 (sometimes referred to as a horizontal vertical frame). A display structure 2235a is mounted within the frame 2232a, and a display structure 2235b is mounted within the frame 2232b and covers all visible surfaces of the hard surface 2231a and 2231b (e.g., the visible surface of a slat or window such as a tintable window). Two controllers housed in housings (also referred to herein as electrical (E) boxes) 2236a and 2236b are mounted in a portion of frames 2232a and 2232b within an upper (relative to the center of gravity of vector 2230) vertical frame 2224. The circuitry in E-Box 2236a (e.g., including timing controllers, network components, and/or media-related circuitry) is connected to display structure 2235a via wiring 2239a. The circuitry in E-Box 2236b is connected to display structure 2235b via wiring 2239b. Display connectors 2238a and 2238b extend from respective housings 2236a and 2236b in the same downward direction. Connectors 2238a and 2238b are configured to point in the same downward direction. From each E-Box 2236a and 2236b to the respective display structure 2235a and 2235b, cables 2239a and 2239b are (e.g., substantially) the same length and extend within a portion of the frame 2232a and 2232b. The E-boxes are operably coupled (e.g., wirelessly and/or wired) to a network that is coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device within the facility. For example, in the case where the hard surface 2231a and 2231b is more than one tintable window, any (e.g., all) E-boxes are operably coupled to at least one controller that controls the degree of tinting of those windows.
圖23顯示(例如,經由例如2370之類的鉸鏈及/或黏著劑)安裝於框架2322a、2322b及2322c內之硬表面2321a、2321b及2321c(例如可著色窗)的範例。框架2322a、2322b及2322c包括為直立之豎框2323、及橫梁2324(亦稱為水平豎框)。四個顯示器構造2325a、2325b、2325c及2325d係安裝在框架2322a內,二個顯示器構造2325e及2325f係安裝於框架2322b內,且二個顯示器構造2325g及2325h係安裝在框架2322c內,並可(例如,實質上)覆蓋各自硬表面2321a、2321b及2321c的可見表面(例如,板條之可見表面,或例如可著色窗之類的窗戶之可見表面)的全部(或僅一部分)。例如,可著色窗之表面2380未藉由顯示器構造所覆蓋。容納於殼體(E-box)2326a、2326b、2326c及2326d內的四個控制器安裝於上(相對向量2320指向之重心)豎框2323內的框架2322a之一部分中。E-Box 2326a中的電路系統係經由佈線2329a連接至顯示器構造2325a。此佈線可建構成傳輸資料及/或電力(例如,至觸控螢幕)。E-Box 2326b中之電路系統係經由佈線2329b連接至顯示器構造2325b。E-Box 2326c中的電路系統係經由佈線2329c連接至顯示器構造2325c。E-Box 2326d中之電路系統係經由佈線2329d連接至顯示器構造2325d。顯示連接器2328a、2328b、2328c及2328d由各自殼體2326a、2326b、2326c及2326d在相同的向下方向中延伸。連接器2328a、2328b、2328c及2328d係配置成指向相同之向下方向。由每一E-Box 2326a、2326b、2326c及2326d至各自顯示器構造2325a、2325b、2325c及2325d,電纜2329a、2329b、2329c及2329d(例如,實質上)具有相同的長度,並於框架2322a之諸多部分內延伸。E-box可操作地(例如,無線及/或有線地)耦接至網路,此網路耦接至控制該設施或該設施內的任何可控制裝置之至少一控制器。例如,在硬表面2321a、2321b及2321c係一個以上的可著色窗之情況中,任何(例如,所有)E-box可操作地耦接至控制這些窗戶的著色程度之至少一控制器。容納於殼體2330中的控制器安裝在上(相對向量2320指向之重心)豎框2323內的框架2322b之一部分中。控制器2330中的電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路部件及/或媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2329e連接至顯示器構造2325e。控制器2330中之電路系統係經由佈線2329f連接至顯示器構造2325f。控制器2330中的電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路部件及/或媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2329g連接至顯示器構造2325g。控制器2330中之電路系統係經由佈線2329h連接至顯示器構造2325h。由控制器2330至各自顯示器構造2325e、2325f、2325g及2325h,電纜2329e、2329f、2329g及2329h具有(例如,實質上)相同的長度,且於框架2322b及2322c之諸多部分內延伸。控制器2330可操作地(例如,無線及/或有線地)耦接至網路,此網路耦接至控制該設施或該設施內的任何可控制裝置之至少一控制器。例如,在硬表面2321a、2321b及2321c係一個以上的可著色窗之情況中,任何(例如,所有)控制器可操作地耦接至控制這些窗戶的著色程度之至少一控制器。23 shows an example of a hard surface 2321a, 2321b, and 2321c (e.g., a tintable window) mounted within a frame 2322a, 2322b, and 2322c (e.g., via hinges and/or adhesives such as 2370). The frames 2322a, 2322b, and 2322c include a vertical frame 2323 that is upright, and a crossbeam 2324 (also called a horizontal vertical frame). Four display structures 2325a, 2325b, 2325c and 2325d are mounted in frame 2322a, two display structures 2325e and 2325f are mounted in frame 2322b, and two display structures 2325g and 2325h are mounted in frame 2322c and may (e.g., substantially) cover all (or only a portion) of the visible surface (e.g., the visible surface of a slat, or the visible surface of a window such as a tintable window) of respective hard surfaces 2321a, 2321b and 2321c. For example, surface 2380 of a tintable window is not covered by the display structures. Four controllers contained in housings (E-boxes) 2326a, 2326b, 2326c and 2326d are mounted in a portion of frame 2322a within an upper (relative to the center of gravity to which vector 2320 points) vertical frame 2323. The circuit system in E-Box 2326a is connected to display structure 2325a via wiring 2329a. This wiring can be configured to transmit data and/or power (e.g., to a touch screen). The circuit system in E-Box 2326b is connected to display structure 2325b via wiring 2329b. The circuit system in E-Box 2326c is connected to display structure 2325c via wiring 2329c. The circuitry in E-Box 2326d is connected to display structure 2325d via wiring 2329d. Display connectors 2328a, 2328b, 2328c, and 2328d extend from respective housings 2326a, 2326b, 2326c, and 2326d in the same downward direction. Connectors 2328a, 2328b, 2328c, and 2328d are configured to point in the same downward direction. Cables 2329a, 2329b, 2329c, and 2329d are (e.g., substantially) of the same length and extend within portions of the frame 2322a from each E-Box 2326a, 2326b, 2326c, and 2326d to the respective display structures 2325a, 2325b, 2325c, and 2325d. The E-boxes are operably coupled (e.g., wirelessly and/or wired) to a network that is coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device within the facility. For example, where the hard surfaces 2321a, 2321b, and 2321c are more than one tintable window, any (e.g., all) of the E-boxes are operably coupled to at least one controller that controls the degree of tinting of the windows. The controller contained in the housing 2330 is mounted in a portion of the frame 2322b within the upper (center of gravity relative to the direction of vector 2320) vertical frame 2323. The circuit system in the controller 2330 (e.g., including a timing controller, network components and/or media-related circuit systems) is connected to the display structure 2325e via wiring 2329e. The circuit system in the controller 2330 is connected to the display structure 2325f via wiring 2329f. The circuit system in the controller 2330 (e.g., including a timing controller, network components and/or media-related circuit systems) is connected to the display structure 2325g via wiring 2329g. The circuitry in the controller 2330 is connected to the display structure 2325h via the cabling 2329h. The cables 2329e, 2329f, 2329g, and 2329h have (e.g., substantially) the same length and extend within portions of the frames 2322b and 2322c from the controller 2330 to the respective display structures 2325e, 2325f, 2325g, and 2325h. The controller 2330 is operably coupled (e.g., wirelessly and/or wiredly) to a network coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device within the facility. For example, where hard surfaces 2321a, 2321b, and 2321c are more than one tintable window, any (eg, all) controllers may be operably coupled to at least one controller that controls the degree of tinting of those windows.
圖24顯示(例如,經由鉸鏈及/或黏著劑)安裝於框架2422a、2422b及2422c內的硬表面2421a、2421b及2421c(例如,可著色窗)之範例。框架2422a、2422b及2422c包括為直立的豎框2423、及橫梁2424(有時稱為水平豎框)。四個顯示器構造2425a、2425b、2425c及2425d係安裝在框架2422a內,二個顯示器構造2425e及2425f係安裝於框架2422b內,且二個顯示器構造2425g及2425h係安裝在框架2422c內,並可覆蓋各自硬表面2421a、2421b及2421c之可見表面(例如,板條的可見表面,或例如可著色窗之類的窗戶之可見表面)的全部(或僅一部分)。容納於殼體(在本文中亦稱為電氣(E-)箱)2426a、2426b、2426c及2426d內之四個控制器係安裝於上(相對向量2420指向的重心)豎框2423內之框架2422a的一部分中。E-Box 2426a中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路部件及/或媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2429a連接至顯示器構造2425a。E-Box 2426b中的電路系統係經由佈線2429b連接至顯示器構造2425b。E-Box 2426c中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路部件及/或及媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2429c連接至顯示器構造2425c。E-Box 2426d中的電路系統係經由佈線2429d連接至顯示器構造2425d。由每一E-Box 2426a、2426b、2426c及2426d至各自顯示器構造2425a、2425b、2425c及2425d,電纜2429a、2429b、2429c及2429d(例如,實質上)具有相同之長度,且在框架2422a的諸多部分內延伸。E-box可操作地(例如,無線及/或有線地)耦接至網路,此網路係耦接至控制該設施或該設施內之任何可控制裝置的至少一控制器。例如,於硬表面2421a、2421b及2421c係一個以上之可著色窗的情況中,任何(例如,所有)E-box可操作地耦接至控制這些窗戶之著色程度的至少一控制器。容納在殼體2430內之控制器安裝於上(相對於向量2420指向的重心)豎框2423內之框架2422b的一部分中。控制器2430中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路部件及/或及媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2429e連接至顯示器構造2425e。控制器2430中的電路系統係經由佈線2429f連接至顯示器構造2425f。控制器2430中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路部件及/或媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2429g連接至顯示器構造2425g。控制器2430中的電路系統係經由佈線2429h連接至顯示器構造2425h。由控制器2430至各自顯示器構造2425e、2425f、2425g及2425h,電纜2429e、2429f、2429g及2429h(例如,實質上)具有相同之長度,且在框架2422b及2422c的諸多部分內延伸。控制器2430可操作地(例如無線地及/或有線地)耦接至網路,此網路耦接至控制該設施或該設施內之任何可控制裝置的至少一控制器。例如,於硬表面2421a、2421b及2421c係一個以上之可著色窗的情況中,任何(例如,所有)控制器可操作地耦接至控制這些窗戶之著色程度的至少一控制器。24 shows an example of a hard surface 2421a, 2421b and 2421c (e.g., a tintable window) mounted (e.g., via hinges and/or adhesive) within a frame 2422a, 2422b and 2422c. The frame 2422a, 2422b and 2422c includes a vertical frame 2423, and a crossbeam 2424 (sometimes referred to as a horizontal frame). Four display structures 2425a, 2425b, 2425c and 2425d are mounted in frame 2422a, two display structures 2425e and 2425f are mounted in frame 2422b, and two display structures 2425g and 2425h are mounted in frame 2422c and can cover all (or only a portion) of the visible surface of the respective hard surfaces 2421a, 2421b and 2421c (for example, the visible surface of a slat, or the visible surface of a window such as a tinted window). Four controllers housed in housings (also referred to herein as electrical (E-) boxes) 2426a, 2426b, 2426c, and 2426d are mounted in a portion of frame 2422a within an upper (center of gravity relative to which vector 2420 points) vertical frame 2423. Circuitry in E-Box 2426a (e.g., including timing controllers, network components, and/or media-related circuitry) is connected to display structure 2425a via wiring 2429a. Circuitry in E-Box 2426b is connected to display structure 2425b via wiring 2429b. Circuitry in E-Box 2426c (e.g., including timing controllers, networking components, and/or media-related circuitry) is connected to display structure 2425c via wiring 2429c. Circuitry in E-Box 2426d is connected to display structure 2425d via wiring 2429d. Cables 2429a, 2429b, 2429c, and 2429d are (e.g., substantially) the same length and extend within portions of frame 2422a from each E-Box 2426a, 2426b, 2426c, and 2426d to the respective display structures 2425a, 2425b, 2425c, and 2425d. The E-box is operably coupled (e.g., wirelessly and/or wired) to a network that is coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device within the facility. For example, in the case where hard surfaces 2421a, 2421b, and 2421c are more than one tintable window, any (e.g., all) E-boxes are operably coupled to at least one controller that controls the degree of tinting of these windows. The controller contained within the housing 2430 is mounted in a portion of the frame 2422b within the upper (relative to the center of gravity to which vector 2420 points) vertical frame 2423. The circuit system in the controller 2430 (e.g., including a timing controller, network components, and/or media-related circuit systems) is connected to the display structure 2425e via wiring 2429e. Circuitry in controller 2430 is connected to display structure 2425f via wiring 2429f. Circuitry in controller 2430 (e.g., including timing controller, networking components and/or media-related circuitry) is connected to display structure 2425g via wiring 2429g. Circuitry in controller 2430 is connected to display structure 2425h via wiring 2429h. Cables 2429e, 2429f, 2429g and 2429h are (e.g., substantially) the same length and extend within portions of frames 2422b and 2422c from controller 2430 to respective display structures 2425e, 2425f, 2425g and 2425h. The controller 2430 is operably coupled (e.g., wirelessly and/or wired) to a network that is coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device within the facility. For example, where the hard surfaces 2421a, 2421b, and 2421c are more than one tintable window, any (e.g., all) controllers are operably coupled to at least one controller that controls the degree of tinting of these windows.
圖25顯示(例如,經由鉸鏈及/或黏著劑)安裝在框架2522a、2522b及2522c內之硬表面2521a、2521b及2521c(例如可著色窗)的範例。框架2522a、2522b及2522c包括為直立之豎框2523、及橫梁2524(有時稱為水平豎框)。四個顯示器構造2525a、2525b、2525c及2525d安裝於框架2522a內,二個顯示器構造2525e及2525f安裝在框架2522b內,且二個顯示器構造2525g及2525h安裝於框架2522c內,並可覆蓋各自硬表面2521a、2521b及2521c的可見表面(例如,板條或例如可著色窗之類的窗戶之可見表面)的全部(或僅一部分)。容納在殼體(於本文中亦稱為電氣(E-)箱)2526a、2526b、2526c及2526d內之四個控制器安裝在上(相對於向量2520指向的重心)豎框2523內之框架2522b的一部分中。E-Box 2526a中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路部件及/或媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2529a連接至顯示器構造2525a。E-Box 2526b中的電路系統係經由佈線2529b連接至顯示器構造2525b。E-Box 2526c中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路部件及/或媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2529c連接至顯示器構造2525c。E-Box 2526d中的電路系統係經由佈線2529d連接至顯示器構造2525d。由每一E-Box 2526a、2526b、2526c及2526d至各自顯示器構造2525a、2525b、2525c及2525d,電纜2529a、2529b、2529c及2529d(例如,實質上)具有相同的長度,且在框架2522a之諸多部分內延伸。E-box可操作地(例如,無線及/或有線地)耦接至網路,此網路耦接至控制該設施或該設施內的任何可控制裝置之至少一控制器。例如,於硬表面2521a、2521b及2521c係一個以上的可著色窗之情況中,任何(例如,所有)E-box可操作地耦接至控制這些窗戶的著色程度之至少一控制器。容納在殼體2530內的控制器安裝於上(相對向量2520指向之重心)豎框2523內的框架2522b之一部分中。控制器2530中的電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路部件及/或及媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2529e連接至顯示器構造2525e。控制器2530中之電路系統係經由佈線2529f連接至顯示器構造2525f。控制器2530中的電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路部件及/或及媒體相關電路系統)係經由佈線2529g連接至顯示器構造2525g。控制器2530中之電路系統係經由佈線2529h連接至顯示器構造2525h。由控制器2530至各顯示器構造2525e、2525f、2525g及2525h,電纜2529e、2529f、2529g及2529h(例如,實質上)具有相同的長度,且在框架2522b及2522c之諸多部分內延伸。控制器2530可操作地(例如,無線及/或有線地)耦接至網路,此網路耦接至控制該設施或該設施內的任何可控制裝置之至少一控制器。例如,於硬表面2521a、2521b及2521c係一個以上的可著色窗之情況中,任何(例如,所有)控制器可操作地耦接至控制這些窗戶的著色程度之至少一控制器。25 shows an example of a hard surface 2521a, 2521b and 2521c (e.g., a tintable window) mounted (e.g., via hinges and/or adhesive) within a frame 2522a, 2522b and 2522c. The frame 2522a, 2522b and 2522c includes a vertical frame 2523, which is upright, and a crossbeam 2524 (sometimes referred to as a horizontal vertical frame). Four display structures 2525a, 2525b, 2525c and 2525d are mounted in frame 2522a, two display structures 2525e and 2525f are mounted in frame 2522b, and two display structures 2525g and 2525h are mounted in frame 2522c and can cover all (or only a portion) of the visible surface (e.g., the visible surface of a slat or window such as a tinted window) of the respective hard surfaces 2521a, 2521b and 2521c. Four controllers housed in housings (also referred to herein as electrical (E-) boxes) 2526a, 2526b, 2526c, and 2526d are mounted in a portion of frame 2522b within an upper (relative to the center of gravity toward which vector 2520 points) vertical frame 2523. Circuitry in E-Box 2526a (e.g., including timing controllers, networking components, and/or media-related circuitry) is connected to display structure 2525a via wiring 2529a. Circuitry in E-Box 2526b is connected to display structure 2525b via wiring 2529b. Circuitry in E-Box 2526c (e.g., including timing controllers, networking components, and/or media-related circuitry) is connected to display structure 2525c via wiring 2529c. Circuitry in E-Box 2526d is connected to display structure 2525d via wiring 2529d. Cables 2529a, 2529b, 2529c, and 2529d are (e.g., substantially) the same length and extend within portions of frame 2522a from each E-Box 2526a, 2526b, 2526c, and 2526d to the respective display structures 2525a, 2525b, 2525c, and 2525d. The E-box is operably coupled (e.g., wirelessly and/or wired) to a network that is coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device within the facility. For example, in the case where the hard surfaces 2521a, 2521b, and 2521c are more than one tintable window, any (e.g., all) E-boxes are operably coupled to at least one controller that controls the degree of tinting of these windows. The controller contained within the housing 2530 is mounted in a portion of the frame 2522b within the upper (relative to the center of gravity of the vector 2520) vertical frame 2523. The circuit system in the controller 2530 (e.g., including a timing controller, network components and/or media-related circuit systems) is connected to the display structure 2525e via wiring 2529e. Circuitry in controller 2530 is connected to display structure 2525f via wiring 2529f. Circuitry in controller 2530 (e.g., including timing controller, networking components and/or media-related circuitry) is connected to display structure 2525g via wiring 2529g. Circuitry in controller 2530 is connected to display structure 2525h via wiring 2529h. Cables 2529e, 2529f, 2529g and 2529h are (e.g., substantially) the same length from controller 2530 to each of display structures 2525e, 2525f, 2525g and 2525h and extend within portions of frames 2522b and 2522c. Controller 2530 is operably coupled (e.g., wirelessly and/or wiredly) to a network that is coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device within the facility. For example, where hard surfaces 2521a, 2521b, and 2521c are more than one tintable window, any (e.g., all) controllers are operably coupled to at least one controller that controls the degree of tinting of those windows.
於一些實施例中,殼體((E)-boxes)中的一個以上之控制器向一個以上的顯示器構造提供功能性。E-box可具有蓋件托架,此蓋件托架可鎖固至安裝托架。蓋件托架及安裝托架可安裝在窗框之一部分內及/或安裝至另一結構。E-box可具有一長度、寬度、及高度。E-box的長度最多可為15英寸('')、14''、13''、12''、11''或10''。E-box之長度可具有前述值之間的任何值(例如,約於15''與10''之間,例如約12.5'')。E-box的寬度最多可為5英寸('')、4''、3.5''、3''、2.5''、2''或1.5''。E-box之寬度可具有前述值之間的任何值(例如,約5''與1.5''之間,例如約3.75'')。E-box的高度最多可為3''、2.5''、2''、1.5''或1''。E-box之高度可具有前述值之間的任何值(例如,約3''與1''之間,例如1.75'')。E-box可包括類比至數位轉換器電路板,其可安裝至蓋件托架及安裝托架的其中一者或兩者。電路板可包括用於經由電纜連接至電源(例如,AC或DC電源)之端子,此電纜將電力提供至E-box,電路板可包括至少一資料輸入連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路或用於資料傳輸的另一類型連接器),其可接收用以在關聯之顯示器構造上顯示的資料,並可包括至少一E-box連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路或用於資料傳輸之另一類型連接器),其可將資料傳輸至另一E-box。E-box可包括控制器板,其可操作地嚙合電路板。控制器板可包括時序控制器、網路部件、及/或媒體相關電路系統。可採用時序控制器來精確地協調顯示器構造中的變更諸多位置(例如,LED)之時序。控制器板可包括連接至電纜線路的連接器,電纜線路可連接至顯示器構造。電纜線路可在E-box與顯示器構造之間傳輸資料。由E-box至顯示器構造(例如,傳輸電力及/或資料)之連接器可由E-box於相同方向中延伸,或可由E-box在不同方向中延伸。例如,由E-box至顯示器構造的所有電力連接器可向同一方向延伸,並由E-box及/或設置於其中之PCB的同一側露出。例如,由E-box至顯示器構造之所有通訊連接器可向同一方向延伸,並由E-box及/或設置於其中之PCB的同一側露出。由E-box之PCB至顯示器構造供電的電力連接器可留駐於與由E-box之PCB至顯示器構造的資料連接器之相同PCB側上(例如,並向同一方向延伸,例如,朝顯示器結構並遠離E-box)。E-Box與顯示器構造之間的資料及/或電力之連接器可在第一側面留駐於E-box中,此第一側面與該E-Box的第二側面具有一角度(垂直於第二側面),用於進來之電源電纜的連接器駐留在第二側面中。E-Box與顯示器構造之間的資料及/或電力之連接器可於第一側面駐留在E-box中,此第一側面與該E-Box的第三側面具有一角度(垂直於第三側面),用於進來之資料及/或媒體通訊電纜的連接器駐留在第三側面中。用於(i)進來之電源、(ii)進來的資料(例如,媒體)通訊、及(iii)至顯示器構造之電力及/或資料的連接器可駐留或不駐留在一PCB上。E-box可操作地(例如,無線及/或有線地)耦接至網路,此網路耦接至控制設施或設施內之任何可控制裝置的至少一控制器。E-box可具有唯一網路識別符(ID),例如用於與控制此設施之至少一控制器通訊。In some embodiments, one or more controllers in a housing ((E)-boxes) provide functionality to one or more display structures. The E-box may have a cover bracket that can be locked to a mounting bracket. The cover bracket and the mounting bracket can be mounted within a portion of a window frame and/or mounted to another structure. The E-box may have a length, a width, and a height. The length of the E-box may be at most 15 inches (''), 14'', 13'', 12'', 11'', or 10''. The length of the E-box may have any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., approximately between 15'' and 10'', such as approximately 12.5''). The width of the E-box may be at most 5 inches (''), 4'', 3.5'', 3'', 2.5'', 2'', or 1.5''. The width of the E-box can have any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., between about 5'' and 1.5'', such as about 3.75''). The height of the E-box can be at most 3'', 2.5'', 2'', 1.5'', or 1''. The height of the E-box can have any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., between about 3'' and 1'', such as 1.75''). The E-box can include an analog-to-digital converter circuit board that can be mounted to one or both of the cover bracket and the mounting bracket. The circuit board may include terminals for connecting to a power source (e.g., an AC or DC power source) via a cable that provides power to the E-box, the circuit board may include at least one data input connector (e.g., a display port, HDMI, Ethernet, or another type of connector for data transmission) that can receive data for display on an associated display structure, and may include at least one E-box connector (e.g., a display port, HDMI, Ethernet, or another type of connector for data transmission) that can transmit data to another E-box. The E-box may include a controller board that operably engages the circuit board. The controller board may include a timing controller, a networking component, and/or media-related circuitry. A timing controller may be used to accurately coordinate the timing of changing multiple locations (e.g., LEDs) in a display structure. The controller board may include connectors connected to cable lines that may be connected to the display structure. The cable lines may transmit data between the E-box and the display structure. The connectors from the E-box to the display structure (e.g., to transmit power and/or data) may extend in the same direction from the E-box, or may extend in different directions from the E-box. For example, all power connectors from the E-box to the display structure may extend in the same direction and be exposed from the same side of the E-box and/or a PCB disposed therein. For example, all communication connectors from the E-box to the display structure may extend in the same direction and be exposed from the same side of the E-box and/or a PCB disposed therein. The power connector for supplying power from the PCB of the E-box to the display structure may reside on the same PCB side as the data connector from the PCB of the E-box to the display structure (e.g., and extend in the same direction, e.g., toward the display structure and away from the E-box). The connector for data and/or power between the E-Box and the display structure may reside in the E-box on a first side that is at an angle to (perpendicular to) a second side of the E-Box, with the connector for the incoming power cable residing in the second side. Connectors for data and/or power between the E-Box and a display structure may reside in the E-box on a first side that is at an angle to (perpendicular to) a third side of the E-Box, and connectors for incoming data and/or media communications cables reside in the third side. Connectors for (i) incoming power, (ii) incoming data (e.g., media) communications, and (iii) power and/or data to the display structure may or may not reside on a PCB. The E-box may be operably coupled (e.g., wirelessly and/or wired) to a network that is coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device within the facility. The E-box may have a unique network identifier (ID), for example, for communicating with at least one controller that controls the facility.
在一些實施例中,複數電纜線路由E-box延伸至顯示器構造,此電纜線路係經由連接器連接至E-box中的電路系統。電路系統可為一個以上之印刷電路板(PCB)。電纜線路可經由連接器連接至電路板。連接器可連接捆紮成電纜的複數電線。連接器之數目可為至少2、4、6或8個。連接器的數目可為偶數。電纜線路可具有相同或不同之功能性。此功能性可包括資料的傳輸及/或電(例如,電力)之傳輸。例如,連接器可連接將資料由PCB傳輸至顯示器構造的電纜線路。例如,連接器可連接將電力由PCB傳輸至顯示器構造之電纜線路。連接器可形成二組連接器。連接器群組的構件可為完全相同或不同。例如,連接器群組可包含資料連接器及電力連接器。連接器群組中之連接器類型的各自配置可遵循鏡面對稱性、倒置對稱性、及/或旋轉(例如,C 2)對稱性。用於可適用之對稱性操作的鏡面、旋轉軸、及/或反轉點可為設置在二連接器群組之間。 In some embodiments, a plurality of cable lines extend from the E-box to the display structure, and the cable lines are connected to the circuit system in the E-box via a connector. The circuit system may be one or more printed circuit boards (PCBs). The cable lines may be connected to the circuit boards via connectors. The connectors may connect a plurality of wires bundled into cables. The number of connectors may be at least 2, 4, 6, or 8. The number of connectors may be an even number. The cable lines may have the same or different functionalities. This functionality may include the transmission of data and/or the transmission of electricity (e.g., power). For example, a connector may connect a cable line that transmits data from a PCB to a display structure. For example, a connector may connect a cable line that transmits power from a PCB to a display structure. The connectors may form two groups of connectors. The components of the connector groups may be identical or different. For example, a connector group may include a data connector and a power connector. The respective configurations of the connector types in the connector group may follow mirror symmetry, inversion symmetry, and/or rotational (e.g., C 2 ) symmetry. Mirrors, rotation axes, and/or inversion points for applicable symmetric operations may be disposed between the two connector groups.
圖26顯示殼體(E-Box)2602中的控制器之範例的分解圖。E-Box 2602具有鎖固至安裝托架2604之蓋件托架2603。蓋件托架2603具有複數狹縫2620(例如,用於通風及/或熱交換)。蓋件托架2602及安裝托架2604可安裝在窗框的一部分內(於此圖中未示出)或安裝至另一結構(例如固定裝置)。E-Box 2602包括類比至數位轉換器電路板2605,其可安裝至蓋件托架2603及安裝托架2604之其中一者或兩者。電路板2605可包括用於連接至(例如,AC)電源電纜的端子2606,其向E-Box 2602、至少一資料輸入連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路或用於資料傳輸之另一類型連接器)2607提供電力,其可接收用以在相關聯的顯示器構造上顯示之資料,及至少一E-box連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路或用於資料傳輸的另一類型連接器)2608,其可將資料傳輸至另一E-Box。E-Box 2602包括可操作地嚙合電路板2605之控制器板2610。控制器板2610可包括時序控制器及/或媒體相關電路系統。可採用時序控制器來(例如,精確地)協調變更顯示器構造的諸多位置(例如,LED)之時序。電路板(例如,控制器板)2610包括連接至電纜線路2612a-f的連接器(例如2611),此電纜線路2612a-f連接至顯示器構造。電纜線路2612a-f可在E-Box 2602與顯示器構造之間傳輸資料及/或電力。例如,一些電纜線路2612a-f可傳輸資料,且一些電纜線路可傳輸電力。例如,二條最外面的電纜線路2612c及2612f可傳輸電力,且四條最裡面之電纜線路2612e、2612d、2612a、及2612b可傳輸資料。例如,二條最裡面的電纜線路2612d及2612a可傳輸電力,且四條最外面之電纜線路2612e、2612f、2612c及2612b可傳輸資料。例如,二條中間電纜線路2612a及2612b可傳輸電力,且四條電纜線路2612d、2612f、2612c、及2612a可傳輸資料。電纜線路2612a-f的其中二條可傳輸電力,且電纜線路2612a-f之其中四條可傳輸資料。連接器可由E-Box於相同方向中延伸,或可由E-Box在不同方向中延伸。於圖26中所示範例中,連接器2611由E-Box 2602在相同方向中延伸。連接器可由E-box於與(例如,AC)電源電纜延伸的方向中成直角地延伸,或可在與電源電纜延伸的方向成任何其他角度地延伸。E-box可操作地(例如,無線及/或有線地)耦接至網路,此網路耦接至控制設施或設施內之任何可控制裝置的至少一控制器。E-box可具有唯一網路ID,用於與控制該設施之至少一控制器通訊。FIG. 26 shows an exploded view of an example of a controller in an enclosure (E-Box) 2602. The E-Box 2602 has a cover bracket 2603 that is locked to a mounting bracket 2604. The cover bracket 2603 has a plurality of slits 2620 (e.g., for ventilation and/or heat exchange). The cover bracket 2602 and mounting bracket 2604 can be mounted within a portion of a window frame (not shown in this figure) or mounted to another structure (e.g., a fixture). The E-Box 2602 includes an analog-to-digital converter circuit board 2605, which can be mounted to one or both of the cover bracket 2603 and mounting bracket 2604. Circuit board 2605 may include terminals 2606 for connecting to a (e.g., AC) power cable that provides power to E-Box 2602, at least one data input connector (e.g., display port, HDMI, Ethernet, or another type of connector for data transmission) 2607 that can receive data for display on an associated display structure, and at least one E-box connector (e.g., display port, HDMI, Ethernet, or another type of connector for data transmission) 2608 that can transmit data to another E-Box. E-Box 2602 includes a controller board 2610 operably encapsulating circuit board 2605. Controller board 2610 may include a timing controller and/or media related circuitry. A timing controller may be used to (e.g., precisely) coordinate the timing of changing multiple locations (e.g., LEDs) of a display structure. A circuit board (e.g., controller board) 2610 includes a connector (e.g., 2611) connected to cable lines 2612a-f, which are connected to the display structure. The cable lines 2612a-f can transmit data and/or power between the E-Box 2602 and the display structure. For example, some of the cable lines 2612a-f can transmit data and some of the cable lines can transmit power. For example, the two outermost cable lines 2612c and 2612f may transmit power, and the four innermost cable lines 2612e, 2612d, 2612a, and 2612b may transmit data. For example, the two innermost cable lines 2612d and 2612a may transmit power, and the four outermost cable lines 2612e, 2612f, 2612c, and 2612b may transmit data. For example, the two middle cable lines 2612a and 2612b may transmit power, and the four cable lines 2612d, 2612f, 2612c, and 2612a may transmit data. Two of the cable lines 2612a-f can transmit power, and four of the cable lines 2612a-f can transmit data. The connectors can extend from the E-Box in the same direction, or can extend from the E-Box in different directions. In the example shown in Figure 26, connector 2611 extends from the E-Box 2602 in the same direction. The connector can extend from the E-box at right angles to the direction in which the (e.g., AC) power cable extends, or can extend at any other angle to the direction in which the power cable extends. The E-box can be operably coupled (e.g., wirelessly and/or wired) to a network that is coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device within the facility. The E-box can have a unique network ID for communicating with at least one controller that controls the facility.
圖27A及27B以分解圖顯示於圖26中所顯示的已組裝之E-box 2702的諸多視圖。E-Box 2702具有鎖固至安裝托架2704之蓋件托架2703。蓋件托架2702及安裝托架2704可安裝在窗框(於此圖中未示出)的一部分內或至另一結構。E-Box 2702可具有用於裝配在結構內之尺寸(例如,如本文所揭示)(例如,長度2730、寬度2731、及厚度2732)。此結構可為本文所揭示的任何結構。E-Box 2702包括(例如,類比至數位轉換器)電路板2705,其可安裝至蓋件托架2703及安裝托架2704之其中一者或兩者。電路板2705包括用於連接至(例如,AC)電源電纜2715的端子2706,其向E-Box 2702、至少一資料輸入連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路或用於資料傳輸之另一類型連接器)2707提供電力,其可接收用以在相關聯的顯示器構造上顯示之資料,及至少一E-box連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路或用於資料傳輸的另一類型連接器)2708,其可經由電纜2716將資料傳輸至例如另一E-box或網路。E-Box 2702包括可操作地嚙合電路板2705之控制器板2710。控制器板2710可包括時序控制器及媒體相關電路系統。可採用時序控制器來精確地協調在顯示器構造中變更諸多位置(例如LED)的時序。控制器板2710包括連接至電纜線路2712之連接器2711,電纜線路2712連接至顯示器構造。電纜線路2712可在E-Box 2702與顯示器構造之間傳輸資料及/或電力。連接器2711由E-Box 2702於相同方向中延伸。Figures 27A and 27B show various views of the assembled E-box 2702 shown in Figure 26 in exploded views. The E-Box 2702 has a cover bracket 2703 that is locked to a mounting bracket 2704. The cover bracket 2702 and the mounting bracket 2704 can be mounted within a portion of a window frame (not shown in this figure) or to another structure. The E-Box 2702 can have dimensions (e.g., as disclosed herein) for fitting within a structure (e.g., length 2730, width 2731, and thickness 2732). This structure can be any structure disclosed herein. The E-Box 2702 includes (e.g., an analog to digital converter) a circuit board 2705 that can be mounted to one or both of the cover bracket 2703 and the mounting bracket 2704. Circuit board 2705 includes terminals 2706 for connecting to a (e.g., AC) power cable 2715 that provides power to E-Box 2702, at least one data input connector (e.g., display port, HDMI, Ethernet, or another type of connector for data transmission) 2707 that can receive data for display on an associated display structure, and at least one E-box connector (e.g., display port, HDMI, Ethernet, or another type of connector for data transmission) 2708 that can transmit data to, for example, another E-box or a network via cable 2716. E-Box 2702 includes a controller board 2710 operably encapsulating circuit board 2705. Controller board 2710 can include a timing controller and media related circuitry. A timing controller may be used to precisely coordinate the timing of changing multiple locations (e.g., LEDs) in the display structure. The controller board 2710 includes a connector 2711 connected to a cable line 2712 that is connected to the display structure. The cable line 2712 may transmit data and/or power between the E-Box 2702 and the display structure. The connector 2711 extends from the E-Box 2702 in the same direction.
圖32顯示E-box 3202的分解圖之範例。E-box 3202具有鎖固至安裝托架3204的蓋件托架3203。蓋件托架3202及安裝托架3204可安裝在例如固定裝置之類的結構之一部分、例如窗框(於此圖中未示出)內。E-box 3202可具有與將E-box 3202裝配進入結構的一部分一致之尺寸,或可具有大於或小於這些尺寸的其他尺寸(例如,如本文所揭示者)。E-box 3202包括(例如,類比至數位轉換器)電路板3205,其可安裝至蓋件托架3203及安裝托架3204之其中一者或兩者。電路板3205可包括用於連接至(例如,AC)電源電纜的一個以上之端子3206,此電源電纜向E-box 3202(例如,經由同軸電纜)提供電力;至少一資料輸入連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路及/或用於資料傳輸的另一類型連接器)3207,其可接收用以在關聯之顯示器構造上顯示的資料;及至少一E-box連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路及用於資料傳輸之另一類型連接器)3208,其可將資料傳輸至另一E-box及/或網路。E-box 3702包括(例如,控制器)電路板3210,其操作地嚙合電路板3205。電路板3210可包括時序控制器、網路部件、及/或媒體相關電路系統。可採用時序控制器來精確地協調在顯示器構造中變更諸多位置(例如LED)的時序。電路板3210包括連接至電纜線路(例如3212)之連接器3211a-f,此電纜線路又連接至顯示器構造。電纜線路3212可於E-box 3202與顯示器構造之間傳輸資料及/或電力。可將E-box 3202操作地(例如,無線地及/或有線地)耦接至網路,此網路耦接至控制設施或設施的任何可控制裝置之至少一控制器。E-box 3202可具有用於與控制該設施的至少一控制器通訊之唯一網路ID。FIG. 32 shows an example of an exploded view of an E-box 3202. The E-box 3202 has a cover bracket 3203 that is locked to a mounting bracket 3204. The cover bracket 3202 and the mounting bracket 3204 can be mounted within a portion of a structure such as a fixture, such as a window frame (not shown in this figure). The E-box 3202 can have dimensions consistent with the portion of the structure into which the E-box 3202 is assembled, or can have other dimensions that are larger or smaller than these dimensions (e.g., as disclosed herein). The E-box 3202 includes (e.g., an analog to digital converter) a circuit board 3205 that can be mounted to one or both of the cover bracket 3203 and the mounting bracket 3204. Circuit board 3205 may include one or more terminals 3206 for connecting to a (e.g., AC) power cable that provides power to E-box 3202 (e.g., via a coaxial cable); at least one data input connector (e.g., display port, HDMI, Ethernet, and/or another type of connector for data transmission) 3207 that can receive data for display on an associated display structure; and at least one E-box connector (e.g., display port, HDMI, Ethernet, and another type of connector for data transmission) 3208 that can transmit data to another E-box and/or a network. E-box 3702 includes a (e.g., controller) circuit board 3210 that operatively incorporates circuit board 3205. Circuit board 3210 may include a timing controller, network components, and/or media related circuit systems. A timing controller may be used to accurately coordinate the timing of changing multiple locations (e.g., LEDs) in a display structure. Circuit board 3210 includes connectors 3211a-f connected to cable lines (e.g., 3212), which in turn are connected to the display structure. Cable lines 3212 can transmit data and/or power between E-box 3202 and the display structure. E-box 3202 can be operatively coupled (e.g., wirelessly and/or wired) to a network that is coupled to at least one controller that controls a facility or any controllable device of the facility. E-box 3202 may have a unique network ID for communicating with at least one controller that controls the facility.
圖33A至圖33D顯示E-box的諸多視圖。E-box 3302具有鎖固至安裝托架3304之蓋件托架3303。蓋件托架3303及安裝托架3304可安裝在(例如,例如窗框的固定裝置(在此圖中未示出))之結構或結構的一部分內。E-box 3302可具有用於安裝在結構內之尺寸(例如,具有長度3330、寬度3331、及厚度3332),例如本文所揭示的任何尺寸。E-box 3302包括(例如,類比至數位轉換器)第一電路板,其可安裝至蓋件托架3303及安裝托架3304之其中一者或兩者。第一電路板包括一個以上的端子(s)(例如3306),用於連接至(例如,AC)電源電纜(例如,包含同軸電纜或雙絞線),其向E-box 3302提供電力;一個以上之資料輸入連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路及/或用於資料傳輸的另一類型連接器)3307,其可接收用以在關聯之顯示器構造上顯示的資料;及一個以上之E-box連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路及/或用於資料傳輸的另一類型連接器)3308,其可將資料傳輸至另一E-box。E-box 3302包括第二(例如,控制器)電路板3305,其操作地嚙合第一電路板。在一些實施例中,第一電路板及第二基電路板係一電路板(例如,且留駐於電路板之相同或不同側上)。在一些實施例中,第一電路板及第二電路板是分開的電路板,其隔開便於熱交換及/或屏蔽(例如,電子及/或電磁(例如,射頻)屏蔽)之距離。熱交換器及/或屏蔽件可包含元素金屬或金屬合金。熱交換器可被動地及/或主動地交換熱。熱交換器可包含熱管、平板、或網狀結構。熱交換器可包含散熱器。第二電路板3305可包括時序控制器、網路部件、及/或媒體相關電路系統。可採用時序控制器來精確地協調在顯示器構造中變更諸多位置(例如LED)之時序。於圖33A-D中所示範例中,第二電路板包括連接至電纜線路3312的一個以上之連接器3311,電纜線路3312又連接至顯示器構造。電纜線路3312可在E-box 3302與顯示器構造之間傳輸資料及/或電力。可有將E-box及顯示器構造(未示出)連接的其他電纜線路。E-box 3302可操作地(例如,無線地及/或有線地)耦接至網路,此網路耦接至控制設施或設施內之任何可控制裝置的至少一控制器。E-box 3302可具有用於與控制該設施之至少一控制器通訊的唯一網路ID。Figures 33A to 33D show various views of an E-box. E-box 3302 has a cover bracket 3303 that is locked to a mounting bracket 3304. Cover bracket 3303 and mounting bracket 3304 can be mounted in a structure or a portion of a structure (e.g., a fixture such as a window frame (not shown in this figure)). E-box 3302 can have dimensions for mounting in a structure (e.g., having a length 3330, a width 3331, and a thickness 3332), such as any dimensions disclosed herein. E-box 3302 includes a first circuit board (e.g., an analog-to-digital converter) that can be mounted to one or both of cover bracket 3303 and mounting bracket 3304. The first circuit board includes one or more terminal(s) (e.g., 3306) for connecting to a (e.g., AC) power cable (e.g., comprising coaxial cable or twisted pair) that provides power to the E-box 3302; one or more data input connectors (e.g., display port, HDMI, Ethernet and/or another type of connector for data transmission) 3307 that can receive data for display on an associated display structure; and one or more E-box connectors (e.g., display port, HDMI, Ethernet and/or another type of connector for data transmission) 3308 that can transmit data to another E-box. The E-box 3302 includes a second (e.g., controller) circuit board 3305 that is operatively coupled to the first circuit board. In some embodiments, the first circuit board and the second base circuit board are a circuit board (e.g., and reside on the same or different sides of the circuit board). In some embodiments, the first circuit board and the second circuit board are separate circuit boards that are separated by a distance that facilitates heat exchange and/or shielding (e.g., electronic and/or electromagnetic (e.g., RF) shielding). The heat exchanger and/or shielding member may include elemental metal or metal alloy. The heat exchanger may be dynamically and/or actively exchange heat. The heat exchanger may include a heat pipe, a flat plate, or a mesh structure. The heat exchanger may include a heat sink. The second circuit board 3305 may include a timing controller, a network component, and/or a media-related circuit system. A timing controller may be used to accurately coordinate the timing of changing multiple locations (e.g., LEDs) in a display structure. In the example shown in Figures 33A-D, the second circuit board includes one or more connectors 3311 connected to a cable line 3312, which in turn is connected to a display structure. The cable line 3312 can transmit data and/or power between the E-box 3302 and the display structure. There may be other cable lines connecting the E-box and the display structure (not shown). The E-box 3302 can be operably coupled (e.g., wirelessly and/or wired) to a network that is coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device within the facility. The E-box 3302 can have a unique network ID for communicating with at least one controller that controls the facility.
圖34A至34E顯示可安裝至E-box內之電路板3405的諸多視圖範例。電路板3405可包括一個以上之用於連接至AC電源電纜的端子3406,其向電路板3405提供電力;至少一資料輸入連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路及/或用於資料傳輸之另一類型連接器)3407,其可接收用以在關聯的顯示器構造上顯示的資料;及至少一E-box連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路及/或用於資料傳輸之另一類型連接器)3408,其可將資料傳輸至另一E-box。電路板3405可操作地嚙合控制器板,其可包括時序控制器及媒體相關電路系統;及連接器,其連接至電纜線路,此電纜線路連接至顯示器構造。34A to 34E show multiple view examples of a circuit board 3405 that can be installed in an E-box. The circuit board 3405 can include one or more terminals 3406 for connecting to an AC power cable that provides power to the circuit board 3405, at least one data input connector (e.g., display port, HDMI, Ethernet, and/or another type of connector for data transmission) 3407 that can receive data for display on an associated display structure, and at least one E-box connector (e.g., display port, HDMI, Ethernet, and/or another type of connector for data transmission) 3408 that can transmit data to another E-box. Circuit board 3405 operably incorporates a controller board, which may include a timing controller and media related circuitry, and a connector that connects to a cable line that connects to a display structure.
在一些實施例中,本文所敘述的某些設備、非暫態電腦可讀媒體及/或方法包含使氣體(例如,空氣)通過可著色窗之至少一薄板的技術。可著色窗能包含絕緣玻璃單元,例如,IGU之著色的電致變色塗覆薄板。氣體(例如,空氣)之通過可為便於移除熱量及/或減少此薄板上的熱負載,例如,及此薄板上之基板上的任何可光學切換裝置(例如,電致變色塗層)、及/或其他部件(例如顯示器構造)之熱負載。使氣體(例如,空氣)通過可為例如經由對流來散熱。可經由傳導及/或輻射移去熱量。在一些實施例中,已藉由及/或經過IGU薄板加熱的氣體可例如藉由泵送、推動及/或抽吸來通過。氣體之流動可為流向設施的內部環境及/或流向具有IGU薄板之設施(例如,建築物)的外部。例如,已加熱之氣體可使用於加熱設施內部。在一些實施例中,已加熱的氣體可使用於驅動渦輪機以產生電力。如此產生之電力可儲存在強制空氣窗戶組件上的電池中。In some embodiments, certain apparatus, non-transitory computer-readable media, and/or methods described herein include techniques for passing a gas (e.g., air) through at least one sheet of a tintable window. The tintable window can include an insulating glass unit, such as a tinted electrochromic coating sheet of an IGU. The passage of the gas (e.g., air) can facilitate the removal of heat and/or reduce the heat load on the sheet, such as any optically switchable devices (e.g., electrochromic coatings) on a substrate on the sheet, and/or other components (e.g., display structures). Passing the gas (e.g., air) can be, for example, to dissipate heat via convection. Heat can be removed via conduction and/or radiation. In some embodiments, the gas that has been heated by and/or through the IGU sheets can be passed, for example, by pumping, pushing and/or suction. The flow of gas can be to the internal environment of the facility and/or to the exterior of the facility (e.g., a building) having the IGU sheets. For example, the heated gas can be used to heat the interior of the facility. In some embodiments, the heated gas can be used to drive a turbine to generate electricity. The electricity so generated can be stored in a battery on the forced air window assembly.
於一些實施例中,強制氣體可著色(例如,電致變色)窗可包含二個以上之通氣模組,其和IGU子組件的電致變色薄板與第三薄板之間的內部空間連通。在一些案例中,這些通氣模組之一個以上可包含一個以上的空氣運動裝置、例如一個以上之風扇,用於使氣體(例如空氣)主動地運動經過電致變色薄板與第三薄板之間的內部空間。在一案例中,一個以上之空氣運動裝置(例如,風扇)可包含葉片式風扇、無葉片式風扇、或空氣泵的其中一者。於一些案例中,來自此結構並在強制空氣可著色窗外側之一個以上的空氣運動裝置可建構成將空氣供給進入一個以上之通氣模組或由一個以上的通氣模組輸出空氣。於某些實施例中,所排出之空氣可使用於藉由轉動連接至發電機的渦輪機來產生電力。所產生之電力可儲存在電池中、例如通氣模組的其中一者中。可於2015年2月4日提交之標題為「強制空氣智慧型窗」的PCT/US15/14453(WO 2015/120045 A1)中發現強制空氣可著色窗、其用途、及其控制之範例,其係全部以引用的方式併入本文中。In some embodiments, a forced air tintable (e.g., electrochromic) window may include two or more ventilation modules that communicate with the internal space between the electrochromic sheet and the third sheet of the IGU subassembly. In some cases, one or more of these ventilation modules may include one or more air moving devices, such as one or more fans, for actively moving gas (e.g., air) through the internal space between the electrochromic sheet and the third sheet. In one case, one or more air moving devices (e.g., fans) may include one of a bladed fan, a bladeless fan, or an air pump. In some cases, one or more air moving devices from this structure and on the outside of the forced air tintable window may be configured to supply air into one or more ventilation modules or output air from one or more ventilation modules. In some embodiments, the exhausted air can be used to generate electricity by turning a turbine connected to a generator. The generated electricity can be stored in a battery, such as in one of the ventilation modules. Examples of forced air tinted windows, their uses, and their control can be found in PCT/US15/14453 (WO 2015/120045 A1), filed on February 4, 2015, entitled "Forced Air Smart Window," which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
圖28顯示耦接至緊固件2802之顯示器構造2801的範例,此顯示器構造係藉由感測器及發射器面板(例如2803)所定框。此顯示器構造係(例如,經由如圖28中所示之佈線及/或電纜線路)耦接至E-Box 2811及電源2810。E-Box及電源可設置鄰接顯示器構造,或例如在本文中更遠離地設置(例如,於例如在窗框、或壁面孔腔之類的固定裝置孔腔中)。緊固件2802包括鉸鏈,此鉸鏈具有藉由轉向節及心銷配置耦接之包含托架的第一葉片2821、及第二葉片2822。緊固件2802包括氣體導引件2823(顯示局部視圖),其便於氣體之定向流過耦接至葉片部分2821中的各自孔洞之一組風扇2805(顯示局部視圖)。氣體引導部件建構成附接電路板2830,此電路板2830具有將電路板連接至顯示器構造2801的連接器2831。電路板可包含控制器及/或驅動器板件。FIG. 28 shows an example of a display structure 2801 coupled to a fastener 2802, the display structure being framed by a sensor and transmitter panel (e.g., 2803). The display structure is coupled (e.g., via wiring and/or cabling as shown in FIG. 28) to an E-Box 2811 and a power supply 2810. The E-Box and power supply may be disposed adjacent to the display structure, or more remotely as herein (e.g., in a fixture cavity such as in a window frame, or a wall cavity). The fastener 2802 includes a hinge having a first blade 2821 including a bracket, and a second blade 2822 coupled by a knuckle and pin arrangement. Fastener 2802 includes gas guides 2823 (partial view shown) that facilitate directional flow of gas through a set of fans 2805 (partial view shown) coupled to respective holes in blade portion 2821. The gas guide components are configured to attach a circuit board 2830 having connectors 2831 that connect the circuit board to the display structure 2801. The circuit board may include a controller and/or driver board.
在一些實施例中,顯示器構造包括觸控螢幕功能性。於一些實施例中,可將複數顯示器構造彼此相鄰地配置(例如,以形成例如視頻牆之類的顯示壁面)。顯示構造能以矩陣配置(在本文中亦稱為顯示構造群組或組)。二緊鄰的顯示器構造之間可有間隙。緊鄰的顯示器構造不包括於其間之另一顯示器構造。間隙可被遮蔽或未被遮蔽。間隙遮蔽可包含例如透明聚合物及/或樹脂之類的可撓填充物。可撓填充物可包含碳基或矽基聚合物或樹脂。填充物可包含光學級材料。填充物可藉由混合至少二組分來聚合化及/或固化。至少二組分及/或填充物之至少一者可具有至少約400毫帕秒(mPa*s)、1000mPa*s、2000mPa*s、3000mPa*s、5000mPa*s、6000mPa*s、7000mPa*s、8000mPa*s、9000mPa*s、10000mPa*s、25000mPa*s、或50000mPa*s的黏度。填充物之密度可為每立方公分至少約0.9克(g/cm 3)、0.95g/cm 3、0.97g/cm 3、0.98g/cm 3、或0.99g/cm 3。填充物在固化之後可具有低收縮率(例如,相對固化之前,固化之後每體積的收縮率至多為約0.2%、0.1%、或0.5%體積)。填充物可具有至多約2.5、2.6、2.7、2.8或2.9之介電常數。填充物可具有於任何前述介電常數之間的介電常數(例如由2.5至2.9、或由2.7至2.8)。填充物可為光學透明的(例如,對普通人而言)。填充物可具有每平方公分至少2公斤力(Kgf/cm 2)、2.2Kgf/cm 2、2.5Kgf/cm 2、3Kgf/cm 2、3.5Kgf/cm 2、4.0Kgf/cm 2、4.5Kgf/cm 2、5.0Kgf/cm 2、5.5Kgf/cm 2、或6Kgf/cm 2之拉拔強度。填充物可具有(例如可見)光的至少約98%、98.5%、99%、99.2%、99.4%、或99.5%之透射率。填充物例如在25℃、23℃、或20℃下具有至多約為1.9、1.7、1.6、1.5、1.4、或1.3的折射率。例如,填充物可為Wacker Lumisil ®(WL)填充物(例如WL 100、200或300系列)。可撓填充物能建構成允許顯示器之膨脹及/或收縮(例如,由於溫度變化)。可撓填充物能建構成將緊鄰的顯示器彼此接合及/或與結構接合。此結構能為可著色窗、板條、或壁面。安裝托架及/或鉸鏈可鎖固至顯示器構造並可安裝至結構。此結構可包含框架或壁面部分。此結構可包含固定裝置。框架可包含直立豎框及水平豎框(橫梁)。固定裝置(例如,框架)可被安裝(例如,接合、緊固及/或藉由其他附接機制)至諸多表面(例如,壁面、板條、設施內部之玻璃及/或另一安裝位置)。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造可直接附接至此結構(例如,可著色窗)。直接附接可使用聚合物及/或樹脂。直接附接可使用接合法。此接合法可利用黏著聚合物及/或樹脂(例如,如本文所揭示者)。接合材料可具有比其他(例如,堅硬)狀態更具延展性之狀態。堅硬狀態在周遭條件下可為普遍的。延展性狀態能處於與周遭條件不同之特定可控制條件中。延展性狀態與堅硬狀態之間的變化可藉由外部刺激(例如,熱、磁場、電場、及/或化學刺激)所觸發。例如,填充物(例如,黏著聚合物及/或樹脂)可為熱敏式。例如,填充物在非周遭條件下(例如,於加熱環境中)可為更具延展性,且例如便於顯示器構造由其支撐結構脫離(例如,用於維護或替換)。例如,由於顯示器構造之接近性及二緊鄰的顯示器構造之間缺乏發射器-感測器面板,因此可遮蔽顯示器構造及/或此組觸控螢幕之間的間隔。可撓填充物能設置在二緊鄰的顯示器構造之間。 In some embodiments, the display structure includes touch screen functionality. In some embodiments, multiple display structures can be arranged adjacent to each other (for example, to form a display wall such as a video wall). The display structures can be arranged in a matrix (also referred to herein as a display structure group or group). There may be a gap between two adjacent display structures. Adjacent display structures do not include another display structure between them. The gap may be shielded or unshielded. The gap shielding may include a flexible filler such as a transparent polymer and/or resin. The flexible filler may include a carbon-based or silicon-based polymer or resin. The filler may include an optical grade material. The filler may be polymerized and/or cured by mixing at least two components. At least one of the at least two components and/or the filler may have a viscosity of at least about 400 millipascal seconds (mPa*s), 1000 mPa*s, 2000 mPa*s, 3000 mPa*s, 5000 mPa*s, 6000 mPa*s, 7000 mPa*s, 8000 mPa*s, 9000 mPa*s, 10000 mPa*s, 25000 mPa*s, or 50000 mPa*s. The density of the filler may be at least about 0.9 grams per cubic centimeter (g/cm 3 ), 0.95 g/cm 3 , 0.97 g/cm 3 , 0.98 g/cm 3 , or 0.99 g/cm 3 . The filler may have a low shrinkage rate after curing (e.g., shrinkage rate per volume after curing is at most about 0.2%, 0.1%, or 0.5% by volume relative to before curing). The filler may have a dielectric constant of at most about 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, or 2.9. The filler may have a dielectric constant between any of the aforementioned dielectric constants (e.g., from 2.5 to 2.9, or from 2.7 to 2.8). The filler may be optically transparent (e.g., to an average person). The filler may have a pull strength of at least 2 kilograms force per square centimeter (Kgf/ cm2 ), 2.2Kgf/ cm2 , 2.5Kgf/ cm2 , 3Kgf/ cm2 , 3.5Kgf/ cm2 , 4.0Kgf/ cm2 , 4.5Kgf/ cm2 , 5.0Kgf/ cm2 , 5.5Kgf/ cm2 , or 6Kgf/ cm2 . The filler may have a transmittance of (e.g., visible) light of at least about 98%, 98.5%, 99%, 99.2%, 99.4%, or 99.5%. The filler may have a refractive index of at most about 1.9, 1.7, 1.6, 1.5, 1.4, or 1.3 at 25°C, 23°C, or 20°C, for example. For example, the filler can be Wacker Lumisil ® (WL) filler (e.g., WL 100, 200, or 300 series). The flexible filler can be configured to allow expansion and/or contraction of the display (e.g., due to temperature changes). The flexible filler can be configured to engage adjacent displays to each other and/or to a structure. The structure can be a tinted window, slats, or wall. Mounting brackets and/or hinges can be locked to the display structure and can be mounted to the structure. The structure can include a frame or wall portion. The structure can include fixings. The frame can include vertical sashes and horizontal sashes (crossbars). The fixture (e.g., a frame) can be mounted (e.g., bonded, fastened, and/or by other attachment mechanisms) to a variety of surfaces (e.g., a wall, a slat, glass inside a facility, and/or another mounting location). In some embodiments, the display structure can be directly attached to such a structure (e.g., a tinted window). Direct attachment can use polymers and/or resins. Direct attachment can use bonding methods. Such bonding methods can utilize adhesive polymers and/or resins (e.g., as disclosed herein). The bonding material can have a state that is more ductile than other (e.g., hard) states. The hard state can be prevalent under ambient conditions. The ductile state can be in specific controllable conditions that are different from the ambient conditions. The change between the ductile state and the hard state can be triggered by an external stimulus (e.g., heat, magnetic fields, electric fields, and/or chemical stimulus). For example, the filler (e.g., adhesive polymer and/or resin) can be heat sensitive. For example, the filler can be more ductile under non-ambient conditions (e.g., in a heated environment) and, for example, facilitate the detachment of the display structure from its supporting structure (e.g., for maintenance or replacement). For example, due to the proximity of the display structures and the lack of an emitter-sensor panel between two adjacent display structures, the spacing between the display structures and/or the set of touch screens can be obscured. A flexible filler can be disposed between two adjacent display structures.
於一些實施例中,顯示器構造可為緊固至側面托架。側面托架可緊固至結構(例如,例如框架部分或壁面之類的固定裝置)。側面托架可為鎖固至顯示器構造(例如,經由黏著劑及/或螺釘)。側面托架可操作地耦接至發射器面板及感測器面板之至少一對(例如,兩對)。第一感測器及發射器面板對可正交於第二感測器及發射器面板對設置。此二正交的感測器及發射器面板對可便於至少一觸控螢幕之操作。In some embodiments, the display structure can be secured to a side bracket. The side bracket can be secured to a structure (e.g., a fixture such as a frame portion or a wall). The side bracket can be locked to the display structure (e.g., via adhesive and/or screws). The side bracket can be operably coupled to at least one pair (e.g., two pairs) of emitter panels and sensor panels. A first sensor and emitter panel pair can be arranged orthogonally to a second sensor and emitter panel pair. The two orthogonal sensor and emitter panel pairs can facilitate operation of at least one touch screen.
在一些實施例中,配置複數顯示器構造,以形成顯示器構造壁面。顯示器構造壁面可包含或可不包含觸控螢幕能力。例如,顯示器構造壁面中的至少一(例如,所有)顯示器構造可具有觸控螢幕能力。觸控螢幕可藉由至少一對感測器面板及發射器面板所促進。觸控螢幕可包含例如正交地配置(例如,如本文所揭示)之感測器及發射器的二正交對。發射器面板與其感測器面板之間的距離可跨越一個以上之顯示器構造。顯示器構造能以矩陣配置來設置(例如,以2x2的顯示器構造可形成顯示器構造組)。於一些實施例中,此組中之至少一(例如,每一)個顯示器構造包含其專用的觸控螢幕,此觸控螢幕具有至少一組(例如兩組)感測器及發射器面板。在一些實施例中,此組中之至少二個顯示器構造包含其專用的觸控螢幕,此觸控螢幕具有至少一組(例如,兩組)感測器及發射器面板。來自發射器面板中之發射器的訊號傳播,直至其抵達感測器面板中之感測器為止。如果訊號沒有抵達感測器,則觸控螢幕控制器可將此擾動解譯為觸控螢幕的觸控。因此,不應無意間干擾發射器與感測器之間的路徑。In some embodiments, a plurality of display structures are configured to form a display structure wall. The display structure wall may or may not include touch screen capabilities. For example, at least one (e.g., all) of the display structures in the display structure wall may have touch screen capabilities. The touch screen may be facilitated by at least one pair of sensor panels and emitter panels. The touch screen may include, for example, two orthogonal pairs of sensors and emitters configured orthogonally (e.g., as disclosed herein). The distance between an emitter panel and its sensor panel may span more than one display structure. The display structures can be arranged in a matrix configuration (e.g., a display structure group can be formed with 2x2 display structures). In some embodiments, at least one (e.g., each) display structure in this group includes its dedicated touch screen, which has at least one (e.g., two) sets of sensors and an emitter panel. In some embodiments, at least two display structures in this group include their dedicated touch screens, which have at least one (e.g., two) sets of sensors and an emitter panel. The signal from the transmitter in the emitter panel propagates until it reaches the sensor in the sensor panel. If the signal does not reach the sensor, the touch screen controller can interpret this disturbance as a touch of the touch screen. Therefore, the path between the emitter and the sensor should not be inadvertently disturbed.
於一些實施例中,顯示器構造及/或顯示器構造組係(例如,實質上)平面式。用於顯示器構造之平面度變動的公差係受限制的(例如,便於鄰近顯示器構造設置之感測器-發射器面板的操作)。此組中的顯示器構造之間的平面度變動之公差可為受限制的(例如,以便於鄰近此顯示器構造組設置之感測器-發射器面板的操作)。朝觀看者之來自平面度的變動可為比遠離觀察者之平面度的變動更嚴謹。朝顯示器構造之一側面的來自平面度之變動可為更嚴謹,而觸控螢幕係設置鄰接此顯示器構造(例如,設置感測器及發射器面板)。例如,顯示器構造能以預定距離或更小的偏差朝觀看者及/或觸控螢幕凸出。顯示器構造可凸出遠離觀看者及/或觸控螢幕超過該預定距離。觸控螢幕可建構成呈現顯示資料,就好像單一個顯示器構造一樣(例如,一種媒體被分別分配在顯示器組的顯示器之中,使得此組顯示器中的每一顯示器都顯示螢幕影像之一部分)。使用者可使用選擇器(例如,游標及/或觸控螢幕)來控制複數顯示器構造,就好像此組顯示器構造係單一個顯示器一樣。公差可允許設置於感測器-發射器面板之間的任何顯示器構造之平面度偏差至多約100微米(μm)、300μm、500μm、700μm或900μm。平面度偏差限制可為在朝感測器-發射器面板的方向中。顯示器構造可為(例如,稍微)凹入、凸出、或波紋狀顯示器(例如,於本文中所提及之公差內)。二緊鄰顯示器之間的間隙可為至多約0.1英寸('')、0.2''、0.3''、0.4''、或0.5''。間隙可具有前述值之間的任何值(例如,由約0.1''至約0.5'')。顯示器構造組可具有對於複數顯示器(例如,TOLEDS)為共用之玻璃面板。每一顯示器構造都可具有支撐顯示器(例如,TOLED)的玻璃面板。In some embodiments, a display structure and/or a display structure group is (e.g., substantially) planar. Tolerances for variations in flatness of the display structure are limited (e.g., to facilitate operation of a sensor-emitter panel disposed adjacent to the display structure). Tolerances for variations in flatness between display structures in the group may be limited (e.g., to facilitate operation of a sensor-emitter panel disposed adjacent to the display structure group). Variations from flatness toward a viewer may be more stringent than variations from flatness away from a viewer. Variations from flatness toward a side of a display structure may be more stringent, and a touch screen may be disposed adjacent to the display structure (e.g., to accommodate sensor and emitter panels). For example, the display structure can protrude toward the viewer and/or touch screen at a predetermined distance or less. The display structure can protrude away from the viewer and/or touch screen beyond the predetermined distance. The touch screen can be configured to present display data as if it were a single display structure (e.g., a media is distributed among the displays of a display set so that each display in the set of displays displays a portion of the screen image). A user can use a selector (e.g., a cursor and/or touch screen) to control multiple display structures as if the set of display structures were a single display. The tolerances may allow for a flatness deviation of up to about 100 micrometers (μm), 300 μm, 500 μm, 700 μm, or 900 μm for any display structure disposed between the sensor-emitter panels. The flatness deviation limit may be in the direction toward the sensor-emitter panel. The display structure may be a (e.g., slightly) concave, convex, or wavy display (e.g., within the tolerances mentioned herein). The gap between two adjacent displays may be up to about 0.1 inches (''), 0.2'', 0.3'', 0.4'', or 0.5''. The gap may have any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 0.1'' to about 0.5''). The display structure set may have a glass panel that is common to multiple displays (e.g., TOLEDS). Each display configuration may have a glass panel that supports a display (eg, TOLED).
圖29A-29D顯示包括觸控螢幕功能性之諸多顯示器構造的範例。圖29A顯示四個顯示器(例如,OLEDs)2903a、2903b、2903c及2903d之範例,此等顯示器夾在共用於此四個顯示器的前玻璃2904(其可經回火)與四個後玻璃面板(例如,2905)之間,而每一個後玻璃面板個別地支撐一顯示器。此等顯示器一起形成一顯示器構造組。圖29A及29B中的四個顯示器配置為二乘二矩陣(在此亦稱為群組或組),而在二緊鄰顯示器之間具有間隙(例如2915)。間隙2915可被遮蔽(例如,藉由設置於顯示器之間的例如透明聚合物及/或樹脂之類的可撓填充物(例如,以允許顯示器由於溫度而膨脹及收縮及/或將顯示器構造及/或玻璃面板接合在一起))。感測器-發射器面板2918鎖固至顯示器構造2902並安裝至定框帽蓋2919。顯示器構造係以鉸鏈(未示出)鎖固至結構,此結構係具有直立豎框2907及水平豎框2908(橫梁)之窗框2906。框架2906可被安裝(例如,接合)至諸多表面(例如,壁面、板條、設施內部玻璃或另一安裝位置)。可用黏著聚合物及/或樹脂進行此接合,此黏著聚合物及/或樹脂可具有或可不具有比另一(例如堅硬)狀態更具延展性的狀態,此堅硬狀態在周遭條件下可為普遍的。圖29A顯示側面定框帽蓋2910之範例,此側定框帽蓋2910建構成將感測器-發射器面板鎖固至顯示器構造組的側面2920之顯示器構造2902,使感測器及發射器面板建構成操作為觸控螢幕。此組顯示器2903a-2903d具有彼此垂直的二組感測器-發射器面板,這些感測器-發射器面板毗鄰此組顯示器構造(而不係毗鄰每一顯示器)。顯示器構造2902中的顯示器2903a-2903d之間的高度差之公差可為受限制(例如,沒有顯示器可由感測器-發射器面板朝觀看者突出至多一公差閾值(例如,如本文所揭示者)),以致來自發射器的訊號將能夠無障礙地抵達顯示器構造組之相反側上的感測器(例如,此組內之顯示器不能以大於公差閾值的偏差朝觀看者凸出,但可由觀看者凹入遠離達超過公差閾值)。Figures 29A-29D show examples of multiple display configurations including touch screen functionality. Figure 29A shows an example of four displays (e.g., OLEDs) 2903a, 2903b, 2903c, and 2903d sandwiched between a front glass 2904 (which may be tempered) common to the four displays and four back glass panels (e.g., 2905), each of which supports a display individually. Together, the displays form a display configuration group. The four displays in Figures 29A and 29B are arranged in a two-by-two matrix (also referred to herein as a group or set) with a gap (e.g., 2915) between two adjacent displays. The
在一些實施例中,緊固件建構成將顯示器構造耦接至支撐結構。顯示器構造可配備或可不配備觸控螢幕能力。支撐結構可為固定裝置。例如,支撐結構可為窗戶(例如,可著色窗)之框架部分。此結構可為本文所揭示的任何結構(例如,壁面、拱門、門框、或任何另一結構框架)。於一些實施例中,緊固件包含鉸鏈,此鉸鏈建構成允許(例如,所耦接之顯示器構造)繞著其軸線迴轉。緊固件能包含可運動接頭(例如,鉸鏈)。緊固件可允許其至少一部分繞著軸線擺動。緊固件可包含連接二固體物件的機械式軸承。至少一固體物件可繞著軸線擺動(例如,栓銷、心銷、或桿件,例如,圓柱形桿件)。擺動運動可為在二固體部分(例如,鉸鏈葉片)之間的有限旋轉角度。此角度可為至多約270度(°)、180°、90°、60°、45°、或30°。此角度可便於抵達耦接至緊固件之任何電路系統及/或(例如,電)連接件。此角度可便於將顯示器構造與緊固件附接及/或拆開。此角度可便於將緊固件與支撐結構附接及/或拆開。緊固件可包含桶形鉸鏈、對接鉸鏈、插芯鉸鏈、隱藏式鉸鏈(例如杯形鉸鏈或歐式鉸鏈)、連續式鉸鏈(例如長條絞鏈)、旗型鉸鏈、H型鉸鏈、HL鉸鏈、樞軸鉸鏈(例如雙作用鉸鏈)、自動關閉鉸鏈、彈簧鉸鏈、或活動鉸鏈(例如,沒有轉向節或栓銷)。此迴轉者可為鉸鏈葉片(例如,任何附接至鉸鏈葉片的東西)。鉸鏈軸線可為與緊固件本體(例如,鉸鏈葉片)具有相同之材料,或具有不同的材料。例如,與鉸鏈本體(例如,鉸鏈葉片)相比,鉸鏈軸線可具有更硬之材料。鉸鏈軸線及/或葉片可包含金屬(例如,包含元素金屬或金屬合金)。緊固件可包括轉向節及/或軸線(例如,栓銷)。葉片可由固持鉸鏈軸線的一組轉向節延伸。例如,緊固件可包含二組轉向節及/或二栓銷。轉向節可為緊固件之葉片的一部分(例如,葉片之一體式部分,由相同的材料片所製成)。鉸鏈之任何部分可包含複合材料(例如,包含碳纖維)。鉸鏈可包含陶瓷材料。鉸鏈可為由例如金屬(例如,銅及/或鋁)之類的導熱材料所製成。金屬可包含元素金屬或金屬合金。鉸鏈軸線(例如,心銷)可為耐用之材料。耐用的材料可包含不銹鋼、鈦、平面鋼、鐵,英高鎳、赫史特合金、沃斯帕洛伊合金、耐蝕合金、因科洛依合金、MP98T、TMS合金、或CMSX單晶合金。耐用材料可包含超合金(例如,高性能合金)。鉸鏈(例如,其任何部件,例如其軸線(例如,心銷)之類者)可包含耐用材料(例如,超合金)。鉸鏈的轉向節可具有中空之圓柱形孔腔(例如,具有圓形橫截面)。孔腔可形成鉸鏈的接頭,鉸鏈軸線經過此接頭設定。任一葉片之轉向節可與通過轉向節的軸線(例如,心銷)交替並互鎖。轉向節可形成封閉之圓柱形孔腔。轉向節可形成開放式孔腔。圖37顯示具有轉向節(例如3781)的鉸鏈葉片3721之範例,此轉向節形成建構來容納鉸鏈軸線3720的開放式孔腔。轉向節之開放式孔腔便於其葉片(例如3721)之附接及/或由軸線拆開)。於具有開放式孔腔的轉向節範例中,轉向節可藉由以下方式由心銷分開:(i)在垂直於心銷之方向中將轉向節移動遠離心銷(例如,且在與轉向節孔腔開口(例如3782)相反的方向中,其沿著心銷軸線延伸),及/或(ii)藉由沿著心銷軸線移動心銷而將其抽出。圖36顯示具有封閉之圓柱形孔腔的轉向節3682之範例,其軸線(例如,心銷)3620橫穿經過此孔腔。於封閉式轉向節範例中,心銷可為能夠(i)沿著其軸線(例如3683)移動及(ii)在圓形運動中繞著其軸線移動。於封閉式轉向節的情況中,藉由沿著其軸線(例如3683)移動心銷來抽出此心銷,可使轉向節與心銷拆開。In some embodiments, the fastener is configured to couple the display structure to a support structure. The display structure may or may not be equipped with a touch screen capability. The support structure may be a fixed device. For example, the support structure may be a frame portion of a window (e.g., a tintable window). This structure may be any structure disclosed herein (e.g., a wall, an arch, a door frame, or any other structural frame). In some embodiments, the fastener includes a hinge that is configured to allow (e.g., the coupled display structure) to rotate about its axis. The fastener can include a movable joint (e.g., a hinge). The fastener can allow at least a portion thereof to swing about an axis. The fastener may include a mechanical bearing connecting two solid objects. At least one of the solid objects may oscillate about an axis (e.g., a latch, a core pin, or a rod, such as a cylindrical rod). The oscillating motion may be a limited rotational angle between two solid parts (e.g., hinge blades). This angle may be up to about 270 degrees (°), 180°, 90°, 60°, 45°, or 30°. This angle may facilitate access to any circuitry and/or (e.g., electrical) connectors coupled to the fastener. This angle may facilitate attachment and/or detachment of a display structure to the fastener. This angle may facilitate attachment and/or detachment of the fastener to a support structure. The fastener may include a barrel hinge, a butt hinge, a ferrule hinge, a concealed hinge (e.g., a cup hinge or European hinge), a continuous hinge (e.g., a long braided chain), a flag hinge, an H hinge, an HL hinge, a pivot hinge (e.g., a double-acting hinge), a self-closing hinge, a spring hinge, or a live hinge (e.g., without a knuckle or pin). The swivel may be a hinge blade (e.g., anything attached to a hinge blade). The hinge axis can be the same material as the fastener body (e.g., hinge blade), or a different material. For example, the hinge axis can be a harder material than the hinge body (e.g., hinge blade). The hinge axis and/or blade can include metal (e.g., including elemental metal or a metal alloy). The fastener can include a steering knuckle and/or axis (e.g., a pin). The blade can extend from a set of steering knuckles that retain the hinge axis. For example, the fastener can include two sets of steering knuckles and/or two pins. The steering knuckle can be part of the blade of the fastener (e.g., an integral part of the blade, made from the same piece of material). Any portion of the hinge can include a composite material (e.g., including carbon fiber). The hinge may comprise a ceramic material. The hinge may be made of a thermally conductive material such as a metal (e.g., copper and/or aluminum). The metal may comprise an elemental metal or a metal alloy. The hinge axis (e.g., a core pin) may be a durable material. The durable material may comprise stainless steel, titanium, flat steel, iron, Inconel, Hoechst, Waspaloy, Corrosion Alloy, Incoloy, MP98T, TMS alloy, or CMSX single crystal alloy. The durable material may comprise a superalloy (e.g., a high performance alloy). The hinge (e.g., any component thereof, such as its axis (e.g., a core pin)) may comprise a durable material (e.g., a superalloy). The steering knuckle of the hinge may have a hollow cylindrical bore (e.g., having a circular cross-section). The cavity may form a joint of the hinge through which the hinge axis is set. The steering knuckle of any blade may alternate and interlock with the axis (e.g., a core pin) passing through the steering knuckle. The steering knuckle may form a closed cylindrical cavity. The steering knuckle may form an open cavity. Figure 37 shows an example of a hinge blade 3721 with a steering knuckle (e.g., 3781) that forms an open cavity constructed to accommodate the hinge axis 3720. The open cavity of the steering knuckle facilitates the attachment and/or detachment of its blade (e.g., 3721) from the axis). In the example of a steering joint with an open bore, the steering joint can be separated from the core pin by (i) moving the steering joint away from the core pin in a direction perpendicular to the core pin (e.g., and in a direction opposite to the steering joint bore opening (e.g., 3782) so that it extends along the core pin axis), and/or (ii) extracting it by moving the core pin along the core pin axis. FIG. 36 shows an example of a steering joint 3682 with a closed cylindrical bore, through which its axis (e.g., core pin) 3620 passes transversely. In the example of a closed steering joint, the core pin can be capable of (i) moving along its axis (e.g., 3683) and (ii) moving around its axis in a circular motion. In the case of a closed steering joint, the steering joint and the core pin can be disassembled by moving the core pin along its axis (e.g. 3683) to extract the core pin.
在一些實施例中,鉸鏈葉片面之平面係(例如,實質上)平面式。於一些實施例中,鉸鏈葉片面的平面沒有曲率(例如,凹入、凸出、或波紋狀)。圖40顯示具有平坦式鉸鏈葉片面表面4021a之鉸鏈葉片4021的立體圖範例。圖41顯示具有平坦式鉸鏈葉片面表面4122a之鉸鏈葉片4122的範例(顯示局部視圖)。In some embodiments, the plane of the hinge blade face is (e.g., substantially) planar. In some embodiments, the plane of the hinge blade face has no curvature (e.g., concave, convex, or wavy). FIG. 40 shows an example of a three-dimensional view of a hinge blade 4021 having a planar hinge blade face surface 4021a. FIG. 41 shows an example of a hinge blade 4122 having a planar hinge blade face surface 4122a (showing a partial view).
在一些實施例中,緊固件建構成容納諸多部件。緊固件(例如,包含鉸鏈)可建構成容納一個以上之電路板。例如,緊固件可建構成容納電路板,此電路板包含用於其建構成連接至顯示器的增幅器及/或驅動器板件。例如,緊固件可建構成容納觸控螢幕功能性之電路板(例如,感測器及發射器面板)。緊固件可建構成允許輕易的安裝、移除及/或維護(例如,如本文所揭示者)。輕易可意指低勞動成本、低勞工等級(例如,低勞動資格)、及/或短勞動時間。鉸鏈葉片之至少一者可包含開口,可經過此開口觀看及/或進出電路系統(例如,PCB)的至少一部分。鉸鏈葉片之至少一者可建構成便於觀看、進出及/或操縱至少一連接器。例如,可經過開口觀看、進出、及/或操縱電路系統中(或耦接至電路系統)的至少一些連接器。例如,可經過開口觀看及/或進出電路系統與顯示器構造之間的至少一些連接器。此開口可便於移除耦接至連接器之電纜。此開口可便於電纜的附接及拆卸,例如用於(例如,電纜線路、電路系統、及/或顯示器構造之)維護、替換、及/或移除。緊固件可卡扣及/或擰緊至此結構。電路板可卡扣進入緊固件、附接至緊固件(例如,使用黏著劑)、或卡扣至緊固件。有時候,顯示器構造可需要在與其耦接的支撐結構(例如,及/或可著色玻璃)之任何部分的替換之前進行替換。緊固件可具有或可不具有磁性部件。緊固件可耦接至支撐結構。緊固件可或可不附接至窗戶。緊固件可或可不用螺栓鎖入窗戶(例如,使用窗戶中的通孔)。於一些實施例中,緊固件未直接耦接至窗戶(例如,使用窗戶中之任何通孔及/或使用黏著劑)。在一些實施例中,顯示器構造未直接耦接至窗戶(例如,使用窗戶中的任何通孔及/或使用黏著劑)。In some embodiments, the fastener is configured to accommodate multiple components. The fastener (e.g., including a hinge) can be configured to accommodate more than one circuit board. For example, the fastener can be configured to accommodate a circuit board that includes an amplifier and/or driver board for connecting it to a display. For example, the fastener can be configured to accommodate a circuit board for touch screen functionality (e.g., a sensor and transmitter panel). The fastener can be configured to allow easy installation, removal, and/or maintenance (e.g., as disclosed herein). Easy can mean low labor cost, low labor level (e.g., low labor qualifications), and/or short labor time. At least one of the hinge blades may include an opening through which at least a portion of a circuit system (e.g., a PCB) may be viewed and/or accessed. At least one of the hinge blades may be configured to facilitate viewing, access, and/or manipulation of at least one connector. For example, at least some of the connectors in (or coupled to) the circuit system may be viewed, accessed, and/or manipulated through the opening. For example, at least some of the connectors between the circuit system and a display structure may be viewed and/or accessed through the opening. The opening may facilitate removal of cables coupled to the connector. The opening may facilitate attachment and removal of cables, such as for maintenance, replacement, and/or removal (e.g., of cable lines, circuit systems, and/or display structures). The fastener may snap and/or tighten to this structure. The circuit board may snap into the fastener, be attached to the fastener (e.g., using an adhesive), or snap to the fastener. Sometimes, the display structure may need to be replaced before replacing any part of the support structure (e.g., and/or tinted glass) to which it is coupled. The fastener may or may not have a magnetic component. The fastener may be coupled to the support structure. The fastener may or may not be attached to the window. The fastener may or may not be bolted into the window (e.g., using a through hole in the window). In some embodiments, the fastener is not directly coupled to the window (e.g., using any through holes in the window and/or using an adhesive). In some embodiments, the display structure is not directly coupled to the window (e.g., using any through holes in the window and/or using an adhesive).
圖35顯示耦接至顯示器構造3501之緊固件3502的示範視圖,此顯示器構造3501藉由容納於例如3503之類的保護框架中之感測器-發射器面板所界定邊界,以便於觸控螢幕能力。緊固件3502具有開口3504,可經過此開口3504觀看電路板3530的一部分。電路板可併入與顯示發射器(例如,LEDs)耦接之增幅器及/或驅動器板件。電路板3530包含六個連接器3509。連接器可便於將資料(包括媒體及/或控制相關資料)及/或來自電源及/或E-Box(合成電路板(例如,時序控制器)的電力)傳輸至顯示器構造。緊固件可包含耦接至鉸鏈葉片3521及3522之鉸鏈軸線3520。第一鉸鏈葉片3521包含建構成附接至結構(例如,框架部分)的托架。第二鉸鏈葉片3522包含用於電路系統及/或連接器之開口3504。任何鉸鏈葉片可為由單一件材料(例如,由單一平板)所製成,或可為由附接在一起以形成單一件的諸多部分所製成。附接方式可包含壓合、焊接、互鎖、或擰緊。FIG. 35 shows an exemplary view of a fastener 3502 coupled to a display structure 3501 bounded by a sensor-emitter panel housed in a protective frame such as 3503 to facilitate touch screen capabilities. Fastener 3502 has an opening 3504 through which a portion of a circuit board 3530 can be viewed. The circuit board can incorporate an amplifier and/or driver board coupled to the display emitters (e.g., LEDs). Circuit board 3530 includes six connectors 3509. The connectors can facilitate the transfer of data (including media and/or control related data) and/or power from a power supply and/or E-Box (combined circuit board (e.g., timing controller)) to the display structure. The fastener may include a hinge axis 3520 coupled to hinge blades 3521 and 3522. The first hinge blade 3521 includes a bracket configured to attach to a structure (e.g., a frame portion). The second hinge blade 3522 includes an opening 3504 for circuitry and/or a connector. Any hinge blade may be made from a single piece of material (e.g., from a single flat sheet), or may be made from multiple parts attached together to form a single piece. Attachment methods may include press-fitting, welding, interlocking, or tightening.
於一些實施例中,緊固件建構成沿著顯示器構造之一側面延伸。緊固件可包含延伸至顯示器構造的側向長度之至少一部分的單一單元。此單一單元可為單一材料(例如,單一平板)。此單一單元可具有或可不具有一個以上之開口。此單元(例如,鉸鏈葉片)的延伸部分可為顯示器構造側面之長度的至少約30%、40%、50%、60%、70%、80%、90%、95%、或99%。在一些實施例中,緊固件(例如,至少一鉸鏈葉片)之至少一部分延伸至顯示器構造的側面之全長。於一些實施例中,緊固件延伸(例如,略微)超過顯示器構造的側面之全長。在一些實施例中,緊固件容納顯示器構造的側面。圖35顯示緊固件3502之範例,此緊固件3502具有至少延伸至顯示器構造3501的全長之一部分(例如,鉸鏈葉片)3522,此鉸鏈葉片3522具有便於進出電路系統3530的至少一部分(例如,其連接器3509)之開口3504、以及便於空氣流動及/或熱交換的複數開口,此鉸鏈葉片係由單一部分(例如,單一平板)所形成。In some embodiments, the fastener is constructed to extend along one side of the display structure. The fastener may include a single unit that extends to at least a portion of the lateral length of the display structure. This single unit may be a single material (e.g., a single plate). This single unit may or may not have more than one opening. The extension of this unit (e.g., a hinge blade) may be at least about 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, or 99% of the length of the side of the display structure. In some embodiments, at least a portion of the fastener (e.g., at least one hinge blade) extends to the full length of the side of the display structure. In some embodiments, the fastener extends (e.g., slightly) beyond the full length of the side of the display structure. In some embodiments, the fastener accommodates the side of the display structure. Figure 35 shows an example of a fastener 3502 having at least a portion (e.g., a hinge blade) 3522 extending the entire length of the display structure 3501, the hinge blade 3522 having an opening 3504 for facilitating access to at least a portion of the circuit system 3530 (e.g., its connector 3509), and a plurality of openings for air flow and/or heat exchange, the hinge blade being formed from a single portion (e.g., a single plate).
在一些實施例中,緊固件可建構成便於熱交換。緊固件可建構成容納本文所揭示之任何熱交換裝置及/或技術。例如,緊固件可建構成容納用於主動氣體(例如,空氣)傳導的一個以上之風扇。緊固件可建構成容納至少1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10或20個風扇。緊固件可建構成容納前述數目之風扇的任何一個之間的風扇數目(例如,由1至20個、由1至10個、或由10至20個)。風扇之數目可為偶數。風扇的數目可為(例如,均勻地)分佈在開口之兩側上。至電路系統的開口可沿著緊固件之長度定中心。用於氣流(例如,及風扇的放置)之開口可沿著緊固件設置並進一步遠離此開口。每二個風扇可沿著緊固件長度(例如,葉片長度)的中間部分對稱地對齊。圖35顯示具有葉片之緊固件3502的範例,此葉片具有沿著其長度定中心之開口3504,此葉片具有便於氣體交換及容納風扇(例如3524)的複數開口3505a及3505b(總共八個開口)。複數開口可為通風孔。開口可沿著緊固件之長度中心對稱地配置,且沿著緊固件葉片延伸遠離開口。每一開口群組3505a及3505b中的開口係沿著緊固件(例如,鉸鏈葉片)部分均勻地分佈(例如,均勻地隔開),且相對於繞著緊固件長度之中心對稱地配置成二群組。緊固件葉片3522係耦接至建構成固持電路板3597的拐角3529。電路板可耦接至設置在保護框架蓋件3503中之感測器及發射器面板。框架蓋件保護至少一部分透明材料(例如,3598),其建構成允許觸控螢幕功能性的發射輻射(例如,紅外線輻射)通過其傳播。In some embodiments, the fastener may be configured to facilitate heat exchange. The fastener may be configured to accommodate any heat exchange device and/or technology disclosed herein. For example, the fastener may be configured to accommodate one or more fans for active gas (e.g., air) conduction. The fastener may be configured to accommodate at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 20 fans. The fastener may be configured to accommodate any number of fans between the aforementioned numbers (e.g., from 1 to 20, from 1 to 10, or from 10 to 20). The number of fans may be an even number. The number of fans may be (e.g., evenly) distributed on both sides of the opening. The opening to the circuit system may be centered along the length of the fastener. Openings for airflow (e.g., and placement of fans) may be located along the fastener and further away from the openings. Each pair of fans may be symmetrically aligned along the middle portion of the length of the fastener (e.g., the length of the blade). FIG. 35 shows an example of a fastener 3502 having a blade having an opening 3504 centered along its length, the blade having a plurality of openings 3505a and 3505b (eight openings total) for facilitating gas exchange and accommodating fans (e.g., 3524). The plurality of openings may be vents. The openings may be symmetrically arranged along the center of the length of the fastener and extend away from the openings along the fastener blade. The openings in each opening group 3505a and 3505b are uniformly distributed (e.g., uniformly spaced) along a portion of a fastener (e.g., hinge blade) and are arranged in two groups symmetrically about the center of the length of the fastener. The fastener blade 3522 is coupled to a corner 3529 configured to retain a circuit board 3597. The circuit board can be coupled to a sensor and emitter panel disposed in a protective frame cover 3503. The frame cover protects at least a portion of a transparent material (e.g., 3598) that is configured to allow the emitted radiation (e.g., infrared radiation) of the touch screen functionality to propagate therethrough.
於一些實施例中,顯示器構造緊固件包含複數電路板。電路板可包括增幅器及/或驅動器板件,及/或便於觸控螢幕功能性之至少一電路系統。例如,可有便於觸控螢幕功能性的二電路板。複數電路板之至少一者可附接至緊固件。圖35顯示藉由連接件(例如,L形托架3529)耦接至鉸鏈葉片3522的觸控螢幕電路系統3597之範例。附加電路系統3599(例如,便於觸控螢幕功能性)(例如3599)可或可不耦接至緊固件(例如,鉸鏈葉片3522)。In some embodiments, the display construction fastener includes a plurality of circuit boards. The circuit boards may include amplifier and/or driver boards, and/or at least one circuit system that facilitates touch screen functionality. For example, there may be two circuit boards that facilitate touch screen functionality. At least one of the plurality of circuit boards may be attached to the fastener. Figure 35 shows an example of a touch screen circuit system 3597 coupled to a hinge blade 3522 via a connector (e.g., an L-shaped bracket 3529). Additional circuit systems 3599 (e.g., to facilitate touch screen functionality) (e.g., 3599) may or may not be coupled to the fastener (e.g., hinge blade 3522).
在一些範例中,緊固件便於在顯示器構造的一側面上之冷卻及/或空氣流動、及於顯示器構造的相反側面上之觸控螢幕功能性。圖35顯示耦接至緊固件3502的觸控螢幕3501之範例,使得氣流3536被引導至顯示器構造3501的將為進一步遠離觀看者之背面,且觸控螢幕功能性(例如,包括透明材料3598)設置在顯示器構造3501的較接近觀看者(例如,及觀看者可為了觸控螢幕功能性而進出)之相反側上。觀看者係示意性地顯示為小雕像3596,以指明顯示器構造3501的觀看者側面(例如,其比例可為例如相對顯示器構造不成比例的)。In some examples, the fasteners facilitate cooling and/or air flow on one side of the display structure, and the touch screen functionality on the opposite side of the display structure. Figure 35 shows an example of a touch screen 3501 coupled to a fastener 3502 so that airflow 3536 is directed to the back of the display structure 3501, which will be further away from the viewer, and the touch screen functionality (e.g., including transparent material 3598) is disposed on the opposite side of the display structure 3501, which is closer to the viewer (e.g., and the viewer can enter and exit for the touch screen functionality). The viewer is schematically shown as a figurine 3596 to indicate the viewer side of the display structure 3501 (eg, whose proportions may be disproportionate relative to the display structure, for example).
於一些實施例中,緊固件可建構成便於熱交換。緊固件可建構成便於由外部大氣朝顯示器構造之主動熱傳導(例如,氣體推動)。緊固件可建構成便於由顯示器構造朝外部大氣的主動熱傳導(例如,氣體抽吸)。例如,緊固件可建構成容納一個以上之風扇,此等風扇建構成將來自環繞緊固件的周遭大氣之氣體(例如,空氣)引導朝指定路徑。此路徑可藉由引導結構來指定。此引導結構可為至少一平面式及/或彎曲部分。圖35顯示具有平面式部分3531與3532、及彎曲部分3533的氣體引導結構3523之範例。氣體引導結構可為由一塊材料(例如,一平板)、或複數附接(例如,壓合、焊接、互鎖、及/或緊固)部分所形成。此氣體引導部分可建構成沿著路徑3526引導氣體。圖35顯示緊固件及相關部件的諸多視圖。氣體可為例如經過氣體引導路徑(例如,藉由氣體引導結構及/或緊固件所形成)從外部環境(例如,外殼之大氣)引導朝顯示器構造。氣體引導結構可為緊固件的一部分或耦接至緊固件。氣體引導結構可為耦接(例如,緊固)至緊固件之第一葉片或作為其一部分。氣體引導結構可為不是另一(例如,第二)葉片的一部分(或耦接至此部分)。氣體引導結構可為耦接(例如,緊固)至緊固件之第一葉片或作為其一部分,此部分建構成附接至顯示器構造。氣體引導結構可為不是另一(例如,第二)葉片的一部分(或未耦接至此部分),此部分建構成附接至支撐結構(例如,固定裝置,例如框架部分或壁面之類)。支撐結構可為外殼的一部分(例如,外殼之固定裝置)。風扇可包含致動器。可藉由控制器(例如,本文所揭示的任何控制器)來控制。風扇可為局部控制器(例如,在緊固件及/或E-box之控制器中)。風扇可為遠端控制(例如,藉由BMS及/或藉由較高層級的控制器,例如樓層控制器或主控制器之類)。風扇可為建構成控制感測器及/或發射器(例如,裝置集體)的控制器來控制。In some embodiments, the fastener may be configured to facilitate heat exchange. The fastener may be configured to facilitate active heat transfer from the external atmosphere toward the display structure (e.g., gas push). The fastener may be configured to facilitate active heat transfer from the display structure toward the external atmosphere (e.g., gas suction). For example, the fastener may be configured to accommodate one or more fans that are configured to direct gas (e.g., air) from the surrounding atmosphere surrounding the fastener toward a specified path. This path may be specified by a guiding structure. The guiding structure may be at least one planar and/or curved portion. Figure 35 shows an example of a gas guiding structure 3523 having planar portions 3531 and 3532, and a curved portion 3533. The gas-guiding structure may be formed from a piece of material (e.g., a flat plate), or a plurality of attached (e.g., pressed, welded, interlocked, and/or fastened) portions. The gas-guiding portion may be configured to guide gas along a path 3526. FIG. 35 shows multiple views of the fastener and associated components. Gas may be directed from an external environment (e.g., the atmosphere of the housing) toward the display structure, for example, through a gas-guiding path (e.g., formed by the gas-guiding structure and/or the fastener). The gas-guiding structure may be part of the fastener or coupled to the fastener. The gas-guiding structure may be coupled (e.g., fastened) to or be part of a first blade of the fastener. The air-guiding structure may be a part of (or coupled to) another (e.g., second) blade that is not a part of (or coupled to such a part). The air-guiding structure may be a first blade that is coupled (e.g., fastened) to a fastener or as a part of it, and this part is configured to be attached to a display structure. The air-guiding structure may be a part of (or not coupled to such a part) another (e.g., second) blade that is not a part of (e.g., second) blade that is configured to be attached to a support structure (e.g., a fixture, such as a frame portion or wall). The support structure may be a part of the housing (e.g., a fixture of the housing). The fan may include an actuator. It may be controlled by a controller (e.g., any controller disclosed herein). The fan may be a local controller (e.g., in a controller of the fastener and/or E-box). The fans may be remotely controlled (e.g., by a BMS and/or by a higher level controller, such as a floor controller or a master controller). The fans may be controlled by a controller configured to control the sensors and/or transmitters (e.g., a device assembly).
圖36顯示耦接至緊固件之一部分的顯示器構造之立體圖範例。圖36顯示具有二轉向節群組3685a及3685b的鉸鏈葉片3622之範例。每一轉向節群組具有經過該處插入的鉸鏈(例如3620)。每一轉向節群組係形成鉸鏈之轉向節組件的一部分。轉向節群組3685a及3685b形成鉸鏈葉片3622之一體式部分,此鉸鏈葉片具有繞著鉸鏈葉片3622的長度之中心配置於二對稱群組3605a及3605b中的複數開口。鉸鏈葉片3622具有繞著鉸鏈長度之長度定中心的外出部分3604。鉸鏈葉片3622係由單一件(例如,單一平板、切片、條片、或板片)所形成。鉸鏈葉片3622沿著顯示器構造3601之側面的全長延伸。顯示器構造3601沒有圍繞其所有側面之框架。開口(例如,3605c)建構成允許氣體(例如,空氣)由顯示器構造3601的一側面(例如,沿著路徑3626)通過。鉸鏈葉片3622亦包含突出特徵(例如,凸部)3699。數字3601a及3622a中之結尾「a」表示各自項目的一部分,而顯示沒有結尾「a」(例如3601a係顯示器構造3601之一部分)。FIG. 36 shows an example of a three-dimensional view of a display structure coupled to a portion of a fastener. FIG. 36 shows an example of a hinge blade 3622 having two steering knuckle groups 3685a and 3685b. Each steering knuckle group has a hinge (e.g., 3620) inserted therethrough. Each steering knuckle group forms part of a steering knuckle assembly of a hinge. Steering knuckle groups 3685a and 3685b form an integral part of hinge blade 3622 having a plurality of openings disposed in two symmetrical groups 3605a and 3605b about the center of the length of hinge blade 3622. The hinge blade 3622 has an outward portion 3604 centered about the length of the hinge. The hinge blade 3622 is formed from a single piece (e.g., a single plate, slice, strip, or plate). The hinge blade 3622 extends along the entire length of the side of the display structure 3601. The display structure 3601 does not have a frame around all its sides. The opening (e.g., 3605c) is constructed to allow a gas (e.g., air) to pass through a side of the display structure 3601 (e.g., along path 3626). The hinge blade 3622 also includes a protruding feature (e.g., a boss) 3699. The ending "a" in the numbers 3601a and 3622a indicates that they are part of the respective items, and are displayed without the ending "a" (for example, 3601a is part of the display structure 3601).
圖37顯示藉由感測器-發射器面板、例如3703所定框的顯示器構造3701之立體圖範例。顯示器構造係耦接至具有二鉸鏈葉片3721及3722的緊固件3702。鉸鏈葉片3721建構成耦接至支撐結構。鉸鏈葉片3721具有二組開放式轉向節3783a及3783b,其建構成藉由分別與封閉孔腔轉向節3785a及3785b整合在一起而附接至鉸鏈葉片3722或由鉸鏈葉片3722拆開,每一轉向節固持鉸鏈心銷。鉸鏈葉片3721形成為托架形狀。鉸鏈葉片3722包含沿著其長度定中心之開口3704(例如,刻出部分或出口),此開口延伸至鉸鏈葉片寬度的一部分。此開口建構成便於進出至任何附接之電路系統(例如,增幅器及/或驅動器板件)及/或連接器的一部分,此連接器將附接至鉸鏈葉片3722及/或耦接至顯示器構造(例如並與之通訊),且耦接至E-box及電源。鉸鏈葉片3722具有繞著葉片鉸鏈3722的長度配置成二群組之複數開口(例如,3705)。每群組中的開口係均勻地隔開。開口允許氣體(例如,空氣)之交換。鉸鏈葉片3722耦接至氣體引導結構(例如,氣體導引件)3723。氣體導引件建構成將任何進來的氣體(例如,空氣)引導經過開口(例如,3705)至顯示器構造穿通孔腔3750之一側,使得氣體將例如在虛線箭頭3751中所描繪的方向中(或於相反方向中)流動。部分3732覆蓋(並形成)孔腔3750,此部分3732、3733及3731係氣體導引部分3723之部分。數字3701a、3702a、3703a、3721a、3722a、3723a及3733a中的結尾「a」表示各自項目的一部分,而顯示沒有結尾「a」(例如3701a係顯示器構造3701之一部分)。FIG. 37 shows an example of a three-dimensional view of a display structure 3701 framed by a sensor-emitter panel, such as 3703. The display structure is coupled to a fastener 3702 having two hinge blades 3721 and 3722. The hinge blade 3721 is configured to be coupled to a support structure. The hinge blade 3721 has two sets of open knuckles 3783a and 3783b, which are configured to be attached to or detached from the hinge blade 3722 by being integrated with closed cavity knuckles 3785a and 3785b, respectively, each knuckle retaining a hinge core pin. The hinge blade 3721 is formed in a bracket shape. The hinge blade 3722 includes an opening 3704 (e.g., a cutout or outlet) centered along its length, which extends to a portion of the hinge blade width. This opening is constructed to facilitate access to any attached circuitry (e.g., amplifier and/or driver boards) and/or a portion of a connector that will be attached to the hinge blade 3722 and/or coupled to (e.g., and communicate with) a display structure, and coupled to an E-box and power supply. The hinge blade 3722 has a plurality of openings (e.g., 3705) configured in two groups around the length of the blade hinge 3722. The openings in each group are evenly spaced. The openings allow for the exchange of gases (e.g., air). Hinge blade 3722 is coupled to a gas guiding structure (e.g., gas guide) 3723. The gas guide is configured to direct any incoming gas (e.g., air) through opening (e.g., 3705) to one side of display structure through cavity 3750 so that the gas will flow, for example, in the direction depicted in dashed arrow 3751 (or in the opposite direction). Portion 3732 covers (and forms) cavity 3750, such portions 3732, 3733, and 3731 being part of gas guide portion 3723. The ending "a" in the numbers 3701a, 3702a, 3703a, 3721a, 3722a, 3723a and 3733a indicates a part of the respective item, and is displayed without the ending "a" (for example, 3701a is a part of the display structure 3701).
在一些實施例中,緊固件建構成便於熱交換。熱交換可為主動式。可藉由一個以上的風扇、氣體(例如,空氣)引導部件、及/或氣體通道來促進熱交換。在緊固件中形成之用於氣體流動的路徑可設計成容納空氣之流動,而例如,如與周遭壓力相比,不會在緊固件中形成過多或減小的壓力。允許氣體於緊固件中流動經過之面積可為大於使氣體在風扇中流動經過的面積。例如,風扇開口(例如3805)之總水平橫截面積可為小於氣體導引件(例如3823)與板件(例如3855)之間的總水平位橫截面積,氣體導引件與板件一起形成將氣體(例如3851)引導朝顯示器構造(例如3801)之外部的氣體通道。In some embodiments, the fastener is constructed to facilitate heat exchange. The heat exchange can be active. The heat exchange can be facilitated by one or more fans, gas (e.g., air) guiding components, and/or gas channels. The path formed in the fastener for the gas to flow can be designed to accommodate the flow of air without, for example, forming excessive or reduced pressure in the fastener compared to the ambient pressure. The area through which the gas is allowed to flow in the fastener can be larger than the area through which the gas is allowed to flow in the fan. For example, the total horizontal cross-sectional area of the fan opening (e.g., 3805) may be smaller than the total horizontal cross-sectional area between the gas guide (e.g., 3823) and the plate (e.g., 3855), and the gas guide and the plate together form a gas channel that guides the gas (e.g., 3851) toward the outside of the display structure (e.g., 3801).
圖38顯示耦接至緊固件3822(例如,鉸鏈葉片)之一部分的顯示器構造3801之立體圖範例,緊固件具有延伸至其寬度的一部分之開口(例如,退縮、刻出、或出口)3804,此開口沿著其長度定中心。開口3804建構成允許進出至電路系統3830及/或其連接器的一部分。鉸鏈葉片3822具有二組轉向節3884a及3884b、及複數便於使氣體(例如,空氣)流經該處之開口(例如3805)。鉸鏈葉片3822耦接至氣體導引件3823,氣體導引件3823建構成導引流經(例如,進來或流出)開口(例如3805)的氣體。氣體導引件耦接至具有突起部之板件3855。突起部係沿著板件的長度均勻地分佈。此板件係與氣體導引件3823耦接以形成氣體通道(例如,在每二突起部之間)。突起部建構成防止氣體導引件及/或板件彎曲(例如,塌陷)。突起部建構成確保氣體通道隨著時間之推移保留可操作及/或完整整無損的。氣引導引件3823及板件3855於藉由虛線箭頭(例如3851)所描繪之方向中導引氣體。氣體導引件3832(例如,其係附接至鉸鏈葉片3822或為鉸鏈葉片3822的一部分)建構成與包含托架之鉸鏈葉片3821嚙合。顯示器構造3801係藉由便於觸控螢幕能力的感測器-發射器面板(例如3803)所定框。緊固件之托架部分可具有至少一尖端(例如3821)或至少一無尖端部分(例如3525)。例如,當緊固件的鉸鏈處於封閉位置中時,托架之至少一端部可為設置成接近氣體導引件。托架的至少一端部可接觸或可不接觸氣體導引件。緊固件可建構成例如當緊固件處於封閉位置中時,在緊固件的托架部分與氣體導引件之間允許氣體通過(例如,及間隙)。圖35顯示氣體導引件3523與緊固件之葉片3921的非尖銳托架端部3525之間的間隙之範例。圖38顯示緊固件的葉片3821之尖銳托架端部3825與其互補部分氣體導引件3823(其係彎曲部分3533的一部分)之間的間隙之範例。托架的至少一端部可與托架之側面形成直角或非直角。托架的至少一端部可具有與其緊臨之氣體導引部分互補的角度及/或曲率,例如,當緊固件處於封閉位置時(例如,在3802之範例中顯示)。鉸鏈葉片3822建構成安裝電路系統3871(例如,便於觸控螢幕功能性),此安裝係藉由使用呈L形托架3870的形狀之安裝結構來實施。安裝結構可為鉸鏈葉片3822的一體式部分,或可為分開之部分,其係卡扣、互鎖、焊接、膠合、螺栓鎖緊、或以另一方式附接至鉸鏈葉片3822。數字3801a、3803a、3821a、3822a、3832a、3821a、3823a、3840a及3855a中的結尾「a」表示各自項目之一部分,而顯示沒有結尾「a」(例如3801a係顯示器構造3801的一部分)。項目3890係連接件(例如4090)。氣體導引件可藉由本文所揭示的任何附接(例如,耦接)方法(例如,卡扣、焊接、膠合、螺栓鎖緊、互鎖或擰緊)而耦接(例如,附接)至緊固件。在緊固件之封閉位置處,第一葉片及第二葉片(及任何附接至其上的物件)維持彼此分開(例如,間隙)(例如,彼此不接觸)。間隔(例如,間隙)可為至多約0.2毫米(mm)、0.3mm、0.4mm、0.5mm、0.8mm、1mm、3mm或5mm。間隔(例如,間隙)可為於任何前述值之間(例如,由約0.2mm至約5mm、由約0.2mm至約0.5mm、由約0.3mm至約1mm、或由約0.8mm至約5 mm)。間隙可為在第一鉸鏈葉片之托架部分(例如3525)的尖端與其互補部分之間,此互補部分係第二鉸鏈葉片的一部分(例如,附接至其上或作為其一體式部分),例如至托架尖端部分(例如3525)之間隙導引件(例如3523)互補部分(例如3533)。數字3501a、3510a及3522a中的結尾「a」表示各自項目之一部分,而顯示沒有結尾「a」(例如3501a係顯示器構造3501的一部分)。項目3505c代表風扇3505b之一部分。緊固件及相關聯的部件係於3570中以側視圖表示。FIG. 38 shows an example of a perspective view of a display structure 3801 coupled to a portion of a fastener 3822 (e.g., a hinge blade) having an opening (e.g., a setback, notch, or outlet) 3804 extending a portion of its width and centered along its length. Opening 3804 is configured to allow access to a portion of a circuit system 3830 and/or its connector. Hinge blade 3822 has two sets of steerable knuckles 3884a and 3884b, and a plurality of openings (e.g., 3805) to facilitate the flow of a gas (e.g., air) therethrough. Hinge blade 3822 is coupled to gas guide 3823, which is configured to guide gas flowing through (e.g., into or out of) an opening (e.g., 3805). The gas guide is coupled to a plate 3855 having protrusions. The protrusions are evenly distributed along the length of the plate. The plate is coupled to the gas guide 3823 to form a gas channel (e.g., between every two protrusions). The protrusions are configured to prevent the gas guide and/or plate from bending (e.g., collapsing). The protrusions are configured to ensure that the gas channel remains operable and/or intact over time. Gas guide 3823 and plate 3855 direct gas in the direction depicted by the dashed arrow (e.g., 3851). Gas guide 3832 (e.g., which is attached to or is part of hinge blade 3822) is constructed to engage with hinge blade 3821 including a bracket. Display structure 3801 is framed by a sensor-emitter panel (e.g., 3803) that facilitates touch screen capabilities. The bracket portion of the fastener can have at least one pointed end (e.g., 3821) or at least one non-tipped portion (e.g., 3525). For example, when the hinge of the fastener is in a closed position, at least one end of the bracket can be configured to be adjacent to the gas guide. At least one end of the bracket may or may not contact the gas guide. The fastener may be constructed to allow gas to pass (e.g., and a gap) between the bracket portion of the fastener and the gas guide when the fastener is in a closed position. Figure 35 shows an example of a gap between a gas guide 3523 and a non-sharp bracket end 3525 of a blade 3921 of the fastener. Figure 38 shows an example of a gap between a sharp bracket end 3825 of a blade 3821 of the fastener and its complementary portion, a gas guide 3823 (which is part of the curved portion 3533). At least one end of the bracket may form a right angle or a non-right angle with the side of the bracket. At least one end of the bracket may have an angle and/or curvature that complements the gas guide portion it abuts, for example, when the fastener is in a closed position (e.g., as shown in the example of 3802). Hinge blade 3822 is configured to mount circuitry 3871 (e.g., to facilitate touch screen functionality) by using a mounting structure in the shape of an L-shaped bracket 3870. The mounting structure may be an integral part of hinge blade 3822, or may be a separate part that is snapped, interlocked, welded, glued, bolted, or otherwise attached to hinge blade 3822. The ending "a" in the numbers 3801a, 3803a, 3821a, 3822a, 3832a, 3821a, 3823a, 3840a and 3855a indicates a part of the respective item, and is shown without the ending "a" (e.g., 3801a is a part of the display structure 3801). Item 3890 is a connector (e.g., 4090). The gas guide can be coupled (e.g., attached) to the fastener by any attachment (e.g., coupling) method disclosed herein (e.g., snap, weld, glue, bolt, interlock, or tighten). In the closed position of the fastener, the first blade and the second blade (and any objects attached thereto) are maintained separated (e.g., a gap) from each other (e.g., not in contact with each other). The spacing (e.g., gap) may be at most about 0.2 millimeters (mm), 0.3 mm, 0.4 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.8 mm, 1 mm, 3 mm, or 5 mm. The spacing (e.g., gap) may be between any of the foregoing values (e.g., from about 0.2 mm to about 5 mm, from about 0.2 mm to about 0.5 mm, from about 0.3 mm to about 1 mm, or from about 0.8 mm to about 5 mm). The gap may be between the tip of the bracket portion (e.g., 3525) of the first hinge blade and a complementary portion thereof, which is a portion of (e.g., attached to or as an integral part of) the second hinge blade, such as a gap guide (e.g., 3523) complementary portion (e.g., 3533) to the bracket tip portion (e.g., 3525). The suffix "a" in the numbers 3501a, 3510a and 3522a indicates a portion of the respective item and is shown without the suffix "a" (e.g., 3501a is a portion of the display structure 3501). Item 3505c represents a portion of the fan 3505b. The fasteners and associated components are shown in a side view in 3570.
在一些實施例中,緊固件係藉由帽蓋(例如,美容帽蓋)遮蔽而使觀看者看不到。帽蓋可用作緊固件之保護蓋或蓋件。帽蓋可遮蔽安裝於其中的支撐結構(例如固定裝置)中之緊固件。例如,帽蓋可模仿框架(例如,窗框)的一部分、或壁面之一部分。帽蓋可在其周遭(例如於支撐結構中)進行偽裝。帽蓋可例如使用本文所揭示的任何附接方式附接至支撐結構,例如,用螺栓鎖緊、用螺釘擰緊、卡扣、或黏著(例如,使用黏著劑)。支撐結構可建構成便於此附接(例如,藉由併入至帽蓋將附接之互補結構)。In some embodiments, the fastener is concealed from view by a cap (e.g., a cosmetic cap). The cap can be used as a protective cover or cover for the fastener. The cap can conceal the fastener in a support structure (e.g., a fixture) in which it is mounted. For example, the cap can mimic a portion of a frame (e.g., a window frame) or a portion of a wall. The cap can be disguised around it (e.g., in a support structure). The cap can be attached to the support structure, for example, using any attachment method disclosed herein, such as bolting, screwing, snapping, or gluing (e.g., using an adhesive). The support structure may be constructed to facilitate such attachment (e.g., by incorporating complementary structure to which the cap is to be attached).
在一些實施例中,氣體導引件建構成沿著顯示器構造的側面導引氣體。氣體沿著其導引之顯示器結構的側面可為最接近支撐結構(例如,壁面、可著色玻璃、及/或框架)。氣體沿著其導引之顯示器構造的側面可更遠離觀看者。氣體沿著其導引氣體之顯示器構造的側面可為與具有觸控螢幕能力之顯示器構造的側面相反。氣體沿著其導引之顯示器構造的側面可為與發射器沿著其發射輻射之側面相反,而此輻射作為觸控螢幕功能性的一部分。圖38顯示具有引導至顯示器構造3801之一側面上的氣流之顯示器構造3801的範例,而藉由例如3841之虛線箭頭所說明,顯示器構造的此側面係與藉由觀看者所觀看及/或進出之側面相反,而藉由小雕像3899示意性地說明此觀看者(例如,其標度可為例如與顯示器構造不成比例)。In some embodiments, the gas guide is configured to direct gas along a side of a display structure. The side of the display structure along which the gas is directed may be closest to a supporting structure (e.g., a wall, tintable glass, and/or frame). The side of the display structure along which the gas is directed may be farther away from a viewer. The side of the display structure along which the gas is directed may be opposite the side of the display structure having touch screen capabilities. The side of the display structure along which the gas is directed may be opposite the side along which an emitter emits radiation as part of the touch screen functionality. Figure 38 shows an example of a display structure 3801 having airflow directed onto one side of the display structure 3801, with this side of the display structure being opposite to the side viewed by and/or entering and exiting a viewer, as illustrated by dashed arrows such as 3841, with this viewer being schematically illustrated by figurine 3899 (e.g., the scale of which may be, for example, not proportional to the display structure).
於一些實施例中,氣體導引件可藉由突出特徵(例如,凸部)來與鉸鏈葉片分開。突出特徵可由氣體導引件或由鉸鏈葉片突出。突出特徵可為氣體導引件或鉸鏈葉片的一體式部分。突出特徵可為附接至氣體導引件或鉸鏈葉片之分開件(例如,使用本文所揭示的任何附接方法)。圖38顯示由鉸鏈葉片3822突出之突出特徵3840(例如,凸部)的範例。突出特徵可為緊固件之一個以上的部分提供結構支撐。In some embodiments, the gas guide may be separated from the hinge blade by a protruding feature (e.g., a boss). The protruding feature may protrude from the gas guide or from the hinge blade. The protruding feature may be an integral part of the gas guide or the hinge blade. The protruding feature may be a separate piece attached to the gas guide or the hinge blade (e.g., using any of the attachment methods disclosed herein). FIG. 38 shows an example of a protruding feature 3840 (e.g., a boss) protruding from a hinge blade 3822. The protruding feature may provide structural support for one or more portions of the fastener.
在一些實施例中,主動熱交換之開始可藉由控制器所控制。控制器可利用回饋控制方案。回饋控制方案可利用溫度資料。溫度資料可由至少一溫度感測器得出。溫度資料可有關於顯示器構造之一個以上的位置處之溫度。緊固件可建構成容納及/或連接到至少一溫度感測器(例如,熱電偶或IR感測器)。至少一溫度感測器可建構成感測顯示器構造的溫度。可設置此至少一溫度感測器,使得其將接觸此顯示器構造之遠離觀看者、最接近此支撐結構、及/或最接近其所耦接的窗戶之側面(例如,邊緣)。此至少一感測器可設置在緊固件的框架(例如,感測器及發射器保護框架)及/或任何部分(例如,部件)中。當溫度抵達第一閾值時(例如,如本文所揭示者),控制方案可引導主動熱交換系統(例如,風扇及/或冷卻器)之啟動。當溫度抵達第二閾值時(例如,如本文所揭示者),控制方案可引導顯示器構造的切斷操作。當溫度抵達第三閾值時(例如,如本文所揭示者),控制方案可引導主動熱交換系統(例如,風扇及/或冷卻器)之停用。於一些實施例中,第二閾值係高於第一閾值(例如,具有較高的溫度值)。在一些實施例中,第三閾值係低於第一閾值(例如,具有較低之溫度值)。有時候,主動熱交換始終處於「on」模式,且如果溫度超過閾值(例如,本文中所劃定的第二閾值),則將其停用。(例如,任何高溫)閾值可為具有至少約40°C、43°C、45°C、47°C、49°C、50°C、53°C、55°C或57°C之值的溫度。最低閾值可為具有至多約25°C、30°C、35°C、40℃或45℃之值的溫度。高溫閾值可為發光實體極可能(例如永久地)損壞(例如燒壞)之溫度。In some embodiments, the initiation of active heat exchange may be controlled by a controller. The controller may utilize a feedback control scheme. The feedback control scheme may utilize temperature data. The temperature data may be obtained from at least one temperature sensor. The temperature data may relate to the temperature at one or more locations of the display structure. The fastener may be configured to accommodate and/or connect to at least one temperature sensor (e.g., a thermocouple or an IR sensor). At least one temperature sensor may be configured to sense the temperature of the display structure. The at least one temperature sensor may be positioned so that it will contact a side (e.g., an edge) of the display structure away from the viewer, closest to the support structure, and/or closest to the window to which it is coupled. This at least one sensor may be disposed in a frame (e.g., a sensor and transmitter protection frame) and/or any portion (e.g., a component) of the fastener. When the temperature reaches a first threshold (e.g., as disclosed herein), the control scheme may direct the activation of an active heat exchange system (e.g., a fan and/or a cooler). When the temperature reaches a second threshold (e.g., as disclosed herein), the control scheme may direct the shutoff operation of the display structure. When the temperature reaches a third threshold (e.g., as disclosed herein), the control scheme may direct the deactivation of an active heat exchange system (e.g., a fan and/or a cooler). In some embodiments, the second threshold is higher than the first threshold (e.g., has a higher temperature value). In some embodiments, the third threshold is lower than the first threshold (e.g., has a lower temperature value). Sometimes, the active heat exchange is always in "on" mode and is disabled if the temperature exceeds a threshold (e.g., the second threshold defined herein). The (e.g., any high temperature) threshold may be a temperature having a value of at least about 40°C, 43°C, 45°C, 47°C, 49°C, 50°C, 53°C, 55°C, or 57°C. The lowest threshold may be a temperature having a value of at most about 25°C, 30°C, 35°C, 40°C, or 45°C. The high temperature threshold may be a temperature at which the light-emitting entity is very likely to be (e.g., permanently) damaged (e.g., burned out).
圖39顯示具有觸控螢幕能力的顯示器構造3901之諸多部分的立體圖範例,其耦接至緊固件3902。緊固件具有鉸鏈,此鉸鏈具有第一鉸鏈葉片3921及第二鉸鏈葉片3922,這些葉片建構成繞著軸線擺動。項目3980顯示藉由感測器-發射器面板及其殼體之一部分界定邊界的顯示器構造之一部分。緊固件包括氣體導引件3923、複數便於氣體經過該處排出及/或進入之孔洞、及第一電路系統3930。鉸鏈葉片3922具有凹部3904。此凹部可建構成便於進出至第二電路系統及/或連接器(在圖39中未示出),其建構成耦接至顯示器構造及E-box(例如於其中的時序控制器)及/或電源。第一電路系統3930可設置在(或以另一方式耦接至)鉸鏈葉片3922之側面上。第一電路系統可建構成便於觸控螢幕功能性的操作,其包括界定顯示器構造、例如3923之邊界的感測器及發射器面板。感測器及發射器面板包含電路系統3923,感測器及發射器(例如3922)耦接至此電路系統3923,反射表面(例如反射鏡)3925、包括3924及3927之保護框架,且透明材料3920建構成允許來自發射器的輻射經過該處行進(並可選地保護電路免受周圍環境、例如免受濕氣之影響)。框架部分3924建構成在感測器及發射器組件的一部分上方(例如,反射表面3925上方)支撐顯示器構造3901。保護框架(及於其中之部件)沿著顯示器構造3901的側面延伸。每二個垂直之保護框架在顯示器構造3901的邊緣於連接拐角3990處會合。此連接拐角包含本體3991及此本體之蓋件3995。本體可為單件面板。此蓋件(例如,拐角蓋件)係三面角蓋件3995。三面角蓋件具有三個延伸部分,它們一起形成此三面角。三個延伸部分的其中二個設置在一平面上,且第三個延伸部分設置成垂直於此平面。第三個延伸部包含二個波浪形結構。三面角蓋件3995建構成在其會合邊緣3990處密封二個普通保護框架之連接器。連接拐角的本體建構成容置感測器-發射器電路系統之電路板3998a及3998b。3901a係顯示器構造3901的一部分。電路板係於拐角處彼此連接(未示出)。二電路板之其中一者係連接至觸控螢幕電路板3930。本體建構成容置內部連接器3094,其具有二彎曲邊緣、及形成類似於眼睛或杏仁的橫截面之二尖狀邊緣。內部連接器3994包含建構成容納螺釘的殼體。一體式連接器可為單件面板3991之一部分。FIG. 39 shows an example of a three-dimensional view of portions of a display structure 3901 having touch screen capability coupled to a fastener 3902. The fastener has a hinge having a first hinge blade 3921 and a second hinge blade 3922, the blades being configured to swing about an axis. Item 3980 shows a portion of the display structure bounded by a sensor-emitter panel and a portion of its housing. The fastener includes a gas guide 3923, a plurality of holes for facilitating the exit and/or entry of gas therethrough, and a first circuit system 3930. The hinge blade 3922 has a recess 3904. This recess may be configured to facilitate access to a second circuit system and/or connector (not shown in FIG. 39 ) configured to couple to a display structure and an E-box (e.g., a timing controller therein) and/or a power source. A first circuit system 3930 may be disposed on (or otherwise coupled to) a side of hinge blade 3922. The first circuit system may be configured to facilitate operation of the touch screen functionality, including the sensor and emitter panels that define the boundaries of the display structure, e.g., 3923. The sensor and emitter panel includes circuitry 3923 to which sensors and emitters (e.g., 3922) are coupled, a reflective surface (e.g., a mirror) 3925, a protective frame including 3924 and 3927, and a transparent material 3920 configured to allow radiation from the emitters to pass therethrough (and optionally protect the circuitry from the surrounding environment, such as from moisture). Frame portion 3924 is configured to support the display structure 3901 over a portion of the sensor and emitter assembly (e.g., over reflective surface 3925). The protective frames (and components therein) extend along the sides of the display structure 3901. Each two perpendicular protective frames meet at the edge of the display structure 3901 at a connecting corner 3990. This connecting corner includes a body 3991 and a cover 3995 of this body. The body can be a single-piece panel. This cover (e.g., a corner cover) is a trihedral corner cover 3995. The trihedral corner cover has three extensions that together form this trihedral corner. Two of the three extensions are arranged on a plane, and the third extension is arranged perpendicular to this plane. The third extension includes two wavy structures. The trihedral corner cover 3995 is constructed as a connector that seals two common protective frames at their converging edges 3990. The body of the connecting corner is constructed as circuit boards 3998a and 3998b that accommodate the sensor-emitter circuit system. 3901a is part of the display structure 3901. The circuit boards are connected to each other at the corners (not shown). One of the two circuit boards is connected to the touch screen circuit board 3930. The body is configured to accommodate an internal connector 3094, which has two curved edges and two pointed edges that form a cross-section similar to an eye or an almond. The internal connector 3994 includes a housing configured to accommodate screws. The integrated connector can be part of a single-piece panel 3991.
在一些實施例中,顯示器構造的框架建構成(i)支撐顯示器構造,且(ii)將顯示器構造與感測器及發射器組件分開,及(iii)保護感測器及發射器組件不受周遭環境之影響。顯示器構造建構成坐落於水平及/或直立地在感測器及發射器組件內的孔腔中。顯示器構造至少部分地藉由框架(例如3924)及/或藉由黏著劑來與固持感測器及發射器組件之孔腔分開。圖39顯示藉由定框部分3924及使顯示器構造與透明材料3920接觸的黏著劑(例如,雙面膠帶)所固持之顯示器構造3901的範例。包含3924及3927之框架形成用於感測器及發射器組件(例如3922及3925)的內部孔腔、及容置顯示器構造之外部孔腔(例如3901)。感測器-發射器組件的透明材料3920(至少部分地,例如,用黏著劑材料)覆蓋此內部孔腔而不受外部影響(例如,濕氣及/或碎屑)。3920a係透明材料3920之一部分。將顯示器構造3901設置在其上的位置X係直立及水平地位於框架h之高度及框架w的寬度內。黏著劑材料可為非常接合(VHB)之黏著劑材料(例如3M的VHB雙面膠帶)。In some embodiments, the frame of the display structure is constructed to (i) support the display structure, and (ii) separate the display structure from the sensor and transmitter assembly, and (iii) protect the sensor and transmitter assembly from the surrounding environment. The display structure is constructed to sit horizontally and/or vertically in a cavity within the sensor and transmitter assembly. The display structure is at least partially separated from the cavity holding the sensor and transmitter assembly by a frame (e.g., 3924) and/or by an adhesive. Figure 39 shows an example of a display structure 3901 held by a framing portion 3924 and an adhesive (e.g., double-sided tape) that contacts the display structure with a transparent material 3920. The frame including 3924 and 3927 forms an internal cavity for sensor and emitter components (e.g., 3922 and 3925), and an external cavity (e.g., 3901) to house the display structure. The transparent material 3920 of the sensor-emitter assembly covers this internal cavity (at least partially, for example, with an adhesive material) from external influences (e.g., moisture and/or debris). 3920a is a portion of the transparent material 3920. The location X on which the display structure 3901 is set is upright and horizontal within the height of the frame h and the width of the frame w. The adhesive material can be a very bonded (VHB) adhesive material (e.g., 3M's VHB double-sided tape).
在一些實施例中,二正交感測器及發射器面板係藉由拐角組裝件固持在一起。拐角組裝件可包含導引特徵,此導引特徵建構成導引感測器及發射器之二正交電路系統,且例如於公差內使它們相對於彼此(例如直立地)對齊。拐角件可具有階梯狀導引件或波浪狀導引件。圖39顯示包含本體3991及拐角蓋件3995的拐角組件3940之範例,此拐角組件具有二導引件3996a及3996b、每一導引件導引感測器及發射器電路系統。此導引件(例如,自行導引特徵)可建構成將電路板固持在適當位置中(例如,在公差內)。此公差可允許電路板之直立及/或水平位移至多約0.5毫米(例如,mm)、0.4mm、0.3mm、0.2mm或0.1mm。In some embodiments, two orthogonal sensor and transmitter panels are held together by a corner assembly. The corner assembly may include guiding features that are configured to guide the two orthogonal circuit systems of the sensor and transmitter and, for example, align them relative to each other (e.g., upright) within tolerance. The corner piece may have a stepped guide or a wavy guide. Figure 39 shows an example of a corner assembly 3940 including a body 3991 and a corner cover 3995, the corner assembly having two guides 3996a and 3996b, each guide guiding the sensor and transmitter circuit system. The guide (e.g., a self-guiding feature) can be configured to hold the circuit board in the proper position (e.g., within tolerance). This tolerance may allow for vertical and/or horizontal displacement of the circuit board by up to approximately 0.5 millimeters (eg, mm), 0.4 mm, 0.3 mm, 0.2 mm, or 0.1 mm.
於一些實施例中,使用至少一連接件將顯示器構造的框架耦接至緊固件。此連接件可包含三面角。此連接件可具有面朝三個正交方向之三個平面。此連接件可建構成將緊固件與感測器-發射器面板的保護框架連接。此連接件可建構成包圍此緊固件之一部分(例如,其邊緣)的三個正交側面。圖40顯示一顯示器構造及相關部件的諸多部分之立體圖範例。圖40顯示具有三個正交側面4090a、4090b及4090c的整個連接件4090之範例(4090d係4090a的局部視圖)。連接件4090建構成連接至氣體引導部分4032(以其局部視圖顯示),此氣體引導部分4032將氣體引導經過第一開口4005、第二開口4050、及至顯示器構造4001之後方側面(顯示為此顯示器構造的一部分),例如,沿著虛線箭頭4051。連接件4090建構成密封藉由支撐部分4070所固持之電路系統,並耦接(例如,連接)至支撐部分,及在其4090a側面耦接至感測器-發射極組件4003的保護框架之側面(顯示局部視圖)。緊固件包含至少一鉸鏈,其具有轉向節及心銷(例如4082)、包含建構成安裝於支撐結構(例如固定裝置)上的托架之第一鉸鏈葉片4021(顯示局部視圖)、及第二鉸鏈葉片4022(顯示局部視圖)。具有至少一氣體開口(例如4005)的第二鉸鏈葉片包含升高結構4040,此升高結構4040當鉸鏈處於其封閉位置時減少氣體在鉸鏈的葉片之間的逸出。緊固件4002建構成容置至少一電路板,例如4030(顯示為整個電路板)。電路板4030(例如,包含驅動器及/或增壓板件)建構成連接至顯示器構造4001,並經由電纜線路4031提供資料及/或電力。電路板4030亦建構成連接E-box(例如,包含時序控制器)及/或經由(例如,六條)未顯示於圖40中之其他電纜連接至電源。其他電纜可由與圖40中所顯示面相反的電路板4030之面延伸。In some embodiments, at least one connector is used to couple the frame of the display structure to the fastener. The connector may include a trihedral. The connector may have three planes facing three orthogonal directions. The connector may be configured to connect the fastener to a protective frame of the sensor-emitter panel. The connector may be configured to have three orthogonal sides that surround a portion of the fastener (e.g., its edge). Figure 40 shows an example of a three-dimensional view of various portions of a display structure and related components. Figure 40 shows an example of an entire connector 4090 with three orthogonal sides 4090a, 4090b and 4090c (4090d is a partial view of 4090a). The connector 4090 is configured to connect to the gas guide portion 4032 (shown in a partial view thereof), which guides gas through the first opening 4005, the second opening 4050, and to the rear side of the display structure 4001 (shown as a part of the display structure), for example, along the dashed arrow 4051. The connector 4090 is configured to seal the circuit system held by the support portion 4070 and is coupled (e.g., connected) to the support portion and coupled at its 4090a side to the side of the protective frame of the sensor-emitter assembly 4003 (shown in a partial view). The fastener includes at least one hinge having a knuckle and a center pin (e.g., 4082), a first hinge blade 4021 (shown in partial view) configured to be mounted on a support structure (e.g., a fixture), and a second hinge blade 4022 (shown in partial view). The second hinge blade having at least one gas opening (e.g., 4005) includes a raised structure 4040 that reduces the escape of gas between the hinge blades when the hinge is in its closed position. The fastener 4002 is configured to accommodate at least one circuit board, such as 4030 (shown as an entire circuit board). Circuit board 4030 (e.g., including a driver and/or a boost board) is configured to connect to display structure 4001 and provide data and/or power via cable line 4031. Circuit board 4030 is also configured to connect to an E-box (e.g., including a timing controller) and/or to a power source via other cables (e.g., six) not shown in FIG. 40. Other cables may extend from a side of circuit board 4030 opposite to the side shown in FIG. 40.
在一些實施例中,緊固件建構成引導氣體的流動。氣體之流動可沿著緊固件中的指定開口及/或藉由緊固件所形成之開口引導。例如於其操作及/或封閉位置,緊固件可減小氣體在除了指定開口以外的方向中流動之可能性。緊固件的操作位置可為便於顯示器構造用於其預期目的(例如,投射媒體)之操作的位置。緊固件可包含具有二葉片之鉸鏈(例如,藉由轉向節及心銷配置所對齊)。至少一葉片可包含升高邊緣,以例如當緊固件處於封閉及/或操作時減少來自該方向中的氣體。至少一葉片可包含墊圈,以例如當緊固件封閉及/或操作時減少來自該方向中之氣體。圖41顯示耦接至緊固件4122的一部分之顯示器構造4101的立體圖及俯視圖範例,此緊固件部分具有建構成便於氣體流經該處之複數孔洞4105b及4105a。鉸鏈葉片4122包含轉向節4182。鉸鏈葉片包含升高部分4160,其減少經過升高部分的氣體之流動,此氣體的流動係在緊固件的內部(例如,當封閉及/或操作時)與周遭環境之間。此升高部分可包含墊圈;或沒有墊圈。此鉸鏈葉片4122包含凹部4104,此凹部4104延伸至其寬度的一部分並以其長度為中心。4104a係4104之一部分。項目4122a及4122b係4122的諸多部分。可沿著開口4104之4122邊緣放置墊圈,如於虛線4162中所描繪。鉸鏈葉片4122包含突出特徵(例如,凸部)4162。此突出特徵可為鉸鏈的一個以上之部件提供結構支撐。突出特徵可為緊固件(例如,鉸鏈葉片)的一體式部分。突出特徵可為例如使用本文所揭示之任何附接方法附接至緊固件(例如,鉸鏈葉片)的分開零件。突出特徵可建構成防止緊固件部分(例如,鉸鏈葉片)之彎曲(例如,塌陷)。墊圈可為由聚合物及/或樹脂所形成。聚合物及/或樹脂可包含基於碳或矽的材料。例如,此聚合物可為聚氨酯聚合物。墊圈可包含泡沫狀材料。墊圈可包含氣袋,或可為沒有(例如,可偵測之)氣袋。墊圈可包含可撓的材料(例如,橡膠或乳膠)。墊圈可包含對可見光不透明或透明之材料。In some embodiments, the fastener is constructed to direct the flow of gas. The flow of gas can be directed along a designated opening in the fastener and/or through an opening formed by the fastener. For example, in its operating and/or closed position, the fastener can reduce the possibility of gas flowing in directions other than the designated opening. The operating position of the fastener can be a position that facilitates the operation of the display structure for its intended purpose (e.g., projection media). The fastener may include a hinge with two blades (e.g., aligned by a steering knuckle and a core pin configuration). At least one blade may include a raised edge to reduce gas from that direction, for example when the fastener is closed and/or operating. At least one blade may include a gasket to reduce gas from that direction, for example when the fastener is closed and/or operating. Figure 41 shows an example of a perspective view and a top view of a display structure 4101 coupled to a portion of a fastener 4122, the fastener portion having a plurality of holes 4105b and 4105a configured to facilitate gas flow therethrough. The hinge blade 4122 includes a steering knuckle 4182. The hinge blade includes a raised portion 4160 that reduces the flow of gas through the raised portion, the flow of gas being between the interior of the fastener (e.g., when closed and/or operating) and the surrounding environment. The raised portion may include a washer; or no washer. The hinge blade 4122 includes a recess 4104 that extends to a portion of its width and is centered on its length. 4104a is a portion of 4104. Items 4122a and 4122b are portions of 4122. A gasket may be placed along the edge of 4122 of opening 4104, as depicted in dashed line 4162. Hinge blade 4122 includes a protruding feature (e.g., a boss) 4162. This protruding feature may provide structural support for one or more components of the hinge. The protruding feature may be an integral part of the fastener (e.g., a hinge blade). The protruding feature may be a separate part that is attached to the fastener (e.g., a hinge blade), for example, using any of the attachment methods disclosed herein. The protruding feature may be configured to prevent bending (e.g., collapse) of a fastener portion (e.g., a hinge blade). The gasket may be formed of a polymer and/or a resin. The polymer and/or resin may comprise a carbon or silicon based material. For example, the polymer may be a polyurethane polymer. The gasket may comprise a foamed material. The gasket may comprise an air pocket, or may be free of (e.g., detectable) air pockets. The gasket may comprise a flexible material (e.g., rubber or latex). The gasket may comprise a material that is opaque or transparent to visible light.
於一些實施例中,電路系統接觸及/或附接至氣體導引件。例如,此電路系統可為設置及/或附接至氣體導引件,例如,在氣體導引件上方。上方可為在與重心相反的方向中(例如,與指向重心之重力向量4200的方向相反)。電路系統可建構成便於經過氣體通道之氣體流動。圖42以立體圖顯示此顯示器構造及相關聯的緊固件組件的諸多部分。圖42顯示電路板4230(例如,包含驅動器及/或增壓板件)之範例,此電路板4230建構成連接至顯示器構造(顯示為部分4201)並經由電纜線路4231提供資料及/或電力。電路板4230(顯示局部視圖)亦建構成經由(例如,六條)未在圖42中顯示的其他電纜連接E-box(例如,包含時序控制器)及/或連接至電源。其他電纜可由電路板4230之與圖42中所顯示的面相反之面延伸。圖42顯示將電路板4230整合進入緊固件的範例,此緊固件包含第一部分4222(局部顯示)及藉由鉸鏈4285所固持之第二部分4221(顯示局部視圖)。鉸鏈葉片4222係耦接至氣體導引件4223,此氣體導引件4223建構成導引流經(例如,進來或流出)開口(於圖42中未示出)的氣體。氣體導引件係耦接至具有十個突起部之板件4255(顯示局部視圖)。突起部可沿著板件的長度均勻地隔開。板件係與氣體導引件4223耦接以形成氣體通道(例如,在每二個突起部之間)。突起部建構成防止氣體導引件及/或板件彎曲(例如,塌陷)。突起部建構成確保氣體通道隨著時間的推移保留可操作及/或完整無損。氣體導引件4223及板件4255於藉由虛線箭頭(例如4251)所描繪之方向中導引氣體。鉸鏈葉片4222建構成與包含托架的鉸鏈葉片4221嚙合。顯示器構造4201(顯示局部視圖)係藉由便於觸控螢幕能力之感測器-發射器面板(例如4203,顯示局部視圖)定框。4299顯示緊固件、顯示器構造、及相關聯部件的部分視圖。至少一氣體通道可為與風扇對齊。氣體通道可建構成便於氣體之流動,此氣體的流動係至少為藉由風扇(其例如與氣體通道對齊)所產生之氣體的流動。氣體通道可建構成例如在風扇之操作期間防止緊固件中的壓力與周遭壓力不同。周遭壓力可為約1大氣壓。與周遭壓力不同之壓力包含在壓力之上或之下。In some embodiments, the circuit system contacts and/or is attached to the gas guide. For example, the circuit system can be disposed and/or attached to the gas guide, for example, above the gas guide. Above can be in a direction opposite to the center of gravity (for example, opposite to the direction of the gravity vector 4200 pointing toward the center of gravity). The circuit system can be constructed to facilitate the flow of gas through the gas channel. Figure 42 shows various portions of the display structure and associated fastener assemblies in a three-dimensional view. Figure 42 shows an example of a circuit board 4230 (for example, including a driver and/or a boost board), which is constructed to connect to the display structure (shown as portion 4201) and provide data and/or power via cable line 4231. Circuit board 4230 (shown in partial view) is also configured to connect to an E-box (e.g., including a timing controller) and/or to a power source via other cables (e.g., six) not shown in FIG. 42. Other cables may extend from a side of circuit board 4230 opposite to the side shown in FIG. 42. FIG. 42 shows an example of integrating circuit board 4230 into a fastener, which includes a first portion 4222 (shown in partial view) and a second portion 4221 (shown in partial view) retained by hinge 4285. Hinge blade 4222 is coupled to gas guide 4223, which is configured to guide gas flowing through (e.g., into or out of) an opening (not shown in FIG. 42). The gas guide is coupled to a plate 4255 having ten protrusions (partial view shown). The protrusions may be evenly spaced along the length of the plate. The plate is coupled to a gas guide 4223 to form a gas channel (e.g., between every two protrusions). The protrusions are configured to prevent the gas guide and/or the plate from bending (e.g., collapsing). The protrusions are configured to ensure that the gas channel remains operable and/or intact over time. The gas guide 4223 and the plate 4255 direct gas in the direction depicted by the dashed arrows (e.g., 4251). The hinge blade 4222 is configured to engage with the hinge blade 4221 including the bracket. Display structure 4201 (showing partial view) is framed by a sensor-emitter panel (e.g., 4203, showing partial view) that facilitates touch screen capability. 4299 shows a partial view of fasteners, display structure, and associated components. At least one gas channel can be aligned with the fan. The gas channel can be constructed to facilitate the flow of gas, which is at least the flow of gas generated by the fan (which is, for example, aligned with the gas channel). The gas channel can be constructed to prevent the pressure in the fastener from being different from the ambient pressure, for example, during operation of the fan. The ambient pressure can be about 1 atmosphere. Pressures that are different from the ambient pressure are included above or below the pressure.
於一些實施例中,緊固件的二部分(例如,第一及第二鉸鏈葉片)建構成彼此可逆地嚙合及脫開。例如,一鉸鏈葉片可包含具有固持心銷之封閉孔腔的轉向節,且另一葉可包含具有開放式孔腔之互補轉向節,且沒有心銷。二組互補的轉向節可嚙合。此嚙合可包含卡扣(例如,滑入及卡扣)。此嚙合可壓下彈簧。可藉由彈簧之壓縮及/或藉由感測器(例如,壓力感測器)來偵測此嚙合。一旦互補的轉向節組嚙合,可將它們附加以防止脫開。此附加可為藉由利用螺釘及/或栓銷來實施。可在二組互補之轉向節的嚙合時自動地啟動附加(例如,使用感測器及/或彈簧)。此附加可為手動的。附加二鉸鏈葉片(例如,藉由附加轉向節)能為可逆的(例如,自動及/或手動的)。轉向節可於其表面上包含凹口(例如,缺口或切口)。螺釘及/或栓銷可在例如附加(例如鎖固)轉向節及心銷機構時與凹口嚙合。附加轉向節及心銷可阻止鉸鏈打開。鉸鏈之至少一者可包含固定(例如,附加)機構。固定能為(例如,自動及/或手動)可逆的(例如變得未固定)。未固定之鉸鏈可打開及封閉。已固定的鉸鏈可保留於一位置(例如,封閉位置)中。鉸鏈之自動固定可為藉由控制器(例如,控制系統的控制器,或藉由操作地耦接至鉸鏈之分開的控制器)所控制。In some embodiments, two parts of the fastener (e.g., first and second hinge blades) are constructed to reversibly engage and disengage with each other. For example, one hinge blade may include a knuckle with a closed bore that retains a core pin, and the other leaf may include a complementary knuckle with an open bore and no core pin. The two sets of complementary knuckles can be engaged. This engagement can include a snap (e.g., slide-in and snap-on). This engagement can compress the spring. This engagement can be detected by compression of the spring and/or by a sensor (e.g., a pressure sensor). Once the complementary knuckle sets are engaged, they can be attached to prevent disengagement. This attachment can be implemented by using screws and/or bolts. The attachment may be automatically activated upon engagement of two sets of complementary steering knuckles (e.g., using sensors and/or springs). This attachment may be manual. Attaching two hinge blades (e.g., by attaching a steering knuckle) can be reversible (e.g., automatically and/or manually). The steering knuckle may include a notch (e.g., a notch or cutout) on its surface. Screws and/or bolts may engage with the notches, e.g., when attaching (e.g., locking) the steering knuckle and core pin mechanism. Attaching the steering knuckle and core pin may prevent the hinge from opening. At least one of the hinges may include a fixing (e.g., attachment) mechanism. Fixing can be (e.g., automatically and/or manually) reversible (e.g., becoming unfixed). The unfixed hinge can be opened and closed. The secured hinge may remain in a position (eg, a closed position). Automatic securing of the hinge may be controlled by a controller (eg, a controller of the control system, or by a separate controller operatively coupled to the hinge).
圖43顯示具有二組開放式孔腔轉向節4385a及4385b之鉸鏈葉片4321的範例。心銷4320a係顯示為與轉向節組4385a嚙合,其心銷模擬互補鉸鏈葉片(例如4022顯示鉸鏈葉片之一部分)的封閉式孔腔轉向節及心銷組件(例如4082)之互補組。螺釘4389係與轉向節4385a嚙合。圖43顯示代表卡簧的突起部4388。螺釘4389可為在方向4387中與轉向節接嚙合或脫開。心銷4320b(顯示局部視圖)可藉由在方向4386中運動而與轉向節4385c(顯示局部視圖)嚙合或脫開。4300顯示鉸鏈葉片4321、轉向節組4851a、及4389螺釘之部分視圖。緊固件部分4321於4370中顯示為立體圖。FIG. 43 shows an example of a hinge blade 4321 having two sets of open bore steering knuckles 4385a and 4385b. A core pin 4320a is shown engaged with the steering knuckle set 4385a, with the core pin simulating a complementary set of closed bore steering knuckle and core pin assemblies (e.g., 4082) of a complementary hinge blade (e.g., 4022 shows a portion of a hinge blade). Screw 4389 is engaged with the steering knuckle 4385a. FIG. 43 shows a protrusion 4388 representing a retaining spring. Screw 4389 can be engaged or disengaged with the steering knuckle in direction 4387. The center pin 4320b (shown in partial view) can be engaged or disengaged with the steering knuckle 4385c (shown in partial view) by moving in direction 4386. 4300 shows a partial view of the hinge blade 4321, the steering knuckle assembly 4851a, and the screw 4389. The fastener portion 4321 is shown as a three-dimensional view in 4370.
在一些實施例中,使用者經由觸控螢幕來控制一組顯示器,就好像此組顯示器係單一顯示器(例如,影像的螢幕分割)一樣。可經由軟體(例如,非暫態電腦可讀媒體)來實現顯示器組之中的顯示影像之螢幕分割。此軟體可讀取(例如,經由網路及/或USB)來自每一觸控顯示器的輸入,並得知每一顯示器坐落於此組(亦稱為群組)中之位置,可計算使用者觸控此組的位置。例如,假設此組具有笛卡爾坐標系,在此0, 0坐落於左下角(如藉由顯示器之觀看者所觀看),而100%, 100%坐落在右上角(如藉由顯示器的觀看者所觀看),對於2x2之顯示器組,顯示器組的左下角為0, 0,且顯示器組之右上角為100%, 100%。對於2x2顯示器組的此範例,任何顯示器上之觸控變換都表示為:X=(0.5*(左側顯示器的其中一者之X)或(0.5+(0.5*(右側顯示器的其中一者之X)));Y=(0.5*(下顯示器的其中一者之Y)或(0.5+(0.5*(上顯示器的其中一者之Y))));於此X係相對顯示器觀看者在水平方向中,且Y係相對顯示器觀看者於直立方向中。可對坐標系的轉換進行調整,以解決觸控顯示器之間的螢幕間隙。四個顯示器之每一者可包括其自身之二組感測器及發射器面板(例如,在每一顯示器的邊緣附近),以偵測用於觸控螢幕功能性之使用者觸控。每一顯示器可僅使四個感測器及發射器面板的其中二者附接,此等面板可環繞顯示器組之外邊緣附接。In some embodiments, a user controls a set of displays via a touch screen as if the set of displays were a single display (e.g., a split screen of an image). The split screen of a displayed image among the set of displays can be implemented via software (e.g., a non-transitory computer-readable medium). The software can read (e.g., via a network and/or USB) input from each touch display and, knowing where each display is located in the set (also referred to as a group), can calculate where the user is touching the set. For example, assuming this set has a Cartesian coordinate system where 0, 0 is located in the lower left corner (as viewed by a viewer of the display) and 100%, 100% is located in the upper right corner (as viewed by a viewer of the display), for a 2x2 display set, the lower left corner of the display set is 0, 0 and the upper right corner of the display set is 100%, 100%. For this example of a 2x2 monitor set, a touch transition on any monitor is represented by: X=(0.5*(X of one of the left monitors) or (0.5+(0.5*(X of one of the right monitors))); Y=(0.5*(Y of one of the bottom monitors) or (0.5+(0.5*(Y of one of the top monitors)))); where X is in the horizontal direction relative to the monitor viewer, and Y is relative to the left. The display viewers are in an upright orientation. The conversion of the coordinate system may be adjusted to account for screen gaps between touch displays. Each of the four displays may include its own two sets of sensor and emitter panels (e.g., near the edge of each display) to detect user touches for touch screen functionality. Each display may have only two of the four sensor and emitter panels attached, which may be attached around the outer edges of the display set.
圖30A顯示形成顯示器組3003的四個顯示器3002a、3002b、3002c及3002d之範例。顯示器3002a-d的每一者顯示相同之影像。圖30A顯示形成顯示器組3023的四個顯示器3022a、3022b、3022c及3022d之範例。顯示器3022a-d的每一者一起顯示例如在3002c中所顯示之影像。如果使用者將想要單擊在顯示器組3003中所顯示的表面上,使用者將能夠藉由單擊顯示器組3003之任何位置3008a-d來如此做。如果使用者將想要單擊在顯示器組3023中所顯示的表面上,使用者將能夠藉由單擊在顯示器組3023之位置3029上而不是於例如位置3028上(其係類似於位置3008c)來如此做。可經由軟體來實現顯示器組3023之中的影像之螢幕分割。此軟體可讀取(例如,來自觸控螢幕或游標的)輸入,並得知此影像如何分配在顯示器之中,而計算使用者指向的位置。例如,假設此組具有笛卡爾坐標系,在此0, 0坐落於左下角(如藉由顯示器之觀看者所觀看),且100%, 100%坐落在右上角(如藉由顯示器的觀看者所觀看),對於2x2之顯示器組,顯示器3002c的左下角為0, 0,且顯示器3002b之右上角為100%, 100%。對於2x2顯示器組的此範例,任何顯示器上之觸控變換都表示為:X=(0.5*(顯示器3002a或3002c的X)或(0.5+(0.5*(顯示器3002b或3002d之X)));且Y=(0.5*(顯示器3002c或3002d的Y)或(0.5+(0.5*(顯示器3002a或3002b之Y))));於此X係相對顯示器觀看者在水平方向中,且Y係相對顯示器觀看者於直立方向中。可對坐標系的轉換進行調整,以解決觸控顯示器之間的螢幕間隙3005。圖30A顯示二緊鄰顯示器之間的間隙3005及3025之範例,此等間隙可用聚合物及/或樹脂充填。FIG. 30A shows an example of four displays 3002a, 3002b, 3002c and 3002d forming a display set 3003. Each of the displays 3002a-d displays the same image. FIG. 30A shows an example of four displays 3022a, 3022b, 3022c and 3022d forming a display set 3023. Each of the displays 3022a-d displays together an image such as that shown in 3002c. If the user would like to click on the surface displayed in the display set 3003, the user will be able to do so by clicking on any position 3008a-d of the display set 3003. If the user were to click on a surface displayed in display set 3023, the user would be able to do so by clicking at location 3029 of display set 3023 rather than, for example, location 3028 (which is similar to location 3008c). Screen splitting of the image in display set 3023 may be accomplished via software. The software may read input (e.g., from a touch screen or cursor) and know how the image is distributed among the displays to calculate where the user is pointing. For example, assuming this set has a Cartesian coordinate system where 0, 0 is located in the lower left corner (as viewed by a viewer of the display) and 100%, 100% is located in the upper right corner (as viewed by a viewer of the display), for a 2x2 display set, the lower left corner of display 3002c is 0, 0 and the upper right corner of display 3002b is 100%, 100%. For this example of a 2x2 display set, a touch transition on any display is represented by: X = (0.5*(X of display 3002a or 3002c) or (0.5+(0.5*(X of display 3002b or 3002d))); and Y = (0.5*(Y of display 3002c or 3002d) or (0.5+(0.5*(Y of display 300 2a or 3002b); where X is in the horizontal direction relative to the display viewer and Y is in the vertical direction relative to the display viewer. The conversion of the coordinate system can be adjusted to account for the screen gap 3005 between touch displays. FIG. 30A shows an example of gaps 3005 and 3025 between two adjacent displays, which gaps can be filled with polymers and/or resins.
圖30B顯示顯示器組3011中的四個顯示器3010a、3010b、3010c及3010d之範例(藉由圖30B中所示的左側四個顯示器所顯示),其中影像橫越四個顯示器3010a-3010d顯示,就像它們是單一顯示器一樣(藉由圖30B中所示的右側四個顯示器所顯示)。每一顯示器可具有其自身之身分識別(例如,顯示為數字1、2、3及4)。FIG30B shows an example of four displays 3010a, 3010b, 3010c, and 3010d in a display set 3011 (shown by the four displays on the left side shown in FIG30B), where an image is displayed across the four displays 3010a-3010d as if they were a single display (shown by the four displays on the right side shown in FIG30B). Each display may have its own identity (e.g., displayed as the numbers 1, 2, 3, and 4).
圖31A顯示在2x2顯示器構造組3103中的四個顯示器構造3101a、3101b、3101c及3101d之範例。四個顯示器3101a-3101d的每一者包括其自身之兩組感測器及發射器面板3104(顯示於每一顯示器的邊緣附近),以偵測用於觸控螢幕功能性之使用者接觸。31A shows an example of four display configurations 3101a, 3101b, 3101c, and 3101d in a 2x2 display configuration set 3103. Each of the four displays 3101a-3101d includes its own two sets of sensor and emitter panels 3104 (shown near the edge of each display) to detect user contact for touch screen functionality.
圖31B顯示在2x2顯示器構造組3106中的四個顯示器構造3105a、3105b、3105c及3105d之範例,其捲入此顯示器構造組。此組顯示器構造3106共同地具有附接於框架3108中的二垂直之感測器及發射器面板,此等面板附接在顯示器組3106的外邊緣附近。因此,每一顯示器構造3105a-d具有於其上設置感測器發射器面板部分之二側面(例如,外部矩陣側面)、及沒有感測器與發射器面板的二側面(例如,內部矩陣側面)。FIG31B shows an example of four display structures 3105a, 3105b, 3105c, and 3105d rolled into a 2x2 display structure set 3106. The set of display structures 3106 has in common two vertical sensor and emitter panels attached to a frame 3108, which are attached near the outer edges of the display set 3106. Thus, each display structure 3105a-d has two sides on which portions of the sensor emitter panels are disposed (e.g., outer matrix sides), and two sides without sensor and emitter panels (e.g., inner matrix sides).
儘管已顯示並在本文敘述本發明之較佳實施例,但是對於熟諳本領域技術者將顯而易見的是,此等實施例僅以範例之方式提供。不意欲藉由說明書內所提供的特定範例來限制本發明。儘管已參考前述說明書敘述本發明,但是本文中之實施例的敘述及說明並不意指以限制性意義來解釋。在未脫離本發明之情況下,熟諳本領域技術者現在將想到許多變動、改變、及替代。再者,應理解本發明的所有態樣不限於本文所闡述之具體描述、組構、或相對比例,其取決於諸多條件及變數。應理解在實踐本發明時可採用本文所述的發明之實施例的諸多替代方案。因此可預期的是,本發明亦將涵蓋任何此等替代、修改、變動、或同等項。其係意欲由以下請求項界定本發明之範圍,且由此涵蓋這些請求項及其同等項的範圍內之方法及結構。Although preferred embodiments of the present invention have been shown and described herein, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that such embodiments are provided by way of example only. It is not intended to limit the present invention by the specific examples provided in the specification. Although the present invention has been described with reference to the foregoing specification, the description and illustration of the embodiments herein are not intended to be interpreted in a limiting sense. Many variations, changes, and substitutions will now occur to those skilled in the art without departing from the present invention. Furthermore, it should be understood that all aspects of the present invention are not limited to the specific descriptions, configurations, or relative proportions set forth herein, which depend on many conditions and variables. It should be understood that many alternatives to the embodiments of the invention described herein may be employed in practicing the present invention. It is therefore contemplated that the present invention will also encompass any such alternatives, modifications, variations, or equivalents. It is intended that the scope of the present invention be defined by the following claims, and that methods and structures within the scope of these claims and their equivalents are encompassed thereby.
1:顯示器構造 2:顯示器構造 3:顯示器構造 101:顯示器構造 102:窗戶 103:窗框 104:緊固件結構 105a:第一鉸鏈 105b:第二鉸鏈 111:箭頭 120:立面 121:窗戶 122:窗戶 123:窗戶 125:箭頭 126:箭頭 127:箭頭 130:橫梁 131:豎框 200:顯示器構造組件 201:玻璃片 202:第二黏合層 203:顯示矩陣 204:第一黏合層 205:玻璃片 211:接線 212:電路系統 213:緊固件 300:組件 302:L形托架 303:鉸鏈 311:顯示矩陣 312:第一玻璃片 313:第二玻璃片 400:鉸鏈 401:第一葉片 402:第二葉片 411:孔洞 420:接頭 500:顯示器構造 501:第一蓋件部分 502:電路系統 503:可撓的絕緣體 504:第二蓋件部分 505:導熱墊片 506:可撓電連接器 507:電路板 510:電路系統板 513:電纜 516:可撓的連接器 520:組件 530:緊固件 531:部件 532:電路系統 533:墊圈 534:蓋件 535:可撓之佈線 536:顯示器構造 600:組件 601:顯示器構造 602:緊固件 603:佈線 604:鉤子 610:窗框 612:組件 620:組件 630:連接器 632:電路系統 633:佈線 634:鉸鏈葉片 635:鉸鏈葉片部分 636:鉸鏈葉片 637:螺釘 661:螺釘 662:緊固件 663:玻璃 664:顯示矩陣 665:玻璃 666:鉤子 667:佈線 701:L形托架 702:電路系統 703:電纜 704:泡沫墊圈 705:螺釘 706:膠帶 707:第一玻璃片 708:黏著劑 709:顯示矩陣 710:第二玻璃片 711:觀看窗 712:緩衝物 713:黏著劑 714:蓋件 720:打開位置 750:接頭 751:窗戶 752:第一鉸鏈葉片 753:第二鉸鏈葉片 754:顯示器構造 755:窗框 757:電路系統 758:導體 780:接頭 781:窗戶 782:鉸鏈葉片 783:第二鉸鏈葉片 784:顯示器構造 785:蓋件 790:虛線箭頭 791:閉合位置 802:微同軸電纜 803:多針銷連接器 804:玻璃片 805:玻璃片 806:黏著劑層 807:顯示矩陣 808:黏著劑層 809:密封件 810:施加器 811:箭頭 812:箭頭 813:箭頭 830:直立橫截面 850:顯示器構造 902:玻璃片 903:蓋件 904:L形托架 905:窗框 906:導線 907:玻璃片 908:顯示矩陣 951:框架部分 952:鉸鏈/鎖 953:緊固件 954:顯示器構造 955:第一玻璃片 956:第二玻璃片 957:封閉環境 958:電致變色構造 959:電源單元及/或控制器 960:通訊路徑 961:整合式玻璃單元 1010:顯示器構造 1012:框架部分 1013:觸控螢幕感測器陣列 1015:主鉸鏈 1016:電路系統 1017:部分 1018:主鉸鏈 1019:框架部分 1020:框架部分 1021:部分 1050:顯示器構造 1052:觸控螢幕感測器陣列 1056:緊固件 1110:組件 1112:顯示器構造 1120:組件 1121:箭頭 1130:組件 1131:緊固件 1210:緊固件 1211:顯示器構造 1218:緊固件 1220:平面 1221:顯示器構造 1228:緊固件 1300:電致變色構造 1302:基板 1304:透明導電層 1306:電致變色層 1308:離子導電層 1310:對向電極層 1314:透明導電層 1316:電壓源 1320:電致變色疊層 1400:隔熱玻璃單元 1404:第一玻璃片 1406:第二玻璃片 1408:內部容積 1500:控制系統架構 1501:圍起來之地方 1504:局部控制器 1506:樓層控制器 1508:主控制器 1510:外部來源 1520:資料庫 1524:建築物管理系統 1600:電腦系統 1601:電腦網路 1602:記憶體 1603:通訊介面 1604:電子儲存單元 1605:週邊裝置 1606:處理單元 1700:電源組件 1701:HDMI輸入 1702:DP1輸入 1703:RS485輸入 1704:AC開關及AC輸入 1705:RS485輸出 1706:DP輸出 1710:控制器及電源組件 1711:主電源線 1712:窗戶控制器 1713:顯示器構造框架 1714:顯示器構造 1715:整合玻璃單元 1716:電路系統 1717:鉸鏈 1718:定框蓋 1719:窗框 1720:蓋件 2001:局部控制器 2002:顯示器構造 2003:可著色窗 2004:控制網路 2005:顯示介面 2006:電氣箱 2007:使用者內容伺服器 2011:連接 2100:向量 2101:硬表面 2102:框架 2103a:豎框 2103b:豎框 2104a:橫梁 2104b:橫梁 2105a:顯示器構造 2105b:顯示器構造 2106a:電氣箱 2106b:電氣箱 2108a:顯示連接器 2108b:顯示連接器 2109a:佈線 2109b:佈線 2110a:電源電纜 2110b:電源電纜 2111:電力供應源 2112a:媒體佈線 2112b:媒體佈線 2115:資料源 2120:向量 2121:硬表面 2122:框架 2123a:豎框 2123b:豎框 2124a:橫梁 2124b:橫梁 2125a:顯示器構造 2125b:顯示器構造 2125c:顯示器構造 2125d:顯示器構造 2126a:電氣箱 2126b:電氣箱 2126c:電氣箱 2126d:電氣箱 2128a:顯示連接器 2128b:顯示連接器 2128c:顯示連接器 2128d:顯示連接器 2129a:佈線 2129b:佈線 2129c:佈線 2129d:佈線 2130a:電源電纜 2130b:電源電纜 2130c:電源電纜 2130d:電源電纜 2131:電力供應源 2132a:媒體佈線 2132b:媒體佈線 2132c:媒體佈線 2132d:媒體佈線 2135:資料源 2220:向量 2221a:硬表面 2221b:硬表面 2222a:框架 2222b:框架 2223:豎框 2224:橫梁 2225a:顯示器構造 2225b:顯示器構造 2225c:顯示器構造 2225d:顯示器構造 2226a:電氣箱 2226b:電氣箱 2226c:電氣箱 2226d:電氣箱 2228a:顯示連接器 2228b:顯示連接器 2228c:顯示連接器 2228d:顯示連接器 2229a:佈線 2229b:佈線 2229c:佈線 2229d:佈線 2230:向量 2231a:硬表面 2231b:硬表面 2232a:框架 2232b:框架 2233:豎框 2234:橫梁 2235a:顯示器構造 2235b:顯示器構造 2236a:電氣箱 2236b:電氣箱 2238a:顯示連接器 2238b:顯示連接器 2239a:佈線 2239b:佈線 2320:向量 2321a:硬表面 2321b:硬表面 2321c:硬表面 2322a:框架 2322b:框架 2322c:框架 2323:豎框 2324:橫梁 2325a:顯示器構造 2325b:顯示器構造 2325c:顯示器構造 2325d:顯示器構造 2325e:顯示器構造 2325f:顯示器構造 2325g:顯示器構造 2325h:顯示器構造 2326a:電氣箱 2326b:電氣箱 2326c:電氣箱 2326d:電氣箱 2328a:顯示連接器 2328b:顯示連接器 2328c:顯示連接器 2328d:顯示連接器 2329a:佈線 2329b:佈線 2329c:佈線 2329d:佈線 2329e:佈線 2329f:佈線 2329g:佈線 2329h:佈線 2330:控制器 2370:鉸鍊 2380:表面 2420:向量 2421a:硬表面 2421b:硬表面 2421c:硬表面 2422a:框架 2422b:框架 2422c:框架 2423:豎框 2424:橫梁 2425a:顯示器構造 2425b:顯示器構造 2425c:顯示器構造 2425d:顯示器構造 2425e:顯示器構造 2425f:顯示器構造 2425g:顯示器構造 2425h:顯示器構造 2426a:電氣箱 2426b:電氣箱 2426c:電氣箱 2426d:電氣箱 2429a:佈線 2429b:佈線 2429c:佈線 2429d:佈線 2429e:佈線 2429f:佈線 2429g:佈線 2429h:佈線 2430:控制器 2520:向量 2521a:硬表面 2521b:硬表面 2521c:硬表面 2522a:框架 2522b:框架 2522c:框架 2523:豎框 2524:橫梁 2525a:顯示器構造 2525b:顯示器構造 2525c:顯示器構造 2525d:顯示器構造 2525e:顯示器構造 2525f:顯示器構造 2525g:顯示器構造 2525h:顯示器構造 2526a:電氣箱 2526b:電氣箱 2526c:電氣箱 2526d:電氣箱 2529a:佈線 2529b:佈線 2529c:佈線 2529d:佈線 2529e:佈線 2529f:佈線 2529g:佈線 2529h:佈線 2530:控制器 2602:電氣箱 2603:蓋件托架 2604:安裝托架 2605:轉換器電路板 2606:端子 2607:資料輸入連接器 2608:電氣箱連接器 2610:控制器板 2611:連接器 2612a:電纜線路 2612b:電纜線路 2612c:電纜線路 2612d:電纜線路 2612e:電纜線路 2612f:電纜線路 2620:狹縫 2702:電氣箱 2703:蓋件托架 2704:安裝托架 2705:電路板 2706:端子 2707:資料輸入連接器 2708:電氣箱連接器 2710:控制器板 2711:連接器 2712:電纜線路 2715:電源電纜 2716:電纜 2730:長度 2731:寬度 2732:厚度 2801:顯示器構造 2802:緊固件 2803:感測器及發射器面板 2805:風扇 2810:電源 2811:電氣箱 2821:第一葉片 2822:第二葉片 2823:氣體導引件 2830:電路板 2831:連接器 2902:顯示器構造 2903a:顯示器 2903b:顯示器 2903c:顯示器 2903d:顯示器 2904:前玻璃 2905:後玻璃面板 2906:窗框 2907:豎框 2908:橫梁 2910:定框帽蓋 2915:間隙 2918:感測器-發射器面板 2919:定框帽蓋 2920:側面 3002a:顯示器 3002b:顯示器 3002c:顯示器 3002d:顯示器 3003:顯示器組 3005:螢幕間隙 3008a:位置 3008b:位置 3008c:位置 3008d:位置 3010a:顯示器 3010b:顯示器 3010c:顯示器 3010d:顯示器 3011:顯示器組 3022a:顯示器 3022b:顯示器 3022c:顯示器 3022d:顯示器 3023:顯示器組 3025:間隙 3028:位置 3029:位置 3101a:顯示器構造 3101b:顯示器構造 3101c:顯示器構造 3101d:顯示器構造 3103:顯示器構造組 3104:感測器-發射器面板 3105a:顯示器構造 3105b:顯示器構造 3105c:顯示器構造 3105d:顯示器構造 3106:顯示器構造組 3108:框架 3202:電氣箱 3203:蓋件托架 3204:安裝托架 3205:電路板 3206:端子 3207:資料輸入連接器 3208:電氣箱連接器 3210:電路板 3211a:連接器 3211b:連接器 3211c:連接器 3211d:連接器 3211e:連接器 3211f:連接器 3212:電纜線路 3302:電氣箱 3303:蓋件托架 3304:安裝托架 3305:電路板 3306:端子 3307:資料輸入連接器 3308:電氣箱連接器 3311:連接器 3312:電纜線路 3330:長度 3331:寬度 3332:厚度 3405:電路板 3406:端子 3407:資料輸入連接器 3408:電氣箱連接器 3501:顯示器構造 3501a:顯示器構造 3502:緊固件 3503:保護框架 3504:開口 3505a:開口 3505b:開口 3505c:部分 3509:連接器 3520:鉸鏈軸線 3521:鉸鏈葉片 3522:鉸鏈葉片 3522a:鉸鏈葉片 3523:氣體引導結構 3524:風扇 3525:托架端部 3526:路徑 3529:角落 3530:電路系統 3531:平面式部分 3532:平面式部分 3533:彎曲部分 3536:氣流 3596:小雕像 3597:電路板 3598:透明材料 3599:電路系統 3601:顯示器構造 3601a:顯示器構造 3604:外出部分 3605a:對稱群組 3605b:對稱群組 3605c:開口 3620:軸線 3622:鉸鏈葉片 3622a:鉸鏈葉片 3626:路徑 3682:轉向節 3683:軸線 3685a:轉向節群組 3685b:轉向節群組 3699:突出特徵 3701:顯示器構造 3701a:顯示器構造 3702:緊固件 3702a:緊固件 3703:感測器-發射器面板 3703a:感測器-發射器面板 3704:開口 3705:開口 3720:鉸鏈軸線 3721:鉸鏈葉片 3721a:鉸鏈葉片 3722:鉸鏈葉片 3722a:鉸鏈葉片 3723:氣體引導結構 3723a:氣體引導結構 3731:部分 3732:部分 3733:部分 3733a:部分 3750:顯示器構造穿通孔腔 3751:虛線箭頭 3781:轉向節 3782:轉向節孔腔開口 3783a:轉向節 3783b:轉向節 3785a:轉向節 3785b:轉向節 3801:顯示器構造 3801a:顯示器構造 3802:封閉位置 3803:感測器-發射器面板 3803a:感測器-發射器面板 3804:開口 3805:風扇開口 3821:鉸鏈葉片 3821a:鉸鏈葉片 3822:緊固件 3822a:緊固件 3823:氣體導引件 3823a:氣體導引件 3825:托架端部 3830:電路系統 3832:氣體導引件 3832a:氣體導引件 3840:突出特徵 3841:虛線箭頭 3851:氣體 3855:板件 3855a:板件 3870:L形托架 3871:電路系統 3884a:轉向節 3884b:轉向節 3899:小雕像 3901:顯示器構造 3901a:顯示器構造 3902:緊固件 3903:顯示器構造 3904:凹部 3920:透明材料 3920a:透明材料 3921:第一鉸鏈葉片 3922:第二鉸鏈葉片 3923:氣體導引件 3924:保護框架 3925:反射表面 3927:保護框架 3930:第一電路系統 3940:拐角組件 3980:項目 3990:連接角落 3991:本體 3994:內部連接器 3995:蓋件 3996a:導引件 3996b:導引件 3998a:電路板 3998b:電路板 4001:顯示器構造 4002:緊固件 4003:感測器-發射極組件 4005:第一開口 4021:鉸鏈葉片 4021a:鏈葉片面表面 4022:第二鉸鏈葉片 4030:電路板 4031:電纜線路 4032:氣體引導部分 4040:升高結構 4050:第二開口 4051:虛線箭頭 4070:支撐部分 4082:心銷 4090:連接件 4090a:正交側面 4090b:正交側面 4090c:正交側面 4090d:正交側面 4101:顯示器構造 4104:凹部 4104a:凹部 4105a:孔洞 4105b:孔洞 4122:鉸鏈葉片 4122a:鏈葉片面表面 4122b:鏈葉片面表面 4160:升高部分 4162:突出特徵 4182:轉向節 4200:重力向量 4201:顯示器構造 4203:感測器-發射器面板 4221:第二部分 4222:第一部分 4223:氣體導引件 4230:電路板 4231:電纜線路 4251:虛線箭頭 4255:板件 4285:鉸鏈 4299:緊固件 4300:鉸鏈葉片 4320a:心銷 4321:鉸鏈葉片 4385a:孔腔轉向節 4385b:孔腔轉向節 4385c:轉向節 4386:方向 4387:方向 4388:突起部 4389:螺釘 4851a:轉向節組 17017:蓋件 1: Display structure 2: Display structure 3: Display structure 101: Display structure 102: Window 103: Window frame 104: Fastener structure 105a: First hinge 105b: Second hinge 111: Arrow 120: Facade 121: Window 122: Window 123: Window 125: Arrow 126: Arrow 127: Arrow 130: Crossbeam 131: Vertical frame 200: Display structure assembly 201: Glass sheet 202: Second adhesive layer 203: Display matrix 204: First adhesive layer 205: Glass sheet 211: Wiring 212: Circuit system 213: Fastener 300: assembly 302: L-shaped bracket 303: hinge 311: display matrix 312: first glass sheet 313: second glass sheet 400: hinge 401: first blade 402: second blade 411: hole 420: connector 500: display structure 501: first cover part 502: circuit system 503: flexible insulator 504: second cover part 505: thermal pad 506: flexible electrical connector 507: circuit board 510: circuit system board 513: cable 516: flexible connector 520: assembly 530: fastener 531: component 532: Circuit system 533: Gasket 534: Cover 535: Flexible wiring 536: Display structure 600: Assembly 601: Display structure 602: Fastener 603: Wiring 604: Hook 610: Window frame 612: Assembly 620: Assembly 630: Connector 632: Circuit system 633: Wiring 634: Hinge blade 635: Hinge blade portion 636: Hinge blade 637: Screw 661: Screw 662: Fastener 663: Glass 664: Display matrix 665: Glass 666: Hook 667: Wiring 701: L-shaped bracket 702: Circuitry 703: Cable 704: Foam gasket 705: Screw 706: Tape 707: First glass 708: Adhesive 709: Display matrix 710: Second glass 711: Viewing window 712: Buffer 713: Adhesive 714: Cover 720: Open position 750: Connector 751: Window 752: First hinge blade 753: Second hinge blade 754: Display structure 755: Window frame 757: Circuitry 758: Conductor 780: Connector 781: Window 782: hinge blade 783: second hinge blade 784: display structure 785: cover 790: dashed arrow 791: closed position 802: micro-coaxial cable 803: multi-pin connector 804: glass sheet 805: glass sheet 806: adhesive layer 807: display matrix 808: adhesive layer 809: seal 810: applicator 811: arrow 812: arrow 813: arrow 830: upright cross section 850: display structure 902: glass sheet 903: cover 904: L-shaped bracket 905: window frame 906: wire 907: glass sheet 908: Display matrix 951: Frame section 952: Hinge/lock 953: Fastener 954: Display structure 955: First glass sheet 956: Second glass sheet 957: Enclosed environment 958: Electrochromic structure 959: Power supply unit and/or controller 960: Communication path 961: Integrated glass unit 1010: Display structure 1012: Frame section 1013: Touch screen sensor array 1015: Main hinge 1016: Circuit system 1017: Section 1018: Main hinge 1019: Frame section 1020: Frame section 1021: Section 1050: Display structure 1052: Touch screen sensor array 1056: Fastener 1110: Assembly 1112: Display structure 1120: Assembly 1121: Arrow 1130: Assembly 1131: Fastener 1210: Fastener 1211: Display structure 1218: Fastener 1220: Plane 1221: Display structure 1228: Fastener 1300: Electrochromic structure 1302: Substrate 1304: Transparent conductive layer 1306: Electrochromic layer 1308: Ion conductive layer 1310: Counter electrode layer 1314: Transparent conductive layer 1316: Voltage source 1320: Electrochromic stack 1400: Insulating glass unit 1404: First glass sheet 1406: Second glass sheet 1408: Internal volume 1500: Control system architecture 1501: Enclosed area 1504: Local controller 1506: Floor controller 1508: Main controller 1510: External source 1520: Database 1524: Building management system 1600: Computer system 1601: Computer network 1602: Memory 1603: Communication interface 1604: Electronic storage unit 1605: Peripheral device 1606: Processing unit 1700: Power supply unit 1701: HDMI input 1702: DP1 input 1703: RS485 input 1704: AC switch and AC input 1705: RS485 output 1706: DP output 1710: Controller and power supply assembly 1711: Main power cable 1712: Window controller 1713: Display structure frame 1714: Display structure 1715: Integrated glass unit 1716: Circuit system 1717: Hinge 1718: Frame cover 1719: Window frame 1720: Cover 2001: Local controller 2002: Display structure 2003: Tintable window 2004: Control network 2005: Display interface 2006: Electrical box 2007: User content server 2011: Connection 2100: Vector 2101: Hard surface 2102: Frame 2103a: Vertical frame 2103b: Vertical frame 2104a: Cross beam 2104b: Cross beam 2105a: Display structure 2105b: Display structure 2106a: Electrical box 2106b: Electrical box 2108a: Display connector 2108b: Display connector 2109a: Cabling 2109b: Cabling 2110a: Power cable 2110b: Power cable 2111: Power supply 2112a: Media cabling 2112b: Media cabling 2115: Data source 2120: Vector 2121: Hard surface 2122: Frame 2123a: Vertical frame 2123b: Vertical frame 2124a: Cross beam 2124b: Cross beam 2125a: Display structure 2125b: Display structure 2125c: Display structure 2125d: Display structure 2126a: Electrical box 2126b: Electrical box 2126c: Electrical box 2126d: Electrical box 2128a: Display connector 2128b: Display connector 2128c: Display connector 2128d: Display connector 2129a: Wiring 2129b: Wiring 2129c: Wiring 2129d: Wiring 2130a: Power cable 2130b: Power Cable 2130c: Power Cable 2130d: Power Cable 2131: Power Supply 2132a: Media Cabling 2132b: Media Cabling 2132c: Media Cabling 2132d: Media Cabling 2135: Data Source 2220: Vector 2221a: Hard Surface 2221b: Hard Surface 2222a: Frame 2222b: Frame 2223: Vertical Frame 2224: Cross Beam 2225a: Display Structure 2225b: Display Structure 2225c: Display Structure 2225d: Display Structure 2226a: Electrical Box 2226b: Electrical Box 2226c: electrical box 2226d: electrical box 2228a: display connector 2228b: display connector 2228c: display connector 2228d: display connector 2229a: wiring 2229b: wiring 2229c: wiring 2229d: wiring 2230: vector 2231a: hard surface 2231b: hard surface 2232a: frame 2232b: frame 2233: vertical frame 2234: cross beam 2235a: display structure 2235b: display structure 2236a: electrical box 2236b: electrical box 2238a: display connector 2238b: display connector 2239a: Wiring 2239b: Wiring 2320: Vector 2321a: Hard Surface 2321b: Hard Surface 2321c: Hard Surface 2322a: Frame 2322b: Frame 2322c: Frame 2323: Vertical Frame 2324: Cross Beam 2325a: Display Structure 2325b: Display Structure 2325c: Display Structure 2325d: Display Structure 2325e: Display Structure 2325f: Display Structure 2325g: Display Structure 2325h: Display Structure 2326a: Electric Box 2326b: Electric Box 2326c: Electric Box 2326d: Electric Box 2328a: Display Connector 2328b: Display Connector 2328c: Display Connector 2328d: Display Connector 2329a: Wiring 2329b: Wiring 2329c: Wiring 2329d: Wiring 2329e: Wiring 2329f: Wiring 2329g: Wiring 2329h: Wiring 2330: Controller 2370: Hinge 2380: Surface 2420: Vector 2421a: Hard Surface 2421b: Hard Surface 2421c: Hard Surface 2422a: Frame 2422b: Frame 2422c: Frame 2423: Vertical Frame 2424: Cross Beam 2425a: Display structure 2425b: Display structure 2425c: Display structure 2425d: Display structure 2425e: Display structure 2425f: Display structure 2425g: Display structure 2425h: Display structure 2426a: Electric box 2426b: Electric box 2426c: Electric box 2426d: Electric box 2429a: Wiring 2429b: Wiring 2429c: Wiring 2429d: Wiring 2429e: Wiring 2429f: Wiring 2429g: Wiring 2429h: Wiring 2430: Controller 2520: Vector 2521a: Hard surface 2521b: Hard surface 2521c: Hard surface 2522a: Frame 2522b: Frame 2522c: Frame 2523: Vertical frame 2524: Cross beam 2525a: Display structure 2525b: Display structure 2525c: Display structure 2525d: Display structure 2525e: Display structure 2525f: Display structure 2525g: Display structure 2525h: Display structure 2526a: Electric box 2526b: Electric box 2526c: Electric box 2526d: Electric box 2529a: Wiring 2529b: Wiring 2529c: Wiring 2529d: Wiring 2529e: Wiring 2529f: Wiring 2529g: Wiring 2529h: Wiring 2530: Controller 2602: Electrical box 2603: Cover bracket 2604: Mounting bracket 2605: Converter circuit board 2606: Terminal 2607: Data input connector 2608: Electrical box connector 2610: Controller board 2611: Connector 2612a: Cable line 2612b: Cable line 2612c: Cable line 2612d: Cable line 2612e: Cable line 2612f: Cable line 2620: Slit 2702: Electrical box 2703: Cover bracket 2704: Mounting bracket 2705: Circuit board 2706: Terminal 2707: Data input connector 2708: Electrical box connector 2710: Controller board 2711: Connector 2712: Cable line 2715: Power cable 2716: Cable 2730: Length 2731: Width 2732: Thickness 2801: Display structure 2802: Fasteners 2803: Sensor and transmitter panel 2805: Fan 2810: Power supply 2811: Electrical box 2821: First blade 2822: Second blade 2823: Gas guide 2830: Circuit board 2831: Connector 2902: Display structure 2903a: Display 2903b: Display 2903c: Display 2903d: Display 2904: Front glass 2905: Rear glass panel 2906: Window frame 2907: Vertical frame 2908: Cross beam 2910: Frame cap 2915: Gap 2918: Sensor-emitter panel 2919: Frame cap 2920: Side 3002a: Display 3002b: Display 3002c: Display 3002d: Display 3003: Display assembly 3005: Screen gap 3008a: Position 3008b: Position 3008c: Position 3008d: Position 3010a: Display 3010b: Display 3010c: Display 3010d: Display 3011: Display Group 3022a: Display 3022b: Display 3022c: Display 3022d: Display 3023: Display Group 3025: Gap 3028: Position 3029: Position 3101a: Display Structure 3101b: Display Structure 3101c: Display Structure 3101d: Display Structure 3103: Display Structure Group 3104: Sensor-Emitter Panel 3105a: Display Structure 3105b: Display Structure 3105c: Display structure 3105d: Display structure 3106: Display structure assembly 3108: Frame 3202: Electrical box 3203: Cover bracket 3204: Mounting bracket 3205: Circuit board 3206: Terminal 3207: Data input connector 3208: Electrical box connector 3210: Circuit board 3211a: Connector 3211b: Connector 3211c: Connector 3211d: Connector 3211e: Connector 3211f: Connector 3212: Cable 3302: Electrical box 3303: Cover bracket 3304: Mounting bracket 3305: Circuit board 3306: Terminal 3307: Data input connector 3308: Electrical box connector 3311: Connector 3312: Cable 3330: Length 3331: Width 3332: Thickness 3405: Circuit board 3406: Terminal 3407: Data input connector 3408: Electrical box connector 3501: Display structure 3501a: Display structure 3502: Fastener 3503: Protective frame 3504: Opening 3505a: Opening 3505b: Opening 3505c: Section 3509: Connector 3520: Hinge axis 3521: Hinge blade 3522: Hinge blade 3522a: hinge blade 3523: air guide structure 3524: fan 3525: bracket end 3526: path 3529: corner 3530: circuit system 3531: planar portion 3532: planar portion 3533: curved portion 3536: air flow 3596: figurine 3597: circuit board 3598: transparent material 3599: circuit system 3601: display structure 3601a: display structure 3604: extension portion 3605a: symmetrical group 3605b: symmetrical group 3605c: opening 3620: axis 3622: hinge blade 3622a: hinge blade 3626: Path 3682: Steering Knuckle 3683: Axis 3685a: Steering Knuckle Group 3685b: Steering Knuckle Group 3699: Prominent Features 3701: Display Structure 3701a: Display Structure 3702: Fasteners 3702a: Fasteners 3703: Sensor-Emitter Panel 3703a: Sensor-Emitter Panel 3704: Opening 3705: Opening 3720: Hinge Axis 3721: Hinge Blade 3721a: Hinge Blade 3722: Hinge Blade 3722a: Hinge Blade 3723: Gas Guide Structure 3723a: gas guide structure 3731: part 3732: part 3733: part 3733a: part 3750: display structure through cavity 3751: dashed arrow 3781: steering knuckle 3782: steering knuckle cavity opening 3783a: steering knuckle 3783b: steering knuckle 3785a: steering knuckle 3785b: steering knuckle 3801: display structure 3801a: display structure 3802: closed position 3803: sensor-emitter panel 3803a: sensor-emitter panel 3804: opening 3805: fan opening 3821: hinge blade 3821a: hinge blade 3822: Fastener 3822a: Fastener 3823: Gas Guide 3823a: Gas Guide 3825: Bracket End 3830: Circuitry 3832: Gas Guide 3832a: Gas Guide 3840: Protruding Feature 3841: Dashed Arrow 3851: Gas 3855: Plate 3855a: Plate 3870: L-Bracket 3871: Circuitry 3884a: Steering Knuckle 3884b: Steering Knuckle 3899: Figurine 3901: Display Structure 3901a: Display Structure 3902: Fastener 3903: Display Structure 3904: Recess 3920: Transparent Material 3920a: transparent material 3921: first hinge blade 3922: second hinge blade 3923: gas guide 3924: protective frame 3925: reflective surface 3927: protective frame 3930: first circuit system 3940: corner assembly 3980: item 3990: connection corner 3991: body 3994: internal connector 3995: cover 3996a: guide 3996b: guide 3998a: circuit board 3998b: circuit board 4001: display structure 4002: fastener 4003: sensor-emitter assembly 4005: first opening 4021: hinge blade 4021a: Chain blade surface 4022: Second hinge blade 4030: Circuit board 4031: Cable line 4032: Gas guide portion 4040: Lifting structure 4050: Second opening 4051: Dashed arrow 4070: Support portion 4082: Core pin 4090: Connector 4090a: Orthogonal side 4090b: Orthogonal side 4090c: Orthogonal side 4090d: Orthogonal side 4101: Display structure 4104: Recess 4104a: Recess 4105a: Hole 4105b: Hole 4122: Hinge blade 4122a: Chain blade surface 4122b: Chain blade surface 4160: Elevated portion 4162: Protruding feature 4182: Steering joint 4200: Gravity vector 4201: Display structure 4203: Sensor-transmitter panel 4221: Second section 4222: First section 4223: Gas guide 4230: Circuit board 4231: Cable routing 4251: Dashed arrow 4255: Plate 4285: Hinge 4299: Fastener 4300: Hinge blade 4320a: Core pin 4321: Hinge blade 4385a: Cavity steering joint 4385b: Cavity steering joint 4385c: Steering joint 4386: Direction 4387: Direction 4388: Protrusion 4389: Screw 4851a: Steering Knuckle Assembly 17017: Cover
本發明之新穎特徵在所附請求項中特別提出。通過參考下面的詳細敘述將獲得本發明之特徵及優點的較佳理解,此詳細敘述闡述利用本發明之原理的說明性實施例、及附圖或圖面(本文亦為「圖(Fig.)」及「圖(Figs.)」),其中:The novel features of the present invention are particularly set forth in the appended claims. A better understanding of the features and advantages of the present invention will be obtained by reference to the following detailed description, which sets forth illustrative embodiments utilizing the principles of the present invention, and the accompanying drawings or figures (also referred to herein as "Figs." and "Figs."), in which:
[圖1A-1B]顯示諸多窗戶及顯示器構造;[Figure 1A-1B] shows various windows and display structures;
[圖2]示意性地顯示一顯示器構造組件;[FIG. 2] schematically shows a display structure assembly;
[圖3]示意性地顯示一顯示器構造組件;[FIG. 3] schematically shows a display structure assembly;
[圖4]示意性地顯示鉸鏈;[Figure 4] schematically shows the hinge;
[圖5]示意性地顯示諸多緊固件及顯示器構造組件;FIG. 5 schematically shows various fasteners and display structure components;
[圖6]示意性地顯示諸多緊固件、顯示器構造組件、及佈線;[FIG. 6] schematically shows various fasteners, display structural components, and wiring;
[圖7]示意性地顯示諸多緊固件及顯示器構造組件;FIG. 7 schematically shows various fasteners and display structure components;
[圖8]示意性地顯示一顯示器構造組件及施加器之諸多視圖;FIG8 schematically shows multiple views of a display structure assembly and an applicator;
[圖9]示意性地顯示一顯示器構造組件的諸多視圖;FIG. 9 schematically shows various views of a display structure assembly;
[圖10]示意性地顯示諸多緊固件選項及顯示器構造組件;[FIG. 10] schematically illustrates various fastener options and display construction components;
[圖11]示意性地顯示在顯示器構造組件形成中之諸多操作;FIG. 11 schematically shows various operations in forming a display structural component;
[圖12]示意性地顯示諸多緊固件及顯示器構造組件;FIG. 12 schematically shows various fasteners and display structure components;
[圖13]示意性地顯示電致變色機構中的諸多層;[Figure 13] Schematic diagram showing the multiple layers in an electrochromic mechanism;
[圖14A-B]示意性地顯示整合玻璃單元之諸多視圖;[FIG. 14A-B] schematically show various views of an integrated glass unit;
[圖15]示意性地顯示控制分層方案及建築物;[Figure 15] Schematically shows the control layering scheme and buildings;
[圖16]示意性地顯示處理系統;[Figure 16] schematically shows a processing system;
[圖17]示意性地顯示一顯示器構造組件及控制器與電源組件;[FIG. 17] schematically shows a display structure assembly and a controller and power supply assembly;
[圖18]係流程圖,顯示用於顯示器構造的操作方法之範例;[FIG. 18] is a flow chart showing an example of an operation method for display construction;
[圖19]係流程圖,顯示用於顯示器構造的操作方法之範例;[FIG. 19] is a flow chart showing an example of an operation method for display construction;
[圖20]示意性地顯示用於顯示器構造的控制方案;[Figure 20] schematically shows a control scheme for a display configuration;
[圖21A-B]示意性地顯示諸多窗戶及顯示器構造;[FIG. 21A-B] schematically show various window and display structures;
[圖22A-B]示意性地顯示諸多窗戶及顯示器構造;[FIG. 22A-B] schematically show various window and display structures;
[圖23]示意性地顯示諸多窗戶及顯示器構造;[Figure 23] schematically shows various window and display structures;
[圖24]示意性地顯示諸多窗戶及顯示器構造;[Figure 24] schematically shows various window and display structures;
[圖25]示意性地顯示諸多窗戶及顯示器構造;[Figure 25] schematically shows various window and display structures;
[圖26]示意性地顯示包含電路系統之盒子的拆解圖(例如,分解圖);[FIG. 26] schematically shows a disassembled view (e.g., exploded view) of a box containing a circuit system;
[圖27A-B]示意性地顯示包含電路系統之盒子的諸多視圖;[FIG. 27A-B] schematically show various views of a box containing a circuit system;
[圖28]示意性地顯示一顯示器構造及相關聯部件;[Fig. 28] schematically shows a display structure and related components;
[圖29A-D]示意性地顯示諸多顯示器構造;[Figure 29A-D] schematically shows various display configurations;
[圖30A-B]示意性地顯示諸多顯示器構造;[FIG. 30A-B] schematically show various display configurations;
[圖31A-B]示意性地顯示諸多顯示器構造;[Figure 31A-B] schematically shows various display configurations;
[圖32]示意性地顯示包含電路系統之盒子的拆解圖(例如,分解圖);[FIG. 32] schematically shows a disassembled view (e.g., exploded view) of a box containing a circuit system;
[圖33A-D]示意性地顯示包含電路系統之盒子的諸多視圖;[FIG. 33A-D] schematically show various views of a box containing a circuit system;
[圖34A-E]示意性地顯示包含電路系統之盒子的諸多視圖;[FIG. 34A-E] schematically show various views of a box containing a circuit system;
[圖35]示意性地顯示一顯示器構造及相關聯部件(例如,其部分)之諸多視圖;[FIG. 35] schematically shows various views of a display structure and associated components (e.g., portions thereof);
[圖36]示意性地顯示一顯示器構造及相關聯部件(例如,其部分)之諸多視圖;[FIG. 36] schematically shows various views of a display structure and associated components (e.g., portions thereof);
[圖37]示意性地顯示一顯示器構造及相關聯部件(例如,其部分)之諸多視圖;[FIG. 37] schematically shows various views of a display structure and associated components (e.g., portions thereof);
[圖38]示意性地顯示一顯示器構造及相關聯部件(例如,其部分)之諸多視圖;[FIG. 38] schematically shows various views of a display structure and associated components (e.g., portions thereof);
[圖39]示意性地顯示一顯示器構造及相關聯部件(例如,其部分)之諸多視圖;[FIG. 39] schematically shows various views of a display structure and associated components (e.g., portions thereof);
[圖40]示意性地顯示一顯示器構造的各部分及相關聯部件(例如,其部分)之諸多視圖;FIG. 40 schematically shows various views of various parts of a display structure and associated components (e.g., parts thereof);
[圖41]示意性地顯示一顯示器構造及相關聯部件(例如,其部分)之諸多視圖;[FIG. 41] schematically shows various views of a display structure and associated components (e.g., portions thereof);
[圖42]示意性地顯示一顯示器構造的部分及相關聯部件之諸多視圖;及[FIG. 42] schematically shows various views of portions of a display structure and associated components; and
[圖43]示意性地顯示緊固件的各部分及相關聯部件之諸多視圖。[Fig. 43] Schematically shows various views of the various parts of the fastener and related components.
其中的圖面及部件可能未按比例繪製。本文敘述之圖面的諸多部件可能未按比例繪製。The drawings and components therein may not be drawn to scale. Many components of the drawings described herein may not be drawn to scale.
120:立面 120: Facade
121:窗戶 121: Window
122:窗戶 122: Window
123:窗戶 123: Window
125:箭頭 125: Arrow
130:橫梁 130: beam
131:豎框 131: Vertical frame
Claims (10)
Applications Claiming Priority (10)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US201962952207P | 2019-12-20 | 2019-12-20 | |
| US62/952,207 | 2019-12-20 | ||
| US202062975706P | 2020-02-12 | 2020-02-12 | |
| US62/975,706 | 2020-02-12 | ||
| US202063085254P | 2020-09-30 | 2020-09-30 | |
| WOPCT/US20/53641 | 2020-09-30 | ||
| US63/085,254 | 2020-09-30 | ||
| PCT/US2020/053641 WO2021067505A1 (en) | 2019-10-05 | 2020-09-30 | Tandem vision window and media display |
| US16/950,774 US20210132458A1 (en) | 2017-04-26 | 2020-11-17 | Displays for tintable windows |
| US16/950,774 | 2020-11-17 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| TW202518139A true TW202518139A (en) | 2025-05-01 |
Family
ID=80783321
Family Applications (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| TW114101241A TW202518139A (en) | 2019-12-20 | 2020-12-14 | Framing system |
| TW109144085A TWI874524B (en) | 2019-12-20 | 2020-12-14 | System for removable installation of transparent organic light emitting diode display |
Family Applications After (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| TW109144085A TWI874524B (en) | 2019-12-20 | 2020-12-14 | System for removable installation of transparent organic light emitting diode display |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| TW (2) | TW202518139A (en) |
Families Citing this family (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| TWI863746B (en) * | 2023-12-12 | 2024-11-21 | 友達光電股份有限公司 | Adjusting device |
Family Cites Families (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US8643933B2 (en) * | 2011-12-14 | 2014-02-04 | View, Inc. | Connectors for smart windows |
| KR20140041782A (en) * | 2011-06-24 | 2014-04-04 | 마그나 미러스 오브 아메리카 인크. | Vehicle window with shade |
| CA3062815A1 (en) * | 2017-04-26 | 2018-11-01 | View, Inc. | Tintable window system computing platform |
-
2020
- 2020-12-14 TW TW114101241A patent/TW202518139A/en unknown
- 2020-12-14 TW TW109144085A patent/TWI874524B/en active
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| TWI874524B (en) | 2025-03-01 |
| TW202142939A (en) | 2021-11-16 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| JP7693778B2 (en) | Tandem vision window and media display device | |
| US12210262B2 (en) | Tandem vision window and media display | |
| US20240085754A1 (en) | Display construct for media projection and wireless charging | |
| TW202225797A (en) | Display construct and framing for media projection | |
| US11892738B2 (en) | Tandem vision window and media display | |
| US11747698B2 (en) | Tandem vision window and media display | |
| US12339557B2 (en) | Configuration associated with media display of a facility | |
| US20230324952A1 (en) | Display construct and framing for media projection | |
| TWI874524B (en) | System for removable installation of transparent organic light emitting diode display | |
| CN114730117B (en) | Cascading Windows and Media Displays | |
| US20250123530A1 (en) | Configuration associated with media display of a facility | |
| HK40127520A (en) | System for removable installation of a transparent organic light emitting diode display on a window |